%N

$)')4!,#!-%2!
4HE.IKON'UIDETO$IGITAL0HOTOGRAPHY
WITHTHE
Where to Find It
||rJ .|.t ycu’.o |cck|rg |c. |.cn
The Index See pages 147–149
Search by key word.
Error Messages See pages 132–133
If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find
the solution here.
Troubleshooting See pages 129–131
Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.
The Q&A Index See pages vii–ix
Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from
the “question and answer” index.
See pages v–vi The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.
Digitutor
“||g|tutc.,” . so.|os c| “..tc| .rJ |o..r” n.ru.|s |r ncv|o |c.n, |s .v.||.b|o .t t|o |c||c.|rg .obs|to
http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html
Help
|so t|o c.no..‘s crbc..J |o|p |o.tu.o |c. |o|p cr noru |tons .rJ ct|o. tcp|cs Soo p.go 9 |c.
Jot.||s
i
Introduction
Technical Notes
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Reference
Menu Guide
More on Photography (All Modes)
P, S, A, and M Modes
More on Playback
Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Custom Settings
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
ii For Your Safety
For Your Safety
¯c p.ovort J.n.go tc ycu. ||kcr p.cJuct c. |r¦u.y tc ycu.so|| c. tc ct|o.s, .o.J t|o |c|
|c.|rg s.|oty p.oc.ut|crs |r t|o|. ort|.oty bo|c.o us|rg t||s oou|pnort |oop t|oso s.|oty
|rst.uct|crs .|o.o .|| t|cso .|c uso t|o p.cJuct .||| .o.J t|on
¯|o ccrsoouorcos t|.t ccu|J .osu|t |.cn |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|o p.oc.ut|crs ||stoJ |r t||s soc
t|cr ..o |rJ|c.toJ by t|o |c||c.|rg synbc|
Do not look at the sun through the viewfnder
\|o.|rg t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.co t|.cug|
t|o v|o.firJo. ccu|J c.uso po.n.rort v|su.| |np.|.
nort
Using the viewfnder diopter control
\|or cpo..t|rg t|o v|o.firJo. J|cpto. ccrt.c| .|t|
ycu. oyo tc t|o v|o.firJo., c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor rct
tc put ycu. firgo. |r ycu. oyo .cc|Jort.||y
Turn of immediately in the event of malfunction
S|cu|J ycu rct|co sncko c. .r urusu.| sno|| ccn
|rg |.cn t|o oou|pnort c. A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|y), urp|ug t|o A´ .J.pto. .rJ .oncvo t|o
b.tto.y |nnoJ|.to|y, t.k|rg c..o tc .vc|J bu.rs ´cr
t|ruoJ cpo..t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r¦u.y A|to. .oncv
|rg t|o b.tto.y, t.ko t|o oou|pnort tc . ||kcr.u
t|c.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not disassemble
¯cuc||rg t|o p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| p..ts ccu|J .osu|t
|r |r¦u.y |r t|o ovort c| n.||urct|cr, t|o p.cJuct
s|cu|J bo .op.|.oJ cr|y by . ou.||fioJ toc|r|c|.r
S|cu|J t|o p.cJuct b.o.k cpor .s t|o .osu|t c| .
|.|| c. ct|o. .cc|Jort, .oncvo t|o b.tto.y .rJ/c. A´
.J.pto. .rJ t|or t.ko t|o p.cJuct tc . ||kcr.ut|c
.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not use in the presence of fammable gas
|c rct uso o|oct.cr|c oou|pnort |r t|o p.osorco c|
fl.nn.b|o g.s, .s t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r oxp|cs|cr c.
fi.o
Keep out of reach of children
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r
¦u.y
Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or
child
||.c|rg t|o c.no.. st..p ..curJ t|o rock c| .r |r|.rt
c. c|||J ccu|J .osu|t |r st..rgu|.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling batteries
b.tto.|os n.y |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|y |.rJ|oJ
Obso.vo t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rg
b.tto.|os |c. uso |r t||s p.cJuct
• |so cr|y b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|p
nort
• |c rct s|c.t c. J|s.ssonb|o t|o b.tto.y
• bo su.o t|o p.cJuct |s cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rg t|o b.t
to.y || ycu ..o us|rg .r A´ .J.pto., bo su.o |t |s ur
p|uggoJ
• |c rct .ttonpt tc |rso.t t|o b.tto.y ups|Jo Jc.r c.
b.ck...Js
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.y tc fl.no c. tc oxcoss|vo
|o.t
• |c rct |nno.so |r c. oxpcso tc ..to.
• |op|.co t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rg t|o
b.tto.y |c rct t..rspc.t c. stc.o t|o b.tto.y .|t|
not.| cb¦octs suc| .s rock|.cos c. |.|.p|rs
• b.tto.|os ..o p.cro tc |o.k.go .|or |u||y J|sc|..goJ
¯c .vc|J J.n.go tc t|o p.cJuct, bo su.o tc .oncvo
t|o b.tto.y .|or rc c|..go .on.|rs
• \|or t|o b.tto.y |s rct |r uso, .tt.c| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .rJ stc.o |r . ccc|, J.y p|.co
• ¯|o b.tto.y n.y bo |ct |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. uso c.
.|or t|o p.cJuct |.s boor usoJ cr b.tto.y pc.o.
|c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ bo|c.o .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y
tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ .||c. t|o b.tto.y tc ccc|
• ||sccrt|ruo uso |nnoJ|.to|y s|cu|J ycu rct|co .ry
c|.rgos |r t|o b.tto.y, suc| .s J|scc|c..t|cr c. Jo|c.
n.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger
• |oop J.y |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J
.osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |ust cr c. ro.. t|o not.| p..ts c| t|o p|ug s|cu|J bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . J.y c|ct| ´crt|ruoJ uso ccu|J .osu|t
|r fi.o
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o pc.o. c.b|o c. gc ro.. t|o c|..
go. Ju.|rg t|urJo.stc.ns |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct J.n.go, ncJ||y, c. |c.c|b|y tug c. borJ t|o
pc.o. c.b|o |c rct p|.co |t urJo. |o.vy cb¦octs c.
oxpcso |t tc |o.t c. fl.no S|cu|J t|o |rsu|.t|cr bo
J.n.goJ .rJ t|o .|.os boccno oxpcsoJ, t.ko t|o
pc.o. c.b|o tc . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osor
t.t|vo |c. |rspoct|cr |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.u
t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o p|ug c. c|..go. .|t| .ot |.rJs
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oc
t.|c s|cck
WARNINGS
¯||s |ccr n..ks ...r|rgs ¯c p.ovort pcss|b|o |r¦u.y, .o.J .|| ...r|rgs bo|c.o us|rg
t||s ||kcr p.cJuct
iii Notices
Notices
Use appropriate cables
\|or ccrroct|rg c.b|os tc t|o |rput .rJ cutput
¦.cks, uso cr|y t|o c.b|os p.cv|JoJ c. sc|J by ||kcr
|c. t|o pu.pcso tc n.|rt.|r ccnp||.rco .|t| p.cJuct
.ogu|.t|crs
CD-ROMs
´||OVs ccrt.|r|rg sc|t...o c. n.ru.|s s|cu|J rct
bo p|.yoJ b.ck cr .uJ|c ´| oou|pnort ||.y|rg ´|
|OVs cr .r .uJ|c ´| p|.yo. ccu|J c.uso |o..|rg |css
c. J.n.go t|o oou|pnort
Observe caution when using the fash
|c rct cpo..to t|o fl.s| .|t| t|o fl.s| .|rJc.
tcuc||rg . po.scr c. cb¦oct |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r bu.rs c. fi.o
|s|rg t|o fl.s| c|cso tc t|o sub¦oct’s oyos ccu|J c.uso
tonpc...y v|su.| |np.|.nort |..t|cu|.. c..o s|cu|J
bo cbso.voJ .|or p|ctcg..p||rg |r|.rts, .|or t|o
fl.s| s|cu|J bo rc |oss t|.r cro noto. (39 |r) |.cn
t|o sub¦oct
• |c p..t c| t|o n.ru.|s |rc|uJoJ .|t| t||s p.cJuct
n.y bo .op.cJucoJ, t..rsn|ttoJ, t..rsc.|boJ, stc.oJ |r
. .ot.|ov.| syston, c. t..rs|.toJ |rtc .ry |.rgu.go |r
.ry |c.n, by .ry no.rs, .|t|cut ||kcr’s p.|c. ..|ttor
po.n|ss|cr
• ||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|g|t tc c|.rgo t|o spoc|fic.t|crs
c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t|oso n.r
u.|s .t .ry t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co
• ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. .ry J.n.gos .osu|t|rg
|.cn t|o uso c| t||s p.cJuct
• \|||o ovo.y offc.t |.s boor n.Jo tc orsu.o t|.t t|o |r
|c.n.t|cr |r t|oso n.ru.|s |s .ccu..to .rJ ccnp|oto,
.o .cu|J .pp.oc|.to |t .o.o ycu tc b.|rg .ry o..c.s c.
cn|ss|crs tc t|o .ttort|cr c| t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo
|r ycu. ..o. (.JJ.oss p.cv|JoJ sop...to|y)
Notices for Customers in the U.S.A.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement
¯||s oou|pnort |.s boor tostoJ .rJ |curJ tc ccnp|y
.|t| t|o ||n|ts |c. . ´|.ss b J|g|t.| Jov|co, pu.su.rt tc
|..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os ¯|oso ||n|ts ..o Jos|groJ tc
p.cv|Jo .o.scr.b|o p.ctoct|cr .g.|rst |..n|u| |rto.|o.
orco |r . .os|Jort|.| |rst.||.t|cr ¯||s oou|pnort gor
o..tos, usos, .rJ c.r ..J|.to ..J|c |.oouorcy oro.gy
.rJ, || rct |rst.||oJ .rJ usoJ |r .ccc.J.rco .|t| t|o
|rst.uct|crs, n.y c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..J|c
ccnnur|c.t|crs |c.ovo., t|o.o |s rc gu...rtoo t|.t
|rto.|o.orco .||| rct cccu. |r . p..t|cu|.. |rst.||.t|cr ||
t||s oou|pnort Jcos c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..
J|c c. to|ov|s|cr .ocopt|cr, .||c| c.r bo Joto.n|roJ by
tu.r|rg t|o oou|pnort cff .rJ cr, t|o uso. |s orccu.
.goJ tc t.y tc cc..oct t|o |rto.|o.orco by cro c. nc.o c|
t|o |c||c.|rg no.su.os
• |oc.|ort c. .o|cc.to t|o .oco|v|rg .rtorr.
• |rc.o.so t|o sop...t|cr bot.oor t|o oou|pnort .rJ
.oco|vo.
• ´crroct t|o oou|pnort |rtc .r cut|ot cr . c|.cu|t J||
|o.ort |.cn t|.t tc .||c| t|o .oco|vo. |s ccrroctoJ
• ´crsu|t t|o Jo.|o. c. .r oxpo.|orcoJ ..J|c/to|ov|s|cr
toc|r|c|.r |c. |o|p
CAUTIONS
Modifications
¯|o |´´ .oou|.os t|o uso. bo rct|fioJ t|.t .ry c|.rgos
c. ncJ|fic.t|crs n.Jo tc t||s Jov|co t|.t ..o rct ox
p.oss|y .pp.cvoJ by ||kcr ´c.pc..t|cr n.y vc|J t|o
uso.’s .ut|c.|ty tc cpo..to t|o oou|pnort
Interface Cables
|so t|o |rto.|.co c.b|os sc|J c. p.cv|JoJ by ||kcr |c.
ycu. oou|pnort |s|rg ct|o. |rto.|.co c.b|os n.y ox
cooJ t|o ||n|ts c| ´|.ss b |..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os
Notice for Customers in the State of California
\A||||´ |.rJ||rg t|o cc.J cr t||s p.cJuct n.y ox
pcso ycu tc |o.J, . c|on|c.| krc.r tc t|o St.to c| ´.||
|c.r|. tc c.uso b|.t| Jo|octs c. ct|o. .op.cJuct|vo |..n
Wash hands after handling
||kcr |rc, 1300 \.|t \||tn.r |c.J, Vo|v|||o, |o. +c.k 1143064, |SA ¯o| 631544200
Notices for Customers in Canada
CAUTION
¯||s c|.ss b J|g|t.| .pp...tus noots .|| .oou|.onorts c|
t|o ´.r.J|.r |rto.|o.orco ´.us|rg |ou|pnort |ogu|.
t|crs
ATTENTION
´ot .pp..o|| runo.|ouo Jo |. c|.sso b .ospocto tcutos
|os ox|gorcos Ju |og|onort su. |o n.to.|o| b.cu|||ou. Ju
´.r.J.
D80
Avoid contact with liquid crystal
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y Juo tc b.ckor g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort t|o ||ou|J c.yst.|
|.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc||rg t|o sk|r c. orto.|rg t|o oyos c. ncut|
iv Notices
Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries
¯||s synbc| |rJ|c.tos t|.t t||s p.cJuct |s tc bo cc||octoJ sop...to|y
¯|o |c||c.|rg .pp|y cr|y tc uso.s |r |u.cpo.r ccurt.|os
• ¯||s p.cJuct |s Jos|gr.toJ |c. sop...to cc||oct|cr .t .r .pp.cp.|.to cc||oct|cr pc|rt |c rct J|spcso
c| .s |cuso|c|J ..sto
• |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr, ccrt.ct t|o .ot.||o. c. t|o |cc.| .ut|c.|t|os |r c|..go c| ..sto n.r.gonort
Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction
|cto t|.t s|np|y bo|rg |r pcssoss|cr c| n.to.|.| t|.t |.s boor J|g|t.||y ccp|oJ c. .op.cJucoJ by no.rs c| . sc.r
ro., J|g|t.| c.no.., c. ct|o. Jov|co n.y bo pur|s|.b|o by |..
• Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced
|c rct ccpy c. .op.cJuco p.po. ncroy, cc|rs, socu.|
t|os, gcvo.rnort bcrJs, c. |cc.| gcvo.rnort bcrJs,
ovor || suc| ccp|os c. .op.cJuct|crs ..o st.npoJ
“S.np|o”
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| p.po. ncroy, cc|rs,
c. socu.|t|os .||c| ..o c|.cu|.toJ |r . |c.o|gr ccurt.y
|s p.c||b|toJ
|r|oss t|o p.|c. po.n|ss|cr c| t|o gcvo.rnort |.s
boor cbt.|roJ, t|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c. urusoJ
pcst.go st.nps c. pcst c..Js |ssuoJ by t|o gcvo.r
nort |s p.c||b|toJ
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| st.nps |ssuoJ by t|o
gcvo.rnort .rJ c| co.t|fioJ Jccunorts st|pu|.toJ by
|.. |s p.c||b|toJ
• Cautions on certain copies and reproductions
¯|o gcvo.rnort |.s |ssuoJ c.ut|crs cr ccp|os c. .o
p.cJuct|crs c| socu.|t|os |ssuoJ by p.|v.to ccnp.r|os
(s|..os, b|||s, c|ocks, g||t co.t|fic.tos, otc), ccnnuto.
p.ssos, c. ccupcr t|ckots, oxcopt .|or . n|r|nun
c| rocoss..y ccp|os ..o tc bo p.cv|JoJ |c. bus|ross
uso by . ccnp.ry A|sc, Jc rct ccpy c. .op.cJuco
p.sspc.ts |ssuoJ by t|o gcvo.rnort, ||corsos |ssuoJ
by pub||c .gorc|os .rJ p.|v.to g.cups, || c..Js, .rJ
t|ckots, suc| .s p.ssos .rJ no.| ccupcrs
• Comply with copyright notices
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| ccpy.|g|toJ c.o.t|vo
.c.ks suc| .s bccks, nus|c, p.|rt|rgs, .ccJcuts,
p.|rts, n.ps, J...|rgs, ncv|os, .rJ p|ctcg..p|s |s
gcvo.roJ by r.t|cr.| .rJ |rto.r.t|cr.| ccpy.|g|t |..s
|c rct uso t||s p.cJuct |c. t|o pu.pcso c| n.k|rg ||
|og.| ccp|os c. tc |r|.|rgo ccpy.|g|t |..s
Disposing of Data Storage Devices
||o.so rcto t|.t Jo|ot|rg |n.gos c. |c.n.tt|rg nonc.y c..Js c. ct|o. J.t. stc..go Jov|cos Jcos rct ccnp|oto|y
o..so t|o c.|g|r.| |n.go J.t. |o|otoJ fi|os c.r scnot|nos bo .occvo.oJ |.cn J|sc..JoJ stc..go Jov|cos us|rg
ccnno.c|.||y .v.||.b|o sc|t...o, pctort|.||y .osu|t|rg |r t|o n.||c|cus uso c| po.scr.| |n.go J.t. |rsu.|rg t|o
p.|v.cy c| suc| J.t. |s t|o uso.’s .ospcrs|b|||ty
bo|c.o J|sc..J|rg . J.t. stc..go Jov|co c. t..rs|o..|rg c.ro.s||p tc .rct|o. po.scr, o..so .|| J.t. us|rg ccnno.
c|.| Jo|ot|cr sc|t...o, c. |c.n.t t|o Jov|co .rJ t|or ccnp|oto|y .ofi|| |t .|t| |n.gos ccrt.|r|rg rc p.|v.to |r|c.n.
t|cr (|c. ox.np|o, p|ctu.os c| onpty sky) bo su.o tc .|sc .op|.co .ry p|ctu.os so|octoJ |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y .|or p|ys|c.||y Jost.cy|rg J.t. stc..go Jov|cos
Trademark Information
V.c|rtcs|, V.c OS, .rJ Çu|ck¯|no ..o .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| App|o ´cnputo., |rc V|c.csc|t .rJ \|rJc.s ..o
.og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| V|c.csc|t cc.pc..t|cr ¯|o S| |cgc |s . t..Jon..k c| t|o S| ´..J Asscc|.t|cr ¯|o S||´
|cgc |s . t..Jon..k AJcbo, Ac.cb.t, .rJ AJcbo |o.Jo. ..o .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| AJcbo Systons |rc ||ctb.|Jgo
|s . t..Jon..k A|| ct|o. t..Jo r.nos nort|croJ |r t||s n.ru.| c. t|o ct|o. Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| ycu.
||kcr p.cJuct ..o t..Jon..ks c. .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| t|o|. .ospoct|vo |c|Jo.s
v Table of Contents
Table of Contents
For Your Safety ................................................................ ii
Notices .............................................................................. iii
Q & A Index .................................................................... vii
Introduction..................................................1
Getting to Know the Camera .................................... 2
Using Camera Menus ................................................... 9
First Steps ...................................................................... 11
Att.c||rg . |ors 11
´|..g|rg .rJ |rso.t|rg t|o b.tto.y 12
b.s|c Sotup 14
|rso.t|rg Vonc.y ´..Js 15
AJ¦ust|rg \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
Tutorial ........................................................18
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) ...... 19
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . 24
Basic Playback .............................................................. 26
Reference ....................................................27
More on Photography (All Modes) ..............28
Focus ............................................................................... 28
Autc|ccus 28
|ccus A.o. So|oct|cr 30
|ccus |cck 31
V.ru.| |ccus 32
Image Quality and Size ............................................. 33
|n.go Çu.||ty 34
|n.go S|.o 35
Choosing a Shooting Mode .................................... 36
So||¯|no. VcJo 3
|s|rg . |oncto ´crt.c| 38
Using the Built-in Flash ............................................. 40
ISO Sensitivity .............................................................. 43
Two-Button Reset ....................................................... 44
P, S, A, and M Modes ....................................45
Mode P (Programmed Auto) ................................... 47
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) .............................. 48
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) .......................... 49
Mode M (Manual) ....................................................... 50
Exposure ........................................................................ 52
Voto.|rg 52
Autcoxpcsu.o |cck 53
|xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 54
||.s| |xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 55
b..ckot|rg 56
White Balance .............................................................. 58
||ro¯ur|rg \||to b.|.rco 58
´|ccs|rg . ´c|c. ¯onpo..tu.o 59
|.osot \||to b.|.rco 59
More on Playback........................................61
Viewing Photographs on the Camera ................. 61
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr 62
\|o.|rg Vu|t|p|o |n.gos ¯|unbr.|| ||.yb.ck 63
¯.k|rg . ´|cso. |cck ||.yb.ck ¯ccn 64
|.ctoct|rg ||ctcg..p|s |.cn |o|ot|cr 65
|o|ot|rg |rJ|v|Ju.| ||ctcg..p|s 65
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer ...66
Viewing Photographs on TV ................................... 66
Connecting to a Computer ..................................... 67
bo|c.o ´crroct|rg t|o ´.no.. 6
´crroct|rg t|o |Sb ´.b|o 6
Printing Photographs ................................................ 69
|.|rt|rg \|. ||.oct |Sb ´crroct|cr 69
Menu Guide.................................................74
Playback Options: The Playback Menu ............... 74
|o|oto 4
||.yb.ck |c|Jo. 5
|ct.to ¯.|| 5
S||Jo S|c. 5
||Jo |n.go 8
|.|rt Sot 8
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .............. 79
Opt|n|.o |n.go (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 9
|n.go Çu.||ty (A|| VcJos) 81
|n.go S|.o (A|| VcJos) 81
\||to b.|.rco (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 82
|SO Sors|t|v|ty (A|| VcJos) 83
|crg |xp || (A|| VcJos) 83
||g| |SO || (A|| VcJos) 83
Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 84
Custom Settings .......................................................... 86
| |osot 86
1 boop (A|| VcJos) 86
2 A|A.o. VcJo (A|| VcJos) 8
3 ´orto. A| A.o. (A|| VcJos) 8
4 A|Ass|st (A|| VcJos |xcopt , , .rJ ) 8
5 |c Vonc.y ´..J` (A|| VcJos) 88
6 |n.go |ov|o. (A|| VcJos) 88
|SO Autc (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 88
8 ´.|J ||sp|.y (A|| VcJos) 89
9 \|o.firJo. \..r|rg (A|| VcJos) 89
10 |\ Stop (A|| VcJos) 89
11 |xpcsu.o ´cnp (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 89
12 ´orto.\o|g|toJ (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 90
13 Autc b|¯ Sot (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 90
14 Autc b|¯ O.Jo. (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 91
15 ´cnn.rJ ||.|s (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 91
16 |||´ buttcr (A|| VcJos) 92
1 |||un|r.t|cr (A|| VcJos) 93
18 A||/A|| (A|| VcJos) 94
19 A| |cck (A|| VcJos) 94
20 |ccus A.o. (A|| VcJos) 94
21 A| A.o. |||un|r.t|cr (A|| VcJos) 95
vi Table of Contents
22 bu||t|r ||.s| (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 95
23 ||.s| \..r|rg (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
24 ||.s| S|utto. SpooJ
(|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
25 Autc || (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
26 VcJo||rg ||.s| (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
2 Vcr|tc.Off (A|| VcJos) 98
28 Autc Voto.Off (A|| VcJos) 99
29 So||¯|no. (A|| VcJos) 99
30 |oncto Or |u..t|cr (A|| VcJos) 99
31 |xp |o|.y VcJo (A|| VcJos) 99
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os (A|| VcJos) 100
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu .......... 101
´SV / Sotup Voru 101
|c.n.t Vonc.y ´..J 102
\c.|J ¯|no 103
|´| b.|g|tross 103
\|Joc VcJo 103
|.rgu.go 103
|Sb 104
|n.go ´cnnort 104
|c|Jo.s 105
|||o |c Soouorco 106
V|..c. |cck|p 106
|ust Off |o| ||ctc 106
b.tto.y |r|c 10
||.n...o \o.s|cr 108
Autc |n.go |ct.t|cr 108
Creating Retouched Copies:
The Retouch Menu ................................................... 109
|||g|t|rg 110
|oJ|yo ´c..oct|cr 111
¯.|n 111
Vcrcc|.cno 112
|||to. |ffocts 112
Sn.|| ||ctu.o 112
|n.go Ovo.|.y 114
Technical Notes........................................ 116
Optional Accessories ............................................... 116
|orsos 11
Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||g|ts) 119
Ot|o. Accossc.|os 122
Caring for the Camera ............................................. 124
´..|rg |c. t|o ´.no.. .rJ b.tto.y ´.ut|crs 12
Troubleshooting ........................................................ 129
´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos .rJ ||sp|.ys 132
Appendix ..................................................................... 134
Specifications ............................................................. 142
Index .............................................................................. 147
vii Q & A Index
Q & A Index
||rJ .|.t ycu’.o |cck|rg |c. us|rg t||s “ouost|cr .rJ .rs.o.” |rJox
General Questions
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | uso t|o norus` |s|rg t|o norus 9–10
|c. Jc | got nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr . noru` |o|p 3, 9
\|.t Jc t|oso |rJ|c.tc.s no.r` ´crt.c| p.ro|, v|o.firJo. 5, 6
\|.t Jcos t||s ...r|rg no.r` ´.no.. |..c. noss.gos .rJ J|sp|.ys 132–133
|c. n.ry nc.o s|cts c.r | t.ko .|t| t||s c..J` |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|c. nuc| c|..go Jcos t|o b.tto.y |.vo |o|t` b.tto.y |ovo| 19
\|.t Jcos “oxpcsu.o” no.r .rJ |c. Jcos |t .c.k`
|xpcsu.o 46
\|.t Jc | Jc .|t| t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p` So|| t|no., .oncto ccrt.c| 3, 38
\|.t cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||g|ts) c.r | uso` Opt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts 119–121
\|.t |orsos c.r | uso` |orsos 11–118
\|.t .ccossc.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |c. ny c.no..` Accossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|.t nonc.y c..Js c.r | uso` App.cvoJ nonc.y c..Js 122
\|.t sc|t...o |s .v.||.b|o |c. ny c.no..` Accossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|c c.r | .sk tc .op.|. c. |rspoct ny c.no..` So.v|c|rg t|o c.no.. x, 126
|c. Jc | c|o.r t|o c.no.. c. |ors` ´|o.r|rg t|o c.no.. 124
Camera Setup
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | |ccus t|o v|o.firJo.` \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
|c. Jc | koop t|o ncr|tc. |.cn tu.r|rg cff` Vcr|tc. cff 98
|c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck`
\c.|J t|no 103 |c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck |c. J.y||g|t s.v|rgs t|no`
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|no .cros .|or | t..vo|`
|c. Jc | .J¦ust ncr|tc. b.|g|tross` |´| b.|g|tross 103
|c. Jc | .ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs` ¯.cbuttcr .osot 44
|c. Jc | tu.r cff t|o ||g|t cr t|o |.crt c| t|o c.no..` A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 8
´.r | J|sp|.y . |..n|rg g.|J |r t|o v|o.firJo.` ´.|J J|sp|.y 89
|c. Jc | v|o. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |r t|o J..k` |´| |||un|r.tc. 3, 93
|c. Jc | koop t|o s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o J|sp|.ys
|.cn tu.r|rg cff`
Autc noto. cff 99
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|o so|| t|no. Jo|.y` So|| t|no. 99
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|o .oncto Jo|.y` |oncto ccrt.c| 99
|c. Jc | koop t|o c.no.. |.cn boop|rg` boop 86
|c. Jc | v|o. .|| t|o |tons |r t|o norus` ´SV / sotup noru 101
´.r | J|sp|.y t|o norus |r . J|ffo.ort |.rgu.go` |.rgu.go 103
|c. Jc | koop t|o fi|o runbo. |.cn bo|rg .osot .|or
| |rso.t . ro. nonc.y c..J` |||o runbo. soouorco 106
|c. Jc | .osot fi|o runbo.|rg tc 1`
viii Q & A Index
Taking Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
|s t|o.o .r o.sy ..y tc t.ko sr.ps|cts` Autc ncJo 19–23
|s t|o.o .r o.sy ..y tc t.ko nc.o c.o.t|vo s|cts` ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos 24–25
|c. Jc | b.|rg cut . pc.t..|t sub¦oct` |c.t..|t ncJo 24, 25
|c. c.r | got gccJ |.rJsc.po s|cts` |.rJsc.po ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | t.ko c|cso ups c| sn.|| cb¦octs` ´|csoup ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | “|.oo.o” . ncv|rg sub¦oct` Spc.ts ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | s|cct scoro.y .t r|g|t` ||g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo 24, 25
´.r | |rc|uJo r|g|t b.ckg.curJs |r ny pc.t..|ts` ||g|t pc.t..|t ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | t.ko . |ct c| p|ctcg..p|s ou|ck|y` S|cct|rg ncJo 36
´.r | s|cct . so||pc.t..|t` So|| t|no. 3
|s t|o.o . .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t||s c.no..` |oncto ccrt.c| 38–39
|c. Jc | .J¦ust oxpcsu.o` |xpcsu.o, P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos 45–51
|c. Jc | |.oo.o c. b|u. ncv|rg cb¦octs` VcJo S (s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc) 48
|c. Jc | b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s` VcJo A (.po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc) 49
´.r | n.ko p|ctcs b.|g|to. c. J..ko.` |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
|c. Jc | n.ko . t|no oxpcsu.o` |crg t|nooxpcsu.os 51
|c. Jc | uso t|o fl.s|`
||.s| p|ctcg..p|y, fl.s| ncJo 40–42 ´.r t|o fl.s| fi.o .utcn.t|c.||y .|or rooJoJ`
|c. Jc | koop t|o fl.s| |.cn fi.|rg`
|c. Jc | p.ovort .oJ oyo` |oJoyo .oJuct|cr 41
´.r | t.ko p|ctu.os urJo. |c. ||g|t .|t|cut t|o fl.s|` |SO sors|t|v|ty 43
´.r | ccrt.c| |c. t|o c.no.. |ccusos` Autc|ccus 28–29
|c. Jc | |ccus cr . ncv|rg sub¦oct` Autc|ccus ncJo 29
|c. Jc | c|ccso .|o.o t|o c.no.. |ccusos` |ccus ..o. 30
´.r | c|.rgo t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rg` |ccus |cck 31
|c. Jc | |np.cvo |n.go ou.||ty`
|n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o 33–35
|c. Jc | t.ko b|ggo. p|ctcg..p|s`
|c. c.r | got nc.o p|ctcs cr t|o nonc.y c..J`
´.r | t.ko p|ctcs .t . .oJucoJ s|.o |c. on.||`
ix Q & A Index
Viewing, Printing, and Retouching Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
´.r | v|o. ny p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ´.no.. p|.yb.ck 61, 63
´.r | v|o. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut p|ctcs` ||ctc |r|c 62–63
\|y p..ts c| ny p|ctcs b||rk`
||ctc |r|c, ||g|||g|ts 62–63
|c. Jc | got .|J c| .r ur..rtoJ p|ctc` |o|ot|rg |rJ|v|Ju.| p|ctcs 26, 65
´.r | Jo|oto sovo..| p|ctcs .t crco` |o|oto 4
´.r | .ccn |r cr p|ctu.os tc n.ko su.o t|oy’.o |r |ccus` ||.yb.ck .ccn 64
´.r | p.ctoct p|ctcs |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr` |.ctoct 65
|s t|o.o .r .utcn.t|c p|.yb.ck (“s||Jo s|c.”) cpt|cr` S||Jo s|c. 5–
´.r | v|o. ny p|ctcs cr ¯\` ¯o|ov|s|cr p|.yb.ck 66
´.r | sot . s||Jo s|c. tc nus|c` ||ctnct|cr 5–
|c. Jc | ccpy p|ctcs tc ny ccnputo.` ´crroct|rg tc . ccnputo. 6–68
|c. Jc | p.|rt p|ctcg..p|s` |.|rt|rg p|ctcg..p|s 69–3
´.r | p.|rt p|ctcs .|t|cut . ccnputo.` |.|rt|rg v|. |Sb 69–3
´.r | p.|rt t|o J.to cr ny p|ctcg..p|s` ¯|no st.np, ||O| 1, 3
|c. Jc | c.Jo. p.c|oss|cr.| p.|rts` |.|rt sot 3
|c. Jc | b.|rg cut Jot.||s |r s|.Jc.s` |||g|t|rg 110
´.r | got .|J c| .oJ oyo` |oJoyo cc..oct|cr 111
´.r | c.cp p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ¯.|n 111
´.r | c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpy c| . p|ctcg..p|` Vcrcc|.cno 112
´.r | c.o.to . ccpy .|t| J|ffo.ort cc|c.s` |||to. offocts 112
´.r | n.ko . sn.|| ccpy c| . p|ctcg..p|` Sn.|| p|ctu.o 112–113
´.r | cvo.|.y t.c p|ctcs tc n.ko . s|rg|o |n.go` |n.go cvo.|.y 114–115
x Q & A Index

Life-Long Learning
As p..t c| ||kcr’s “|||o|crg |o..r|rg” ccnn|tnort tc crgc|rg p.cJuct suppc.t .rJ oJuc.t|cr, ccr
t|ru.||yupJ.toJ |r|c.n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr||ro .t t|o |c||c.|rg s|tos
• |c. uso.s |r t|o |SA http://www.nikonusa.com/
• |c. uso.s |r |u.cpo .rJ A|.|c. http://www.europe-nikon.com/support
• |c. uso.s |r As|., Oco.r|., .rJ t|o V|JJ|o |.st http://www.nikon-asia.com/
\|s|t t|oso s|tos tc koop uptcJ.to .|t| t|o |.tost p.cJuct |r|c.n.t|cr, t|ps, .rs.o.s tc |.oouort|y
.skoJ ouost|crs (|AÇs), .rJ goro..| .Jv|co cr J|g|t.| |n.g|rg .rJ p|ctcg..p|y AJJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr n.y bo .v.||.b|o |.cn t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |r ycu. ..o. Soo t|o |c||c.|rg ||| |c. ccrt.ct
|r|c.n.t|cr http://nikonimaging.com/
1 Introduction
¯|.rk ycu |c. ycu. pu.c|.so c| . ||kcr |80 s|rg|o|ors .oflox (S||) J|g|t.| c.no.. .|t| |r
to.c|.rgo.b|o |orsos ¯||s n.ru.| |.s boor ..|ttor tc |o|p ycu or¦cy t.k|rg p|ctu.os .|t|
ycu. ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. |o.J t||s n.ru.| t|c.cug||y bo|c.o uso, .rJ koop |t |.rJy .|or
us|rg t|o p.cJuct
¯c n.ko |t o.s|o. tc firJ t|o |r|c.n.t|cr ycu rooJ, t|o |c||c.|rg synbc|s .rJ ccrvort|crs
..o usoJ
¯||s |ccr n..ks c.ut|crs, |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o uso tc p.ovort J.n
.go tc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks t|ps, .JJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr t|.t n.y bo |o|p|u| .|or us|rg t|o
c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks rctos, |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o us|rg t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr |rJ|c.tos t|.t nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
|s .v.||.b|o o|so.|o.o |r t||s n.ru.| c. |r
t|o Quick Start Guide
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo .J
¦ustoJ us|rg c.no.. norus
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo firo
turoJ |.cn t|o ´ustcn Sott|rgs noru
Lens
Ar A|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors ( 145) |s usoJ |r t||s n.ru.| |c. |||ust..
t|vo pu.pcsos
1 |cc.| |orgt| sc.|o
2 |ccus .|rg
3 |cc.| |orgt| |rJox
4 Vcurt|rg |rJox 11
5 |o.. c.p 11
6 ´|| ccrt.cts 11
AV ncJo s.|tc| 11, 32
8 ¯ccn .|rg 21
9 |ors c.p 1, 19
Introduction
6
5
9 7 8
2 1 3 4
2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯.ko . |o. ncnorts tc |.n|||..|.o ycu.so|| .|t| c.no.. ccrt.c|s .rJ J|sp|.ys +cu n.y
firJ |t |o|p|u| tc bcckn..k t||s soct|cr .rJ .o|o. tc |t .s ycu .o.J t|.cug| t|o .ost c| t|o
n.ru.|
Camera Body
1 bu||t|r fl.s| 23, 40
2

(fl.s| ncJo) buttcr 40
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr) 55
3 (b..ckot|rg) buttcr 56–5
4 |r|...oJ .oco|vo. 38
5 |ors ncurt|rg |rJox 11
6 |yo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
7 ´crroctc. ccvo. 66, 6, 0
8 |Sb ccrroctc. 6
9 |osot s.|tc| 129
10 |´|| ccrroctc. |c. cpt|cr.| ||5 A´
.J.pto. 123
11 \|Joc ccrroctc. 66
12 |oncto cc.J ccrroctc. 123
13 |ccusncJo so|octc. 28, 32
14 |ors .o|o.so buttcr 11
15 |ors ncurt 11
16 V|..c. 106, 125
17 |opt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr 49
18 ´.|p 21
19 Subccnn.rJ J|.| 10, 91
20 |||´ buttcr 92
21 |yo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
22 A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 28, 8
So||t|no. |.np 3, 38
|oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np 39
23 S|utto..o|o.so buttcr 22, 23
24 |c.o. s.|tc| 11, 19
|||un|r.tc. s.|tc| 3
25 (oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr) buttcr 54
● (.osot buttcr) 44
26 (s|cct|rg ncJo) buttcr 36
S|rg|o/ccrt|rucus ncJo 36
So||t|no. ncJo 3
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 38
27 (A| ncJo) buttcr 29
● (.osot buttcr) 44
28 ´crt.c| p.ro| 5
29 Accossc.y s|co ccvo. 119
30 Accossc.y s|co (|c. cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t) 119
31 (|cc.| p|.ro n..k) 32
32 VcJo J|.| 4, 48, 49, 50
33 (noto.|rg ncJo) buttcr 52
(|c.n.t) buttcr 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
21
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
26
27
28
31
32
33
23
29
30
Getting to Know the Camera
3 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
* Multi selector
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. |s usoJ |c. noru r.v|g.t|cr .rJ tc ccrt.c| t|o J|sp|.y c| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr Ju.|rg
p|.yb.ck
View more photo info ||.yb.ck ( 61)
Move cursor up Voru r.v|g.t|cr ( 9)
View previous photo View next photo
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
Cancel Make selection
View more photo info
Move cursor down
Help
|c. |o|p cr t|o cu..ort ncJo c. noru |ton, p.oss t|o buttcr .t t|o
bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc. |o|p |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o t|o buttcr |s
p.ossoJ, tc sc.c|| t|o J|sp|.y, p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r |o|p |s
.v.||.b|o |r (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos c. .|or . |ccr |s
J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc.
1 \|o.firJo. oyop|oco 8
2 \|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup 6, 1, 21
3 ||cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| 1
4 (A||/A||) buttcr 31, 94
5 ||5 v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p 8
6 V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| 10, 91
7 Vonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo. 15
8 |ccus so|octc. |cck 30
9 Vonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np 15, 23
10

buttcr 9
11 b.tto.yc|.nbo. ccvo. |.tc| 13
12 b.tto.yc|.nbo. ccvo. 13
13 Vu|t| so|octc.
¯
14 ¯.|pcJ scckot
15 (p|.yb.ck .ccn) buttcr 64
QUAL (|n.go ou.||ty/s|.o) buttcr 34, 35
16 (t|unbr.||) buttcr 63
ISO (|SO sors|t|v|ty) buttcr 43
17 (|o|p/p.ctoct) buttcr 9, 65
WB (.||to b.|.rco) buttcr 58
18 (noru) buttcr 9
19 (p|.yb.ck) buttcr 26, 61
20 Vcr|tc. 9, 26
21 (Jo|oto) buttcr 26, 65
(|c.n.t) buttcr 16
5
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
21
17
20
2 1
The LCD Illuminator
|c|J|rg t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |r t|o pcs|t|cr .ct|v.tos t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .rJ t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck
||g|t (|´| |||un|r.tc.), .||c.|rg t|o J|sp|.y tc bo .o.J |r t|o J..k A|to. t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .o|o.soJ,
t|o |||un|r.tc. .||| .on.|r .ct|vo .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo c. urt|| t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
The Mode Dial
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| t|o |c||c.|rg o|ovor s|cct|rg ncJos
Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes)
So|oct t|oso ncJos |c. |u|| ccrt.c| cvo. c.no.. sott|rgs
P — Programmed auto ( 4) ´.no.. c|ccsos
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o, uso. ccrt.c|s ct|o.
sott|rgs
S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48) ´|ccso |.st
s|utto. spooJs tc |.oo.o .ct|cr, s|c. s|utto.
spooJs tc suggost nct|cr by b|u..|rg ncv|rg
cb¦octs
A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49) AJ¦ust .po.
tu.o tc sc|tor b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s c. |rc.o.so
Jopt|c|fio|J tc b.|rg bct| n.|r sub¦oct .rJ
b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus
M — Manual ( 50) V.tc| s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o tc ycu. c.o.t|vo |rtort
Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs)
So|oct|rg . ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n .utcn.t|c.||y cpt|n|.os sott|rgs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ
scoro, n.k|rg c.o.t|vo p|ctcg..p|y .s s|np|o .s .ct.t|rg t|o ncJo J|.|
— Auto ( 19) ´.no.. .J¦usts sott|rgs
.utcn.t|c.||y tc p.cJuco cpt|n.| .osu|ts .|t|
“pc|rt.rJs|cct” s|np||c|ty |occnnorJoJ
|c. fi.stt|no uso.s c| J|g|t.| c.no..s
— Portrait ( 24, 25) S|cct pc.t..|ts .|t|
b.ckg.curJ |r sc|t |ccus
— Landscape ( 24, 25) |.oso.vo Jot.||s |r
|.rJsc.po s|cts
— Close up ( 24, 25) ¯.ko v|v|J c|csoups c|
flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs
— Sports ( 24, 25) |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jy
r.n|c spc.ts s|cts
— Night landscape ( 24, 25) ¯.ko |.rJsc.po
s|cts .t r|g|t
— Night portrait ( 24, 25) S|cct pc.t..|ts
.g.|rst . J|n|y||t b.ckJ.cp
5 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Large-Capacity Memory Cards
\|or orcug| nonc.y .on.|rs cr t|o nonc.y c..J tc .occ.J . t|cus.rJ
c. nc.o p|ctu.os .t cu..ort sott|rgs, t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
.||| bo s|c.r |r t|cus.rJs, .curJoJ Jc.r tc t|o ro..ost |urJ.oJ (og, ||
t|o.o |s .ccn |c. .pp.cx|n.to|y 1,260 oxpcsu.os, t|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|s
p|.y .||| s|c. 12 |)
1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17 18
19
20
21
23
22 13
14
15
Control Panel
1 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|SO sors|t|v|ty 43
\||to b.|.rco firotur|rg, c.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o 58, 59
|unbo. c| s|cts |r b..ckot|rg soouorco
56, 140
2 |SO sors|t|v|ty |rJ|c.tc. 43
|SO A|¯O |rJ|c.tc. 43
3 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc. 19
4 ||.s| syrc ncJo 40, 41
5 |n.go ou.||ty 34
6 |n.go s|.o 35
7 \||to b.|.rco ncJo 58
8 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rg bo|c.o
nonc.y buffo. fi||s 36
|´ ncJo |rJ|c.tc. 68
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rg |rJ|c.tc. 60
9 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.y .on.|rs |c. cvo.
1000 oxpcsu.os)
10 S|cct|rg ncJo 36
So||t|no./.oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 3, 38
11 Apo.tu.o (|/runbo.) 49, 50
b..ckot|rg |rc.onort 56
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
12 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
13 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
14 ||ox|b|o p.cg..n |rJ|c.tc. 4
15 |ccus ..o. 30, 8
A|..o. ncJo 30, 8
16 A| ncJo 29
17 b..ckot|rg p.cg.oss |rJ|c.tc. 56
18 Voto.|rg ncJo 52
19 Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |rJ|c.tc. 84
20 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc. 81
21 “boop” |rJ|c.tc. 86
22 “´|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.tc. 103, 132
23 b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc. 56
6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
|| t|o b.tto.y |s tct.||y ox|.ustoJ c. rct |r
so.toJ, t|o J|sp|.y |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| J|n
¯|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.y .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.|
.|or . |u||yc|..goJ b.tto.y |s |rso.toJ
6
8
2
1
3
5
4
7
13 9 12 10 11 15 18
22 21 19
14 16 17
20
The Viewfinder Display
1 |..n|rg g.|J (J|sp|.yoJ .|or On |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 8 (Grid display)) 89
2 8nn (031 |r) .o|o.orco c|.c|o |c. corto.
.o|g|toJ noto.|rg 52, 90
3 “|c nonc.y c..J” ...r|rg
1
15, 133
4 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc.
1
19
5 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.
1
81
6 |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.) 19, 21, 30
7 |c.n.||..no |ccus b..ckots
(|ccus ..o.) 21, 8
8 \|Jo|..no |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.) 8
9 |ccus |rJ|c.tc. 22
10 ||.s| v.|uo (|\) |cck 94
11 Autcoxpcsu.o (A|) |cck 94
12 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
13 Apo.tu.o (|/runbo.) 48, 50
14 ||oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
15 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
16 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
17 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rg bo|c.o
nonc.y buffo. fi||s 36
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rg |rJ|c.tc. 60
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
18 ||.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. 23
19 Autc |SO sors|t|v|ty |rJ|c.tc. 43
20 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc. 19
21 b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc. 56
22 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.y .on.|rs |c.
cvo. 1000 oxpcsu.os) 5
1 ´.r bo ||JJor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg 9 ( 89)
The Control Panel and Viewfinder
¯|o .ospcrso t|nos .rJ b.|g|tross c| t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. n.y v..y .|t| tonpo..tu.o
O.|rg tc t|o c|...cto.|st|cs c| t||s typo c| J|sp|.y, ycu n.y rct|co firo ||ros ..J|.t|rg cut...J |.cn
t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ¯||s |s rc.n.| .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr
7 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Supplied Accessories
The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12)
¯|o V|18. |s |c. uso .|t| t|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.y
AC adapter plug
CHARGE lamp
AC inlet
Terminal cover
Negative terminal
Positive terminal
Signal contact
¯|o uso c| t||.Jp..ty .oc|..go.b|o
|||cr b.tto.|os rct bo..|rg t|o ||kcr
|c|cg..p||c so.| s|c.r .bcvo ccu|J
|rto.|o.o .|t| rc.n.| cpo..t|cr c|
t|o c.no.. c. .osu|t |r t|o b.tto.|os
cvo.|o.t|rg, |gr|t|rg, .uptu.|rg, c.
|o.k|rg
The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( 12, 13)
¯|o ||||3o |s |c. uso .|t| t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
||kcr c.no..s ..o Jos|groJ tc t|o ||g|ost st.rJ..Js .rJ |rc|uJo ccnp|ox o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.y Or|y
||kcr b..rJ o|oct.cr|c .ccossc.|os (|rc|uJ|rg |orsos, SpooJ||g|ts, b.tto.y c|..go.s, b.tto.|os, .rJ A´
.J.pto.s) co.t|fioJ by ||kcr spoc|fic.||y |c. uso .|t| t||s ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. ..o org|roo.oJ .rJ
p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r t|o cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|oty .oou|.onorts c| t||s o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.y
¯|| |S| O| |O||||O| |||´¯|O||´ A´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |AVA´| ¯|| ´AV||A A|| VA+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \A||A|¯+
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os, ccrt.ct .r .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr Jo.|o.
Wall plug (shape varies with
country of sale)
8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯c .oncvo t|o ccvo., |c|J t|o c.no.. fi.n|y .rJ pu|| t|o bcttcn c|
t|o ccvo. gort|y urt|| cut...Js .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup
bo|c.o .tt.c||rg t|o ||5 v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p .rJ ct|o. v|o.
firJo. .ccossc.|os ( 122), .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup by
p|.c|rg ycu. firgo.s urJo.ro.t| t|o fl.rgos .t o|t|o. s|Jo .rJ s||J
|rg |t cff .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
The Camera Strap
Att.c| t|o c.no.. st..p .s s|c.r bo|c.
The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover
A c|o.. p|.st|c ccvo. |s p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.. tc koop t|o ncr|
tc. c|o.r .rJ p.ctoct |t .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r uso ¯c .tt.c| t|o
ccvo., |rso.t t|o p.c¦oct|cr cr t|o tcp c| t|o ccvo. |rtc t|o n.tc|
|rg |rJort.t|cr .bcvo t|o c.no.. ncr|tc. (ቢ) .rJ p.oss t|o bct
tcn c| t|o ccvo. urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co (ባ)
9 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
Vcst s|cct|rg, p|.yb.ck, .rJ sotup cpt|crs c.r bo .ccossoJ |.cn
t|o c.no.. norus ¯c v|o. t|o norus, p.oss t|o buttcr
Menu Description
Playback AJ¦ust p|.yb.ck sott|rgs .rJ n.r.go p|ctcs ( 4)
Shooting AJ¦ust s|cct|rg sott|rgs ( 9)
Custom Settings |o.scr.||.o c.no.. sott|rgs ( 86)
Setup |c.n.t nonc.y c..Js .rJ po.|c.n b.s|c c.no.. sotup ( 101)
Retouch ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s ( 109)
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. .rJ OK buttcr ..o usoJ tc r.v|g.to t|o c.no.. norus
Move cursor up
Increase number


Move cursor down
Decrease number
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
▲ ▼
|.oss OK tc so|oct ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr
Slider shows position in current
menu
If “?” icon is displayed, help for
the current item can be viewed
by pressing button
Choose from playback, shoot-
ing, Custom Settings, setup, and
retouch menus (see below)
Current menu item is highlighted
Current setting for each option is
shown by icon
Using Camera Menus
10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
¯c ncJ||y noru sott|rgs
1

Display menus.
2
Highlight icon for current menu.
3
Select menu.
4
Position cursor in selected menu.
5
Highlight menu item.
6
Display options.
7
Highlight option.
8

Make selection.
Voru |tons t|.t ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r g..y ..o rct cu.
.ort|y .v.||.b|o
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc ox|t t|o norus .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo (
19, 28) ¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff
Using the Command Dials
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. up .rJ Jc.r, t|o
subccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. |o|t .rJ .|g|t ¯|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| c.r rct bo usoJ tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
11 Introduction: First Steps
Attaching a Lens
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc p.ovort Just |.cn orto.|rg t|o c.no.. .|or t|o |ors |s .oncvoJ
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
2
|oncvo t|o .o.. c.p |.cn t|o |ors
|oncvo t|o c.no.. bcJy c.p
3
|oop|rg t|o ncurt|rg |rJox cr t|o |ors .||groJ .|t| t|o
ncurt|rg |rJox cr t|o c.no.. bcJy, pcs|t|cr t|o |ors |r t|o
c.no..’s b.ycrot ncurt .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |r t|o J|.oct|cr
s|c.r urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r AV c. V/AV s.|tc|, so|oct A
(.utc|ccus) c. V/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty)
Detaching Lenses
bo su.o t|o c.no.. |s cff .|or .oncv|rg c. oxc|.rg|rg |orsos ¯c .oncvo t|o |ors, p.oss .rJ |c|J
t|o |ors.o|o.so buttcr .|||o tu.r|rg t|o |ors c|cck.|so A|to. .oncv|rg t|o |ors, .op|.co t|o c.no..
bcJy c.p .rJ .o.. |ors ccvo.
Aperture Ring
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rg ( 45, 11), |cck .po.tu.o .t t|o n|r|nun sott|rg (||g|ost
|/runbo.) Soo t|o |ors n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
First Steps
12 Introduction: First Steps
Charging and Inserting the Battery
¯|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.y |s rct c|..goJ .t s||pnort ´|..go t|o b.tto.y us|rg t|o sup
p||oJ V|18. b.tto.y c|..go. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
1
´|..go t|o b.tto.y
1.1 |oncvo t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. |.cn t|o b.tto.y
Li-ion BATTERY PACK
1.2 ´crroct t|o pc.o. cc.J tc t|o c|..go. .rJ p|ug |t |r
1.3 ||.co t|o b.tto.y |r t|o c|..go. ¯|o ´|A|´| |.np .||| b||rk
.s t|o b.tto.y c|..gos Abcut t.c .rJ . ou..to. |cu.s ..o
.oou|.oJ |c. .r ox|.ustoJ b.tto.y tc |u||y c|..go
1.4 ´|..g|rg |s ccnp|oto .|or t|o ´|A|´| |.np stcps b||rk
|rg |oncvo t|o b.tto.y |.cn t|o c|..go. .rJ urp|ug t|o
c|..go.
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries
¯|o ||||3o s|..os |r|c.n.t|cr .|t| ccnp.t|b|o Jov|cos ¯|o c.no.. usos t||s |r|c.n.t|cr tc J|sp|.y
t|o b.tto.y c|..go st.to |r s|x |ovo|s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ tc s|c. t|o b.tto.y c|..go st.to, .on.|r
|rg b.tto.y |||o, .rJ runbo. c| p|ctu.os t.kor s|rco t|o b.tto.y ..s |.st c|..goJ |r t|o sotup noru
Battery Info J|sp|.y ( 10)
13 Introduction: First Steps
2
|rso.t t|o b.tto.y
2.1 A|to. ccrfi.n|rg t|.t t|o c.no.. |s cff, cpor t|o b.tto.y
c|.nbo. ccvo.
2.2 |rso.t . |u||y c|..goJ b.tto.y .s s|c.r .t .|g|t ´|cso t|o
b.tto.y c|.nbo. ccvo.
The Battery and Charger
Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual, together with any
warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer |so cr|y ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o |80
|s rct ccnp.t|b|o .|t| t|o VS|0 ´|2 b.tto.y |c|Jo. c. .|t| ||||3 c. ||||3. b.tto.|os |c. |100,
|0so.|os, c. |50 c.no..s
|c rct uso t|o b.tto.y .t .nb|ort tonpo..tu.os bo|c. 0 ´ (32 |) c. .bcvo 40 ´ (104 |) |u.|rg
c|..g|rg, t|o tonpo..tu.o s|cu|J bo |r t|o v|c|r|ty c| 5–35 ´ (41–95 |) |c. bost .osu|ts, c|..go t|o
b.tto.y .t tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 20 ´ (68 |) b.tto.y c.p.c|ty n.y J.cp || t|o b.tto.y |s usoJ .t . ton
po..tu.o bo|c. t|o tonpo..tu.o .t .||c| |t ..s c|..goJ || t|o b.tto.y |s c|..goJ .t . tonpo..tu.o bo
|c. 5 ´ (41 |), t|o b.tto.y |||o |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o Battery Info J|sp|.y n.y s|c. . tonpc...y Joc.o.so
Removing the Battery
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y ¯c .vc|J s|c.t|rg t|o b.tto.y, .op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .|or t|o b.tto.y |s rct |r uso
14 Introduction: First Steps
Basic Setup
¯|o fi.st t|no t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr, t|o |.rgu.go so|oct|cr J|.|cg s|c.r |r Stop 1 .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc c|ccso . |.rgu.go .rJ sot t|o t|no
.rJ J.to
1

Turn camera on.
2
Select language.
3

Display map of world time zones.
4
Select local time zone.
5

Display daylight saving time options.
6

Highlight On if daylight saving time is in
effect.
7

Display date menu.
8
Press multi selector left or right to select item,
up or down to change.
9

Set clock and return to shooting mode.
Monitor will turn off automatically.
¯c c|.rgo t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o yo.., ncrt|,
.rJ J.y ..o J|sp|.yoJ, so|oct World time > Date
format |.cn t|o sotup noru ( 103)
Using Camera Menus
¯|o |.rgu.go noru |s cr|y J|sp|.yoJ .utcn.t|c.||y t|o fi.st t|no norus ..o J|sp|.yoJ Soo “|s|rg
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9–10) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr rc.n.| noru cpo..t|cr
15 Introduction: First Steps
Inserting Memory Cards
¯|o c.no.. stc.os p|ctu.os cr Socu.o ||g|t.| (S|) nonc.y c..Js (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
1
|rso.t . nonc.y c..J
1.1 bo|c.o |rso.t|rg c. .oncv|rg nonc.y c..Js, turn the cam-
era off .rJ cpor t|o c..J s|ct ccvo.
1.2 S||Jo t|o nonc.y c..J |r .s s|c.r .t .|g|t urt|| |t c||cks |rtc
p|.co ¯|o nonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut .
soccrJ ´|cso t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo.
Front
1.3 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo.
c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg, t|o c..J |s .o.Jy |c. uso
|| t|o noss.go s|c.r .t .|g|t |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc.,
|c.n.t t|o c..J .s Josc.|boJ |r “´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos
.rJ ||sp|.ys” ( 133)
The Access Lamp
|c rct .oncvo t|o b.tto.y c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o nonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np |s ||t
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.go tc t|o c..J
The Write Protect Switch
S| c..Js ..o oou|ppoJ .|t| . ..|to p.ctoct s.|tc| tc p.ovort
.cc|Jort.| |css c| J.t. \|or t||s s.|tc| |s |r t|o “|cck” pcs|t|cr,
t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.y . noss.go tc ...r t|.t p|ctcs c.r rct
bo .occ.JoJ c. Jo|otoJ .rJ t|o nonc.y c..J c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ
16 Introduction: First Steps
2
Vonc.y c..Js nust bo |c.n.ttoJ t|o fi.st t|no t|oy ..o usoJ |r
t|o |80 ¯c |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J, tu.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ
p.oss t|o ( .rJ ) buttcrs urt|| ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. J|sp|.ys fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss|rg bct| buttcrs
tcgot|o. . soccrJ t|no .||| |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J |u.|rg
|c.n.tt|rg, t|o |otto.s .||| .ppo.. |r t|o |..noccurt
J|s p|.y |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.y urt||
|c.n.tt|rg |s ccnp|oto, t|o ncr|tc. |.s tu.roJ cff, .rJ t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
Formatting Memory Cards
|c.n.t c..Js |r t|o c.no.. |o.|c.n.rco n.y J.cp || t|oy ..o |c.
n.ttoJ |r . ccnputo.
|c.n.tt|rg nonc.y c..Js po.n.rort|y Jo|otos .|| p|ctcg..p|s .rJ
ct|o. J.t. t|oy n.y ccrt.|r bo su.o .|| J.t. ycu .|s| tc koop |.vo
boor ccp|oJ tc .rct|o. stc..go Jov|co bo|c.o |c.n.tt|rg t|o c..J
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.y .rJ nonc.y c..J |rso.toJ, t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| || rc
nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| s|c. .rJ . |ccr
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Removing Memory Cards
1 ´crfi.n t|.t t|o .ccoss |.np |s cff
2 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ cpor t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo.
3 |.oss t|o c..J |r tc o¦oct (ቢ) ¯|o c..J c.r t|or bo .oncvoJ by |.rJ
(ባ)
17 Introduction: First Steps
Adjusting Viewfinder Focus
||ctcg..p|s ..o |..noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. bo|c.o s|cct|rg, n.ko su.o t|.t t|o J|sp|.y |r t|o
v|o.firJo. |s |r c|o.. |ccus
Viewfinder Focus
\|o.firJo. |ccus (J|cpto.) c.r bo .J¦ustoJ |r t|o ..rgo –2 – +1 n
1
´c..oct|vo |orsos (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|y, 122) .||c. J|cpto.s c| –5 – +3 n
1

1
|oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr
2
|ct.to t|o J|cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| urt|| t|o |ccus b..ck
ots ..o |r s|..p |ccus \|or cpo..t|rg t|o J|cpto. .J¦ustnort
ccrt.c| .|t| ycu. oyo tc t|o v|o.firJo., bo c..o|u| rct tc put
ycu. firgo.s c. firgo.r.||s |r ycu. oyo
Focus brackets
18 Tutorial
¯|o ¯utc.|.| cut||ros t|o b.s|cs c| t.k|rg .rJ v|o.|rg p|ctcg..p|s |r (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.|
\..||.cg..n ncJos ¯||s soct|cr .ssunos t|.t Jo|.u|t c.no.. sott|rgs ..o usoJ, |c. |r|c.
n.t|cr cr .ostc.|rg Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, soo p.go 134
Use a CPU Lens

(.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos ..o cr|y .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos || t|oso ncJos ..o so
|octoJ .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ, t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Auto Meter Off
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.y .rJ t|o .po.tu.o .rJ s|utto.spooJ |rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .||| tu.r cff || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs (.utc noto. cff), .oJuc|rg t|o
J..|r cr t|o b.tto.y |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc .o.ct|v.to t|o J|sp|.y
Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on
6 s
¯|o |orgt| c| t|no bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y c.r bo .J¦ustoJ us|rg ´ustcn
Sott|rg 28 (Auto meter off, 99)
19 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
¯||s soct|cr Josc.|bos |c. tc t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r (.utc) ncJo, .r .utcn.t|c “pc|rt
.rJs|cct” ncJo |r .||c| t|o n.¦c.|ty c| sott|rgs ..o ccrt.c||oJ by t|o c.no.. |r .ospcrso
tc s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr
1.1 |oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. J|sp|.ys .||| ||g|t ¯|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
1.2 ´|ock t|o b.tto.y |ovo| |r t|o v|o.firJo. c. ccrt.c| p.ro|
Control panel Viewfnder Description

b.tto.y |u||y c|..goJ
— b.tto.y p..t|.||y J|sc|..goJ
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |u||yc|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y

(b||rks)

(b||rks)
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ ´|.rgo b.tto.y
b.tto.y |ovo| rct J|sp|.yoJ .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by cpt|cr.| A´ .J.pto.
1.3 ¯|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|sp|.ys |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. s|c. t|o runbo. c| p|ctcg..p|s t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ
cr t|o nonc.y c..J ´|ock t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .o
n.|r|rg
|| t|o.o |s rct orcug| nonc.y tc stc.o .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctc
g..p|s .t cu..ort sott|rgs, t|o J|sp|.y .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t
.|g|t |c |u.t|o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor urt|| t|o nonc.y
c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ ( 15) c. p|ctcg..p|s |.vo boor
Jo|otoJ ( 26, 65, 4)
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
2
So|oct ncJo .rJ c|ccso .utc|ccus
2.1 |ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc
2.2 |ct.to t|o |ccusncJo so|octc. tc A| (.utc|ccus)
3
´|ock sott|rgs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs |c. ncJo ..o ||stoJ bo|c.
Option Default
ቢ ||.s| syrc ncJo Autc 40
ባ |n.go ou.||ty '||´ |c.n.| 34
ቤ |n.go s|.o |..go 35
ብ S|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o |..no 36
ቦ Autc|ccus ncJo Autc so|oct 29
ቧ A|..o. ncJo Autc..o. A| 30



ቧ ቦ

21 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
4
|..no . p|ctcg..p| |r t|o v|o.firJo. ¯|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
4.1 |c|J t|o c.no.. .s s|c.r
Holding the Camera
|c|J t|o |.rJg.|p |r ycu. .|g|t |.rJ .rJ c..J|o t|o c.no.. bcJy
c. |ors .|t| ycu. |o|t |oop ycu. o|bc.s p.cppoJ ||g|t|y .g.|rst
ycu. tc.sc |c. suppc.t .rJ p|.co cro |cct |.|| . p.co .|o.J c| t|o
ct|o. tc koop ycu uppo. bcJy st.b|o
4.2 |..no . p|ctc |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|t| t|o n.|r sub¦oct pc
s|t|croJ |r .ry c| t|o o|ovor |ccus ..o.s
Focus area
Using a Zoom Lens
|so t|o .ccn .|rg tc .ccn |r cr t|o sub¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s . |..g
o. ..o. c| t|o |..no, c. .ccn cut tc |rc.o.so t|o ..o. v|s|b|o |r
t|o fir.| p|ctcg..p| (so|oct |crgo. |cc.| |orgt|s cr t|o |ors |c
c.| |orgt| sc.|o |rJox tc .ccn |r, s|c.to. |cc.| |orgt|s tc .ccn
cut)
Zoom in
Zoom out
22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
The Shutter-Release Button
¯|o c.no.. |.s . t.cst.go s|utto..o|o.so buttcr ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y ¯c t.ko t|o p|ctcg..p|, p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o
..y Jc.r
5
|ccus
5.1 |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y || t|o sub¦oct
|s J..k, t|o fl.s| n.y pcp up .rJ t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
n.y ||g|t
5.2 \|or t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |s ccnp|oto, t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.s .||| bo b.|ofly ||g|
||g|toJ, . boop .||| scurJ, .rJ t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo. (t|o boop n.y rct scurJ || t|o sub¦oct |s ncv|rg) \|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y, |ccus .||| |cck .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os t|.t c.r bo
stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.y buffo. .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.

Selected
focus area
In-focus
indicator
Shutter speed Aperture
Buffer
capacity
Viewfnder

Shutter speed Aperture
Control panel
In-focus indicator Description
● Sub¦oct |r |ccus

(b||rks)
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus cr sub¦oct |r |ccus ..o. us|rg .utc|ccus
Focus Take photograph
23 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
6
¯.ko t|o p|ctcg..p|
Sncct||y p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y
Jc.r tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .rJ .occ.J t|o p|ctcg..p| ¯|o .c
coss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo. .||| ||g|t Do not
eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source
until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete.
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.y .rJ nonc.y c..J |rso.toJ, t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
¯c s.vo b.tto.y pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso, .otu.r |t tc |ts c|csoJ
pcs|t|cr by p.oss|rg |t gort|y Jc.r...J t||| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co |c.
nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o fl.s|, soo p.go 40
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||g|t|rg |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r ncJo, t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y ||.s| ..rgo v..|os .|t| .po.tu.o .rJ |SO sors|t|v|ty ( 141), .o
ncvo |ors |ccJs .|or us|rg t|o fl.s| || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ, p|ctcg..p|s
c.r cr|y bo t.kor .|or t|o fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. ( ) |s J|sp|.yoJ || t|o
fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.yoJ, .oncvo ycu. firgo. b.|ofly |.cn t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .rJ t.y .g.|r
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .|or s|cct|rg |s ccnp|oto
24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)

Focus Area
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .s |c||c.s
• , , , .rJ ncJos ¯|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. Ot|o. |ccus ..o.s c.r bo so
|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|y .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y, t..ck
|rg t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. || t|o sub¦oct |o.vos t|o corto. |ccus ..o., t|o c.no.. .|||
ccrt|ruo tc |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn t|o ct|o. |ccus ..o.s ¯|o st..t|rg |ccus ..o. c.r bo
so|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||g|t|rg |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r , , c. ncJo, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| pcp
.utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
|r .JJ|t|cr tc , t|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| s|x ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos So|oct|rg .
p.cg..n .utcn.t|c.||y cpt|n|.os sott|rgs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ scoro, n.k|rg c.o.t|vo p|c
tcg..p|y .s o.sy .s .ct.t|rg t|o ncJo J|.|
Mode Description
Portrait |c. pc.t..|ts
Landscape |c. r.tu..| .rJ n.rn.Jo |.rJsc.pos
Close up |c. c|cso up s|cts c| flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs
Sports |c. ncv|rg sub¦octs
Night landscape |c. |c.||g|t c. r|g|t scoros

Night portrait |c. pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||g|t
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct . ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJo
2
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
25 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
Portrait
|so |c. pc.t..|ts .|t| sc|t, r.tu..||cck|rg sk|r tcros || t|o sub¦oct |s |..
|.cn t|o b.ckg.curJ c. . to|op|ctc |ors |s usoJ, b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s .|||
bo sc|toroJ tc |orJ t|o ccnpcs|t|cr . sorso c| Jopt|

Landscape
|so |c. v|v|J |.rJsc.po s|cts ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y

Close Up
|so |c. c|csoup s|cts c| flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs ¯|o
c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y |ccusos cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
|so c| . t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Sports
||g| s|utto. spooJs |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jyr.n|c spc.ts s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub¦oct st.rJs cut c|o..|y ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.
tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y

Night Landscape
S|c. s|utto. spooJs ..o usoJ tc p.cJuco sturr|rg r|g|t |.rJsc.pos ¯|o
bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y, uso c| . t.|
pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Night Portrait
|so |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ t|o b.ckg.curJ
|r pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||g|t
26 Tutorial: Basic Playback
||ctcg..p|s ..o .utcn.t|c.||y J|sp|.yoJ |c. .bcut |cu. soccrJs .|
to. s|cct|rg || rc p|ctcg..p| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc., t|o ncst
.ocort p|ctu.o c.r bo v|o.oJ by p.oss|rg t|o buttcr AJJ|t|cr.|
p|ctu.os c.r bo J|sp|.yoJ by .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.
p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t
¯c orJ p|.yb.ck .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y
Deleting Unwanted Photographs
¯c Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc., p.oss
t|o buttcr A ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss t|o
buttcr .g.|r tc Jo|oto t|o |n.go .rJ .otu.r tc p|.yb.ck ¯c ox|t
.|t|cut Jo|ot|rg t|o p|ctu.o, p.oss t|o buttcr
Basic Playback
27
Reference
Reference
¯||s soct|cr bu||Js cr t|o ¯utc.|.| tc ccvo. nc.o .Jv.rcoJ s|cct|rg .rJ p|.yb.ck cpt|crs
More on Photography (All Modes): 28
S|cct . ncv|rg sub¦oct c. |ccus n.ru.||y Focus: 28
AJ¦ust |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o Image Quality and Size: 33
¯.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r cro .t . t|no, |r bu.sts, c.
us|rg t|o so||t|no. c. . .oncto ccrt.c|
Choosing a Shooting Mode: 36
|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Using the Built-in Flash: 40
|.|so |SO sors|t|v|ty .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. ISO Sensitivity: 43
|ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs Two-Button Reset: 44
P, S, A, and M Modes: 45
|ot t|o c.no.. c|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.
tu.o
Mode P (Programmed Auto): 47
|.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): 48
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ cb¦octs Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): 49
´|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o n.ru.||y Mode M (Manual): 50
´|ccso . noto.|rg not|cJ, |cck oxpcsu.o, .J¦ust
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo|
Exposure: 52
V.ko cc|c.s |cck r.tu..|
¯.ko p|ctcs urJo. urusu.| ||g|t|rg
White Balance: 58
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr ct|o. cpo..t|crs t|.t c.r cr|y bo po.|c.noJ |r P, S, A, .rJ M
ncJos, |rc|uJ|rg custcn|.|rg s|..por|rg, ccrt..st, cc|c. s.tu..t|cr, .rJ |uo (“Opt|n|.o |n.go”,
9) .rJ c.o.t|rg nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os (“Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o”, 84)
More on Playback: 61
\|o. p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no.. Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 61
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. ct|o. p|.yb.ck cpt|crs ( 4)
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer: 66
\|o. p|ctcg..p|s cr ¯\ Viewing Photographs on TV: 66
´cpy p|ctcg..p|s tc . ccnputo. Connecting to a Computer: 67
|.|rt p|ctcg..p|s Printing Photographs: 69
28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
|ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y (soo “ Autc|ccus,” bo|c.) c. n.ru.||y ( 32) ¯|o uso.
c.r .|sc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |c. .utcn.t|c c. n.ru.| |ccus ( 30) c. uso |ccus |cck tc |ccus
tc .occnpcso p|ctcg..p|s .|to. |ccus|rg ( 31)
Autofocus
Controls used: Focus mode selector
\|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF, t|o c.no.. |ccusos .u
tcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y |r
s|rg|o..o. A|, . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |ccusos |c
boop .||| scurJ .|or AF-A |s so|octoJ |r (spc.ts) ncJo c. .|or
ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus |s usoJ (rcto t|.t ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus n.y bo so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||y .|or s|cct|rg ncv|rg
sub¦octs |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo)
|| t|o |ors Jcos rct suppc.t .utc|ccus c. t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg .utc|ccus, uso
n.ru.| |ccus ( 32)
A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| AV so|oct|cr c. .r V/AV s.|tc|, so|oct A
(.utc|ccus) c. M/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty)
The AF-Assist Illuminator
|| t|o sub¦oct |s pcc.|y ||t, t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||g|t .utcn.t|c.||y tc
.ss|st t|o .utc|ccus cpo..t|cr .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y ¯|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| rct ||g|t |r , , c. ncJos c. ||
Off |.s boor so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 4 (AF assist, 8) ¯|o |||un|r.
tc. |.s . ..rgo c| .bcut 05–30 n (1 |t 8 |r–9 |t 10 |r), .|or us|rg t|o
|||un|r.tc., uso . |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| 24–200 nn .rJ .oncvo t|o
|ors |ccJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r t|o boop spo.ko. cr c. cff
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
29 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Getting Good Results with Autofocus
Autc|ccus Jcos rct po.|c.n .o|| urJo. t|o ccrJ|t|crs ||stoJ bo|c. || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus
us|rg .utc|ccus, uso n.ru.| |ccus ( 32) c. uso |ccus |cck ( 31) tc |ccus cr .rct|o. sub¦oct .t t|o
s.no J|st.rco .rJ t|or .occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p|
There is little or no contrast
between the subject and the
background
The focus area contains ob-
jects at different distances
from the camera
Example Sub¦oct |s t|o s.no cc|c. .s t|o b.ck
g.curJ
Example Sub¦oct |s |rs|Jo . c.go
The subject is dominated by
regular geometric patterns
The focus area contains areas
of sharply contrasting bright-
ness
Example A .c. c| .|rJc.s |r . skysc..po. Example: Sub¦oct |s |.|| |r t|o s|.Jo
The subject appears smaller
than the focus area
The subject many contains
fine details
Example |ccus ..o. ccrt.|rs bct| |c.og.curJ
sub¦oct .rJ J|st.rt bu||J|rgs
Example A fio|J c| flc.o.s c. ct|o. sub¦octs t|.t
..o sn.|| c. |.ck v..|.t|cr |r b.|g|tross
Autofocus Mode
Controls used: button
¯|o |c||c.|rg .utc|ccus ncJos ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF
Autofocus mode Description
AF-A
Autc so|oct
(Jo|.u|t sott|rg)
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs s|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub¦oct |s st.
t|cr..y, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub¦oct |s ncv|rg S|utto. c.r
cr|y bo .o|o.soJ || c.no.. |s .b|o tc |ccus
AF-S S|rg|oso.vc A|
|c. st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |ccus |ccks .|or s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y S|utto. c.r cr|y bo .o|o.soJ .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.yoJ
AF-C
´crt|rucusso.vc
A|
|c. ncv|rg sub¦octs ´.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|y .|||o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y ||ctcg..p|s c.r bo t.kor ovor .|or |r|ccus
|rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.yoJ
¯c c|ccso t|o .utc|ccus ncJo, p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ
sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ
AF-A
AF-S AF-C
30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Area Selection
Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off)
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| o|ovor |ccus ..o.s t|.t tcgot|o. ccvo. . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no At
t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o c.no.. c|ccsos t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y c. |ccusos cr sub¦oct
|r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. ¯|o |ccus ..o. c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ n.ru.||y tc ccnpcso p|ctc
g..p|s .|t| t|o n.|r sub¦oct pcs|t|croJ .|ncst .ry.|o.o |r t|o |..no
1
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r
, , , , .rJ ncJos ¯c or.b|o n.ru.| |ccus so|oc
t|cr |r t|oso ncJos, so|oct Single Area c. Dynamic Area |c.
´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-Area Mode, 8)
2
S||Jo t|o |ccus so|octc. |cck tc t|o “●” pcs|t|cr ¯||s .||c.s t|o
nu|t| so|octc. tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
3
|so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |r t|o v|o.firJo.
c. ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo ( 18)
¯|o |ccus so|octc. |cck c.r bo .otu.roJ tc t|o “L” (|cckoJ) pc
s|t|cr |c||c.|rg so|oct|cr tc p.ovort t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
|.cn c|.rg|rg .|or t|o nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ
Custom Settings
´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-Area Mode, 8) ccrt.c|s |c. t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. ´ustcn
Sott|rg 3 (Center AF Area, 8) ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o .rJ runbo. c| |ccus ..o.s .v.||.b|o ´ustcn Sot
t|rg 18 (AE-L/AF-L, 94) Joto.n|ros .||c.s t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
´ustcn Sott|rg 20 (Focus Area,

94) ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. |ccus ..o. so|oct|cr “...ps ..curJ” ´ustcn
Sott|rg 21 (AF Area Illumination,

95) ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o
v|o.firJo.
31 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S)
|ccus |cck c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rgo t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rg, n.k|rg |t pcss|b|o tc |c
cus cr . sub¦oct t|.t .||| rct bo |r . |ccus ..o. |r t|o fir.| ccnpcs|t|cr |t c.r .|sc bo usoJ
.|or t|o .utc|ccus syston |s ur.b|o tc |ccus ( 29)
1
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |r|t|.to |ccus
2
´|ock t|.t t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29)
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ,
ovor || ycu |.to. .oncvo ycu. firgo. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr
AF-S autofocus modes ( 29)
|ccus .||| |cck .utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s, .rJ .on.|r |cckoJ
urt|| ycu .oncvo ycu. firgo. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccus c.r .|sc bo
|cckoJ by p.oss|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr (soo bo|c.)
Ar AE-L |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ s|cct
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .s |crg .s t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s kopt p.ossoJ
|.||..y, .||c.|rg sovo..| p|ctcg..p|s |r succoss|cr tc bo t.kor .t t|o s.no |ccus sott|rg
|ccus .||| .|sc .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|c rct c|.rgo t|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o c.no.. .rJ t|o sub¦oct .|||o |ccus |cck |s |r o|
|oct || t|o sub¦oct ncvos, |ccus .g.|r .t t|o ro. J|st.rco
Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36)
|so t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
The Electronic Range Finder
|| t|o |ors |.s . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto., t|o v|o.firJo. |ccus
|rJ|c.tc. c.r bo usoJ tc ccrfi.n .|ot|o. t|o pc.t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o
so|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s |r |ccus A|to. pcs|t|cr|rg t|o sub¦oct |r t|o .ct|vo
|ccus ..o., p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |c
cus|rg .|rg urt|| t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) |s J|sp|.yoJ
Focal Plane Position
¯c Joto.n|ro t|o J|st.rco bot.oor ycu. sub¦oct .rJ t|o c.no.., no.su.o
|.cn t|o |cc.| p|.ro n..k cr t|o c.no.. bcJy ¯|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o
|ors ncurt|rg fl.rgo ( 11) .rJ t|o |cc.| p|.ro |s 465 nn (183 |r)
Manual Focus
Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring
V.ru.| |ccus |s .v.||.b|o |c. |orsos t|.t Jc rct suppc.t .utc|ccus
(rcrA| ||kkc. |orsos) c. .|or .utc|ccus Jcos rct p.cJuco t|o
Jos|.oJ .osu|ts ( 29) ¯c |ccus n.ru.||y, sot t|o |ccusncJo so|oc
tc. tc M .rJ .J¦ust t|o |ors |ccus|rg .|rg urt|| t|o |n.go J|sp|.yoJ
cr t|o c|o.. n.tto fio|J |r t|o v|o.firJo. |s |r |ccus ||ctcg..p|s
c.r bo t.kor .t .ry t|no, ovor .|or t|o |n.go |s rct |r |ccus
\|or us|rg . |ors t|.t cffo.s AV so|oct|cr, so|oct V .|or |ccus|rg n.ru.||y \|t| |orsos
t|.t suppc.t V/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty), |ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y .|t| t|o
|ors sot tc V c. V/A Soo t|o Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| ycu. |ors |c. Jot.||s
33 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality and Size
¯cgot|o., |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o Joto.n|ro |c. nuc| sp.co o.c| p|ctcg..p| cccup|os cr
t|o nonc.y c..J |..go., ||g|o. ou.||ty |n.gos c.r bo p.|rtoJ .t |..go. s|.os but .|sc .o
ou|.o nc.o nonc.y, no.r|rg t|.t |o.o. suc| |n.gos c.r bo stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J
´|.rgos tc |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o ..o .ofloctoJ |r t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .s
J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ( 19)
Small < Image size > Large
H
i
g
h

<

I
m
a
g
e

q
u
a
l
i
t
y

>

L
o
w
Image Quality and Size
JPEG Fine
JPEG Normal
JPEG Basic
L
a
r
g
e



l
e

s
i
z
e
S
m
a
l
l



l
e

s
i
z
e
S M L
Image Quality, Image Size, and File Size
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . nonc.y c..J (
138)
34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rg |n.go ou.||ty cpt|crs (||stoJ |r JoscorJ|rg c.Jo. by |n
.go ou.||ty .rJ fi|o s|.o)
Option Description
NEF (RAW)
´cnp.ossoJ ... J.t. |.cn t|o |n.go sorsc. ..o s.voJ J|.oct|y tc nonc.y c..J
´|ccso |c. |n.gos t|.t .||| bo p.ccossoJ cr . ccnputo.
JPEG Fine
|n.gos ..o ccnp.ossoJ |oss t|.r JPEG Normal, p.cJuc|rg ||g|o.ou.||ty |n.gos
´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 4
JPEG Normal
(Jo|.u|t)
bost c|c|co |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 8
JPEG Basic Sn.||o. fi|o s|.o su|toJ tc on.|| c. t|o \ob ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 16
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Fine
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro firoou.||ty '||´ |n.go
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Normal
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro rc.n.|ou.||ty '||´ |n
.go
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Basic
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro b.s|cou.||ty '||´ |n.go
|n.go ou.||ty c.r bo sot by p.oss|rg t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.go ou.||ty c.r .|sc bo .J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct
|rg noru ( 81)
NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG
´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. t|o supp||oJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct sc|t...o ..o .oou|.oJ tc v|o.
||| (|A\) |n.gos cr . ccnputo. \|or p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine, NEF (RAW)
+ JPEG Normal, c. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no.., cr|y t|o '||´ |n.go .||| bo
J|sp|.yoJ \|or p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t t|oso sott|rgs ..o Jo|otoJ, bct| ||| .rJ '||´ |n.gos .||| bo
Jo|otoJ
\||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg ( 90) |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or .r ||| (|A\) + '||´ cpt|cr |s so|octoJ |c. |n
.go ou.||ty So|oct|rg .r ||| (|A\) + '||´ cpt|cr c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
35 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Size
Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
|n.go s|.o |s no.su.oJ |r p|xo|s ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Image size Size (pixels) Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi
¯
Large (3872 × 2592/10.0 M)
(Jo|.u|t)
3,82 × 2,592 492 × 329 cn (1936 × 1296 |r)
Medium (2896 × 1944/5.6 M) 2,896 × 1,944 368 × 24 cn (1448 × 92 |r)
Small (1936 × 1296/2.5 M) 1,936 × 1,296 246 × 165 cn (968 × 648 |r)
¯ “Jp|” st.rJs |c. dcts po. irc|, . no.su.o c| p.|rto. .osc|ut|cr |n.gos p.|rtoJ .t ||g|o. .osc|ut|crs
.||| bo sn.||o., |n.gos p.|rtoJ .t |c.o. .osc|ut|crs |..go.
|n.go s|.o c.r bo sot by p.oss|rg t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.go ou.||ty c.r .|sc bo .J¦ustoJ |.cn
t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 81)

File Names
||ctcg..p|s ..o stc.oJ .s |n.go fi|os .|t| r.nos c| t|o |c.n “|S´_rrrrxxx,” .|o.o rrrr |s . |cu.
J|g|t runbo. bot.oor 0001 .rJ 9999 .ss|groJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r .scorJ|rg c.Jo. by t|o c.no.., .rJ
xxx |s cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg t|.oo |otto. oxtors|crs “|||” |c. ||| |n.gos c. “'|´” |c. '||´ |n.gos ¯|o
||| .rJ '||´ fi|os .occ.JoJ .t . sott|rg c| “|||+'||´” |.vo t|o s.no fi|o r.nos but J|ffo.ort oxtor
s|crs Sn.|| ccp|os c.o.toJ .|t| t|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos bog|r
r|rg .|t| “SS´_” .rJ orJ|rg .|t| t|o oxtors|cr “'|´” (og, “SS´_0001'|´”), .|||o |n.gos .occ.JoJ
.|t| t|o ct|o. cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos bog|rr|rg .|t| “´S´” (og, “´S´_0001
'|´”) |n.gos .occ.JoJ .t . Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode sott|rg c| II (AdobeRGB) (
80) |.vo r.nos t|.t bog|r .|t| .r urJo.scc.o (og, “_|S´0001'|´”)
|cto t|.t t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. |n.go s|.o Jcos rct .ffoct t|o s|.o c| ||| (|A\) |n.gos
\|or v|o.oJ cr . ccnputo., ||| |n.gos ..o 3,82 × 2,592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Choosing a Shooting Mode
S|cct|rg ncJo Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. t.kos p|ctcg..p|s cro .t . t|no, |r . ccrt|ru
cus soouorco, .|t| . t|noJ s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.y, c. .|t| . .oncto ccrt.c|
Mode Description
S|rg|o |..no
´.no.. t.kos cro p|ctcg..p| o.c| t|no s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Accoss |.np .||| ||g|t .|||o p|ctc |s .occ.JoJ, roxt s|ct c.r bo t.kor |nno
J|.to|y || orcug| sp.co .on.|rs |r nonc.y buffo.
´crt|rucus
´.no.. .occ.Js p|ctcg..p|s .t up tc t|.oo |..nos po. soccrJ
1
.|||o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
So||t|no. |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc .oJuco b|u..|rg c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko ( 3)
|o|.yoJ .oncto Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 38)
Çu|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so tc .oJuco b|u..|rg c.usoJ by
c.no.. s|.ko ( 38)
1 Avo..go |..no ..to .|t| n.ru.| |ccus, n.ru.| c. s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc oxpcsu.o, . s|utto. spooJ c|
'/.. s c. |.sto., .rJ nonc.y .on.|r|rg |r nonc.y buffo.
¯c c|ccso . s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ

Buffer Size
¯|o runbo. c| |n.gos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.y buffo. .t cu.
.ort sott|rgs |s s|c.r |r t|o oxpcsu.occurt J|sp|.ys |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ ¯||s runbo. |s
upJ.toJ .s p|ctcg..p|s ..o t..rs|o..oJ tc t|o nonc.y c..J .rJ nc.o
nonc.y boccnos .v.||.b|o |r t|o buffo. || 0 |s J|sp|.yoJ, t|o buffo. |s |u||
.rJ s|cct|rg .||| s|c. S|cct|rg c.r ccrt|ruo up tc . n.x|nun c| 100
s|cts Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr ( 138)
\|||o p|ctcg..p|s ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.y c..J, t|o .ccoss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.y c..J
s|ct .||| ||g|t Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access
lamp has gone out || t|o c.no.. |s s.|tc|oJ cff .|||o J.t. .on.|r |r t|o buffo., t|o pc.o. .||| rct tu.r
cff urt|| .|| |n.gos |r t|o buffo. |.vo boor .occ.JoJ
Choosing a Shooting Mode
Controls used: button
37 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Self-Timer Mode
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco c.no.. s|.ko c. |c. so||pc.t..|ts
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o, |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr urt|| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no t|o p|ctcg..p| bo|c.o t.k|rg . p|ctcg..p| .|t| t|o fl.s| |r P, S, A, c. M ncJos
( 45), p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s| .rJ ..|t |c. t|o |rJ|c.tc. tc bo J|sp|.yoJ
|r t|o v|o.firJo. ( 40) ¯|o t|no. .||| stcp || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ .|to. t|o t|no. |.s
st..toJ
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M, .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 oyop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||g|t orto.|rg v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rg .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus, .rJ t|or
p.oss t|o buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc st..t t|o so||t|n
o. ¯|o so||t|no. |.np .||| st..t tc b||rk .rJ . boop .||| bog|r
tc scurJ ¯.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor, t|o
so||t|no. |.np .||| stcp b||rk|rg .rJ t|o boop|rg .||| boccno
nc.o ..p|J At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o s|utto. .||| bo .o|o.soJ tor
soccrJs .|to. t|o t|no. st..ts
¯|o t|no. .||| rct st..t || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus c. |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o
s|utto. c.r rct bo .o|o.soJ
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo c.rco||oJ by so|oct|rg .rct|o. s|cct|rg ncJo ¯u.r|rg t|o c.no.. cff
c.rco|s so||t|no. ncJo .rJ .ostc.os s|rg|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
Bulb
|r so||t|no. ncJo, . s|utto. spooJ c| |s oou|v.|ort tc .pp.cx|n.to|y '/·. s
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boop t|.t scurJs Ju.|rg t|o so||t|no. ccurtJc.r
29 — Self-timer ( 99)
So||t|no. Jo|.y c.r bo sot tc 2 s, 5 s, 10 s (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg), c. 20 s
38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using a Remote Control
|so t|o cpt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 123) c. tc cpo..to t|o c.no..
.oncto|y
Before Using the Remote Control
bo|c.o us|rg t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t|o fi.st t|no, .oncvo t|o c|o.. p|.st|c b.tto.y |rsu|.tc. s|oot
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o, |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc so|oct cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg ncJos
Mode
|o|.yoJ .oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .bcut 2 s .|to. .oncto s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Çu|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .|or .oncto s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o c.no.. .||| orto. st.rJby ncJo At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, s|rg|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus
s|cct|rg ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut . n|ruto
3
|..no t|o p|ctcg..p| || .utc|ccus |s |r offoct, t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r
bo usoJ tc sot |ccus, .|t|cug| cr|y t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c|
c.r bo usoJ tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto.
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M, .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 oyop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||g|t orto.|rg v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rg .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
A|n t|o t..rsn|tto. cr t|o V||3 .t t|o |r|...oJ .oco|vo. cr t|o
c.no.. .rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |r
Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut
t.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| fl.s| .|to. t|o s|utto. |.s
boor .o|o.soJ || AF-A c. AF-S |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo
( 29), t|o c.no.. .||| .otu.r tc st.rJby ncJo .|t|cut .o|o.s|rg t|o s|utto. || ur.b|o
tc |ccus ¯|o c.no.. .||| .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut |ccus|rg |r n.ru.| |ccus ncJo,
|| AF-C |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo, c. || t|o c.no.. |.s .|.o.Jy boor |ccusoJ us|rg
t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr (soo stop 3)
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo c.r bo c.rco||oJ by so|oct|rg .rct|o. s|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o|..no
c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff c. rc cpo..t|crs
..o .bcut cro n|ruto
39 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using the Built-in Flash
|| t|o fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ, t|o c.no.. .||| cr|y .ospcrJ tc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 crco
t|o fl.s| |.s c|..goJ |r , , , .rJ ncJos, t|o fl.s| .||| bog|r c|..g|rg .|or Jo|.yoJ .oncto
c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo |s so|octoJ, crco t|o fl.s| |s c|..goJ, |t .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||y ||
.oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |s p.ossoJ |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos, ..|s|rg t|o
fl.s| Ju.|rg t|o t.csoccrJ ccurtJc.r |r Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo .||| c.rco| t|o t.csoccrJ t|no.
\.|t |c. t|o fl.s| tc c|..go .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 tc .ost..t t|o
t|no.
|r fl.s|syrc ncJos t|.t suppc.t .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, t|o .oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut
cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| b||rk |c.
t.c soccrJs .rJ t|or ||g|t |c. cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boops t|.t scurJ .|or t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s usoJ

30 — Remote on Duration ( 99)
´|ccso |orgt| c| t|no t|o c.no.. .||| .on.|r |r st.rJby bo|c.o .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo |s c.rco||oJ
40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Using the Built-in Flash
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts . v..|oty c| fl.s| ncJos |c. p|ctcg..p||rg pcc.|y ||t c. b.ck||t sub
¦octs
Using the Built-in Flash: , , , and Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41)
3
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s
p.ossoJ |.||..y, .rJ fi.o .|or . p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor
Using the Built-in Flash: P, S, A, and M Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s|
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41)
4
So|oct . noto.|rg not|cJ .rJ sot oxpcsu.o
5
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .|orovo. . p|ctu.o |s t.kor
Lowering the Built-in Flash
¯c s.vo pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso, p.oss |t gort|y Jc.r
...J urt|| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co
41 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Flash Mode
¯|o cu..ort fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s s|c.r bo|c.
|s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o fl.s| |s cff
¯|o fl.s| ncJos .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o ncJo cu..ort|y so|octoJ .|t| t|o ncJo J|.|
¯ SLOW |s J|sp|.yoJ .|to. n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |s .o|o.soJ
, ,
S, M P, A
Auto
Auto+
red-eye
reduction
Off
Rear-curtain
sync
Fill flash
Red-eye
reduction
Fill flash
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
Red-eye
reduction
Slow sync
Rear-
curtain+
slow sync
*
Off
Auto+Slow sync
Auto+
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
: Red-eye reduction
|so |c. pc.t..|ts |oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np ||g|ts bo|c.o fl.s| fi.os, .oJuc|rg “.oJoyo”
AUTO: Auto fash
\|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. c. sub¦oct |s b.ck ||t, fl.s| pcps up .utcn.t|c.||y .|or
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y .rJ fi.os .s .oou|.oJ || t||s |ccr |s rct
J|sp|.yoJ, fl.s| .||| cr|y pcp up .|or buttcr |s p.ossoJ
SLOW: Slow sync
S|utto. spooJ s|c.s .utcn.t|c.||y tc c.ptu.o b.ckg.curJ ||g|t|rg .t r|g|t c.
urJo. |c. ||g|t |so tc |rc|uJo b.ckg.curJ ||g|t|rg |r pc.t..|ts
REAR: Rear-curtain sync
||.s| fi.os ¦ust bo|c.o s|utto. c|csos (soo rcto cr |c||c.|rg p.go) || t||s |ccr |s
rct J|sp|.yoJ, fl.s| .||| fi.o |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. s|utto. cpors
: Of
||.s| Jcos rct fi.o ovor .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. c. sub¦oct |s b.ck||t
42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
22 — Built-in Flash ( 95)
´|ccso |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| fi.os
26 — Modeling Flash ( 98)
|.ov|o. t|o offocts c| t|o fl.s|
The Built-in Flash
|so .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c| 18–300 nn c. rcr´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c|
18–200 nn ( 118, rcto t|.t .utc fl.s| |ovo| ccrt.c| |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|y) |oncvo |ors
|ccJs tc p.ovort s|.Jc.s |orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub¦oct’s v|o. c| t|o .oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np n.y
|rto.|o.o .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr ¯|o fl.s| |.s . n|r|nun ..rgo c| 60 cn (2 |t) .rJ c.r rct bo usoJ
|r t|o n.c.c ..rgo c| n.c.c .ccn |orsos
|| t|o fl.s| fi.os |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo ( 36), cr|y cro p|ctu.o .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o s|utto. .o|o.so n.y bo b.|ofly J|s.b|oJ tc p.ctoct t|o fl.s| .|to. |t |.s boor usoJ |c. sovo..| ccr
socut|vo s|cts ¯|o fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .g.|r .|to. . s|c.t p.uso
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. nc.o .bcut t|o bu||t|r fl.s|, |rc|uJ|rg fl.s| ccrt.c|, s|utto. syrc spooJs, .rJ
..rgo |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||g|ts), soo “Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||g|ts)” (
119) Soo “|\ |cck” |c. |r|c.n.t|cr us|rg |\ |cck ( 92)
Rear-Curtain Sync
|c.n.||y t|o fl.s| fi.os .s t|o s|utto. cpors (“|.crt cu.t.|r syrc”, soo bo|c. .t |o|t) |r .o..cu.t.|r
syrc, t|o fl.s| fi.os ¦ust bo|c.o t|o s|utto. c|csos, c.o.t|rg t|o offoct c| . st.o.n c| ||g|t bo||rJ ncv|rg
sub¦octs
Front-curtain sync Rear curtain sync
43 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity
ISO Sensitivity
“|SO sors|t|v|ty” |s t|o J|g|t.| oou|v.|ort c| fi|n spooJ ¯|o ||g|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o |oss
||g|t rooJoJ tc n.ko .r oxpcsu.o, .||c.|rg ||g|o. s|utto. spooJs c. sn.||o. .po.tu.os
|SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo sot bot.oor v.|uos .cug||y oou|v.|ort tc |SO 100 .rJ |SO 1600 |r
stops oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ \.|uos cvo. 1600 ..o J|sp|.yoJ .s H 0.3 (|SO 2000 oou|v.|ort), H
0.7 (|SO 2500 oou|v.|ort), .rJ H 1.0 (|SO 3200 oou|v.|ort) (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.c
g..n ncJos .|sc cffo. .r Auto sott|rg t|.t .||c.s t|o c.no.. tc sot |SO sors|t|v|ty .utc
n.t|c.||y |r .ospcrso tc ||g|t|rg ccrJ|t|crs ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |c. (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.|
\..||.cg..n ncJos |s Auto, t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |c. P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos 100
|SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo so|octoJ by p.oss|rg t|o ISO buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |SO sors|t|v|ty c.r .|sc bo
.J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
High ISO NR ( 83)
¯|o ||g|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o nc.o ||ko|y p|ctu.os ..o tc bo sub¦oct tc “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..r
Jcn|ysp.coJ, b.|g|t|ycc|c.oJ p|xo|s ||ctcs t.kor .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 1600 .||| ||ko|y ccrt.|r
.pp.oc|.b|o .ncurts c| rc|so ¯|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco
rc|so .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 400 c. nc.o
7 — ISO Auto ( 88)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc or.b|o .utcn.t|c |SO sors|t|v|ty ccrt.c| |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos Sors|t|v|t|os
c| H 0.3, H 0.7, .rJ H 1.0 ..o rct .v.||.b|o .|or ISO auto |s cr
ISO Sensitivity
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset
Two-Button Reset
¯|o c.no.. sott|rgs ||stoJ bo|c. c.r bo .ostc.oJ tc Jo|.u|t v.|uos
by |c|J|rg t|o .rJ buttcrs Jc.r tcgot|o. |c. nc.o t|.r
t.c soccrJs (t|oso buttcrs ..o n..koJ by . g.oor Jct) ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| tu.rs cff b.|ofly .|||o sott|rgs ..o .osot ´ustcn Sott|rgs
..o rct .ffoctoJ
Default Settings
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rgs ( 134–13)
Two-Button Reset
Controls used: button + button
Option Default
S|cct|rg ncJo
( 36–39)
S|rg|o |..no
|n.go ou.||ty ( 34, 81) '||´ |c.n.|
|n.go s|.o ( 35, 81) |..go
|SO sors|t|v|ty ( 43, 83)
, ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n Autc
P, S, A, M 100
\||to b.|.rco
( 58–60, 82)
¯
Autc
Autc|ccus ncJo ( 29) A|A
|ccus ..o. ( 30)

´orto.
Voto.|rg ( 52) V.t.|x
A| |cck |c|J ( 53) Off
¯ ||rotur|rg .osot tc 0, Choose color temp. .o
sot tc 5000 |
† |ccus ..o. rct J|sp|.yoJ || Auto-area AF |s so
|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-area mode)
Option Default
||ox|b|o p.cg..n ( 4) Off
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 54)
±0
b..ckot|rg
( 56–5)
±0

||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 55)
±0
|\ |cck ( 92–93) Off
||.s| syrc ncJo ( 40–42)
, ,
Autc |.crtcu.t.|r
syrc
Autc s|c. syrc
P, S, A, M |.crtcu.t.|r syrc
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
( 84–85)
Off
‡ |unbo. c| s|cts .osot tc .o.c b..ckot|rg |rc.o
nort .osot tc 1 |\ (oxpcsu.o/fl.s| b..ckot|rg)
c. 1 (.||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg)
45 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Lens Aperture Ring
When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 11), |cck t|o .po.tu.o .|rg .t t|o n|r|nun .po.
tu.o (||g|ost |/runbo.) ¯ypo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rg
Non-CPU lenses c.r cr|y bo usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJo V, .|or .po.tu.o c.r bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y us|rg
t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rg (|r ct|o. ncJos, t|o s|utto..o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ) ¯|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o no
to., |SO Autc, .rJ v..|oty c| ct|o. |o.tu.os c.r rct bo usoJ ( 11)
Custom Settings
|so ´ustcn Sott|rg (ISO auto, 88) tc or.b|o .utc |SO sors|t|v|ty ccrt.c| |r |, S, A, .rJ V ncJos
´ustcn Sott|rg 10 (EV step, 89) Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o |rc.onorts usoJ |c. oxpcsu.o ccrt.c|
´ustcn Sott|rg 15 (Command Dials, 91) Joto.n|ros t|o .c|os p|.yoJ by t|o n.|r .rJ subccn
n.rJ J|.|s |r sott|rg s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos cffo. ccrt.c| cvo. . v..|oty c| .Jv.rcoJ sott|rgs, |rc|uJ|rg oxpcsu.o (


52), .||to b.|.rco, .rJ |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr |.c| c| t|oso ncJos cffo.s . J|ffo.ort Jog.oo
c| ccrt.c| cvo. s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Mode Description
P
|.cg..nnoJ .utc
( 4)
´.no.. sots s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o |occn
norJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o.o |s ||tt|o
t|no tc .J¦ust c.no.. sott|rgs
S
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
( 48)
|so. c|ccsos s|utto. spooJ, c.no.. so|octs .po.tu.o |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc |.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr
A
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
( 49)
|so. c|ccsos .po.tu.o, c.no.. so|octs s|utto. spooJ |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ c. b.|rg bct| |c.og.curJ .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc
|ccus
M V.ru.| ( 50)
|so. ccrt.c|s bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o Sot s|utto. spooJ tc
“bu|b” c. “” |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
P, S, A, and M Modes
46 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Exposure
¯|o oxpcsu.o (b.|g|tross) c| p|ctcg..p|s |s Joto.n|roJ by t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.go
sorsc. (´´|) .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯.c |.ctc.s t|.t Joto.n|ro oxpcsu.o ..o s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o
Apo.tu.o .o|o.s tc t|o s|.o c| t|o cpor|rg t|.cug| .||c| t|o ||g|t p.ssos ¯|o |..go. t|o .po.tu.o, t|o
g.o.to. t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t p.ssos t|.cug| t|o cpor|rg .rJ t|o b.|g|to. t|o oxpcsu.o Sn.||o.
.po.tu.os no.r |oss ||g|t .rJ J..ko. oxpcsu.os ¯|o c.no.. J|sp|.ys s|c. .po.tu.o |r “|/runbo.s”
t|o |..go. t|o |/runbo., t|o sn.||o. t|o .po.tu.o
S|utto. spooJ Joto.n|ros |c. |crg t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯|o s|c.o. t|o s|utto. spooJ, t|o |crgo. t|o
|n.go sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||g|t .rJ t|o b.|g|to. t|o oxpcsu.o |.sto. s|utto. spooJs no.r t|.t t|o
|n.go sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||g|t |c. |oss t|no, p.cJuc|rg J..ko. oxpcsu.os
¯|o .o|.t|crs||p bot.oor s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo ||koroJ tc fi|||rg . cup |.cn . t.p |r
t||s .r.|cgy, t|o .ncurt c| ..to. rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup |s t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t rooJoJ |c. cpt|n.|
oxpcsu.o || t|o cup cvo.flc.s, t|o p|ctu.o .||| bo cvo.oxpcsoJ || t|o cup Jcosr’t fi||, t|o p|ctu.o .|||
bo urJo.oxpcsoJ ¯|o .ncurt t|o t.p |s cporoJ |s t|o .po.tu.o, .rJ t|o |orgt| c| t|no t|o t.p |s
cporoJ t|o s|utto. spooJ Opor up t|o t.p .rJ t|o cup .||| fi|| |r |oss t|no, t|g|tor t|o t.p .rJ nc.o
t|no .||| bo rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup
'ust .s . cup c.r bo fi||oJ |r J|ffo.ort t|nos us|rg J|ffo.ort t.p sott|rgs, J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c|
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo usoJ tc p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o ¯|o .osu|ts, |c.ovo., .||| bo
vo.y J|ffo.ort |.st s|utto. spooJs .rJ |..go. .po.tu.os |.oo.o ncv|rg cb¦octs .rJ sc|tor b.ckg.curJ
Jot.||s, .|||o s|c. s|utto. spooJs .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os b|u. ncv|rg cb¦octs .rJ b.|rg cut b.ckg.curJ
Jot.||s
Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s)
Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3)
(Remember, the larger the f/-number, the
smaller the aperture.)
47 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto)
Flexible Program
|r ncJo P, J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo so
|octoJ by .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| (“flox|b|o p.cg..n”) |ct.to t|o
n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o .|g|t |c. |..go .po.tu.os (sn.|| |/runbo.s) t|.t
b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s c. |.st s|utto. spooJs t|.t “|.oo.o” nct|cr |ct.to
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o |o|t |c. sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..go |/runbo.s)
t|.t |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J c. s|c. s|utto. spooJs t|.t b|u. nct|cr A||
ccnb|r.t|crs p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o \|||o flox|b|o p.cg..n |s |r o|
|oct, . |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c .ostc.o Jo|.u|t s|utto.
spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o sott|rgs, .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o |rJ|
c.tc. |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ, c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo, c. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
|r t||s ncJo, t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y .J¦usts s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| ox
pcsu.o |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ¯||s ncJo |s .occnnorJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r
.||c| ycu ..rt tc |o.vo t|o c.no.. |r c|..go c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r p.cg..nnoJ .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc P
2
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Mode P (Programmed Auto)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cg..n |c. ncJo P |s g|vor |r t|o ApporJ|x ( 139)
/ s, f/8 / s, f/2.8
(Large aperture)
48 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
|r s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc, ycu c|ccso t|o s|utto. spooJ |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s
.|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs t|o .po.tu.o t|.t .||| p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpc
su.o |so s|c. s|utto. spooJs tc suggost nct|cr by b|u..|rg ncv|rg sub¦octs, ||g| s|utto.
spooJs tc “|.oo.o” nct|cr
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc S
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ s|utto. spooJ
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Flashing Shutter-Speed Display
Soo “´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos .rJ ||sp|.ys” ( 132) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .|.t tc Jc || fl.s||rg “ ” c.
“ ” |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o s|utto.spooJ J|sp|.ys
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
49 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
|r .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, ycu c|ccso t|o .po.tu.o |.cn v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun |c. t|o |ors .|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs t|o s|utto. spooJ t|.t .|||
p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||g| |/runbo.s) |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J,
b.|rg|rg bct| t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus |..go .po.tu.os (|c. |/run
bo.s) sc|tor b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc A
2
|ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ .po.tu.o
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
Depth of Field
“|opt| c| fio|J” |s t|o J|st.rco tc .||c| cb¦octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c| t|o |ccus pc|rt .ppo.. tc bo |r
|ccus |..go .po.tu.os (|c. |/runbo.s) .oJuco Jopt| c| fio|J, b|u..|rg cb¦octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c|
t|o n.|r sub¦oct Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||g| |/runbo.s) |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J, b.|rg|rg cut Jot.||s |r t|o
b.ckg.curJ .rJ |c.og.curJ (rcto t|.t Jopt| c| fio|J |s .|sc |rfluorcoJ by ct|o. |.ctc.s, suc| .s |cc.|
|orgt| .rJ |ccus J|st.rco) S|c.t fio|J Jopt|s ..o goro..||y usoJ |r pc.t..|ts tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jo
t.||s, |crg fio|J Jopt|s |r |.rJsc.po p|ctcg..p|s tc b.|rg t|o |c.og.curJ .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus
¯c p.ov|o. Jopt| c| fio|J, p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. but
tcr ¯|o |ors .||| bo stcppoJ Jc.r tc t|o cu..ort .po.tu.o v.|uo, .||c.|rg
Jopt| c| fio|J tc bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
50 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
|r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo, ycu ccrt.c| bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o S|utto. spooJ c.r
bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s, c. t|o s|utto. c.r bo |o|J cpor |c. |rJofir|to|y
|c. |crgo. oxpcsu.os ( ) Apo.tu.o c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun v.|uos |c. t|o |ors
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc M
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso . s|utto. spooJ, .rJ t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
sot .po.tu.o ´|ock oxpcsu.o |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.ys (soo bo|c.)
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Electronic Analog Exposure Display
|| . ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .rJ . s|utto. spooJ ct|o. t|.r |s so|octoJ, t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg ox
pcsu.o J|sp|.ys |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. .|ot|o. t|o p|ctcg..p| .cu|J bo urJo. c.
cvo.oxpcsoJ .t cu..ort sott|rgs |oporJ|rg cr t|o cpt|cr c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 10 (EV step,
89), t|o .ncurt c| urJo. c. cvo.oxpcsu.o |s s|c.r |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ c. '⁄. |\ || t|o ||n|ts c|
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.|rg syston ..o oxcooJoJ, t|o J|sp|.ys .||| fl.s|
EV Step set to “1/3 step” EV Step set to “1/2 step”
Opt|n.| oxpcsu.o
|rJo.oxpcsoJ by '/· |\ |rJo.oxpcsoJ by '/. |\
Ovo.oxpcsoJ by nc.o t|.r 2 |\ Ovo.oxpcsoJ by nc.o t|.r 3 |\
Mode M (Manual)
/ s, f/4.5
51 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
Long Time-Exposures
S|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” .rJ “” c.r bo usoJ |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.o p|ctcg..p|s c| ncv|rg
||g|ts, t|o st..s, r|g|t scoro.y, c. fi.o.c.ks ¯c p.ovort b|u..|rg c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko, uso
. t.|pcJ .rJ .r cpt|cr.| .oncto ccrt.c| ( 123) c. .oncto cc.J ( 123)
Shutter speed Description
S|utto. .on.|rs cpor .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s |o|J Jc.r
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ ( 123) So|oct ncJo V, c|ccso . s|utto.
spooJ c| “bu|b,” .rJ t|or so|oct Jo|.yoJ .oncto c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo
( 38) S|utto. cpors .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s
p.ossoJ .rJ urt|| t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ . soccrJ t|no c. .on.|rs cpor |c. t||.ty
n|rutos
¯c p.ovort |css c| pc.o. bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto, uso . |u||y c|..goJ b.tto.y c. .r
cpt|cr.| A´ .J.pto. |cto t|.t rc|so n.y bo p.osort |r |crg oxpcsu.os, bo|c.o s|cct|rg,
c|ccso On |c. t|o Long exp. NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
35 s, f/25
52 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure
Metering
Controls used: button + main command dial
¯|o noto.|rg not|cJ Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. sots oxpcsu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
..o .v.||.b|o
Method Description
3| ´c|c. V.t.|x ||
|occnnorJoJ |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´.no.. noto.s . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no
.rJ sots oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rg tc J|st.|but|cr c| b.|g|tross, cc|c., J|st.rco,
.rJ ccnpcs|t|cr |c. r.tu..| .osu|ts
´orto..o|g|toJ
´.no.. noto.s ort|.o |..no but .ss|grs g.o.tost .o|g|t tc corto. ..o.
´|.ss|c noto. |c. pc.t..|ts, .occnnorJoJ .|or us|rg fi|to.s .|t| .r oxpc
su.o |.ctc. (fi|to. |.ctc.) cvo. 1 × ( 122)
Spct
´.no.. noto.s c|.c|o 35 nn (014 |r) |r J|.noto. (.pp.cx|n.to|y 25 ° c|
|..no) ´|.c|o |s corto.oJ cr cu..ort |ccus ..o., n.k|rg |t pcss|b|o tc noto.
cffcorto. sub¦octs (|| rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ c. || Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 ( 8), c.no.. .||| noto. corto. |ccus ..o.) |rsu.os
t|.t sub¦oct .||| bo cc..oct|y oxpcsoJ, ovor .|or b.ckg.curJ |s nuc|
b.|g|to. c. J..ko.
¯c c|ccso . noto.|rg not|cJ, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ

12—Center Weight ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. .ss|groJ t|o g.o.tost .o|g|t |r corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg
¯|o Jo|.u|t |s 8nn (031|r)
3D Color Matrix II Metering
|r n.t.|x noto.|rg, oxpcsu.o |s sot us|rg . 420sognort |´b sorsc. |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. .osu|ts
t|.t |rc|uJo ..rgo |r|c.n.t|cr (3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||, 11) \|t| ct|o. ´|| |orsos, 3| ..rgo
|r|c.n.t|cr |s rct |rc|uJoJ (cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||)
Exposure
53 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Autoexposure Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button
|so .utc oxpcsu.o |cck tc .occnpcso p|ctcg..p|s .|to. noto.|rg oxpcsu.o
1
So|oct ncJo P, S, c. A .rJ c|ccso corto..o|g|toJ c. spct noto.|rg (oxpcsu.o |cck |.s
rc offoct |r ncJo M, .|||o .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos ..o rct .occnnorJoJ .s
corto..o|g|toJ .rJ spct noto.|rg ..o rct .v.||.b|o |r t|oso ncJos) || us|rg corto.
.o|g|toJ noto.|rg, so|oct t|o corto. |ccus ..o. .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
2
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y \|t| t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr p.ossoJ |.||..y .rJ t|o sub¦oct pcs|t|croJ |r t|o |ccus
..o., p.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct, .r AE-L |rJ|c.tc. .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|oop|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr p.ossoJ, .occnpcso t|o p|ctc
g..p| .rJ s|cct

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct, t|o |c||c.|rg sott|rgs c.r bo .J¦ustoJ .|t|cut .|to.|rg t|o noto.oJ
v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o
Mode Setting
|.cg..nnoJ .utc S|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (flox|b|o p.cg..n, 4)
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc S|utto. spooJ
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc Apo.tu.o
¯|o ro. v.|uos c.r bo ccrfi.noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccrt.c| p.ro| |cto t|.t t|o noto.|rg not|cJ
c.r rct bo c|.rgoJ .|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct (c|.rgos tc noto.|rg t.ko offoct .|or t|o |cck
|s .o|o.soJ)

18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr

19 — AE Lock ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccks oxpcsu.o
54 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + main command dial
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. oxpcsu.o |.cn t|o v.|uo suggostoJ by t|o c.no..,
n.k|rg p|ctu.os b.|g|to. c. J..ko. |t |s ncst offoct|vo .|or usoJ .|t| corto..o|g|toJ c.
spct noto.|rg ( 52)
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o |r ncJos P, S, .rJ A (|r ncJo M, cr|y t|o oxpcsu.o
|r|c.n.t|cr s|c.r |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y |s .ffoctoJ, s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o Jc rct c|.rgo)
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |xpcsu.o ccnpor
s.t|cr c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 5 |\ (urJo.oxpcsu.o) .rJ
+ 5 |\ (cvo.oxpcsu.o) |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r goro..|, c|ccso
pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o sub¦oct b.|g|to., rog.t|vo v.|uos tc
n.ko |t J..ko.
At v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0, . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|to. ycu .o|o.so
t|o buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ

10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc |\

11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89)
|| Jos|.oJ, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo sot .|t|cut p.oss|rg t|o buttcr
– 0.3 EV
+ 2.0 EV
|c.n.| oxpcsu.o c.r bo .ostc.oJ by sott|rg oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 0 |xpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
No exposure compensation –1 EV +1 EV
55 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc |\
Flash Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + sub command dial
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. fl.s| cutput |.cn t|o |ovo| suggostoJ by t|o
c.no.., c|.rg|rg t|o b.|g|tross c| t|o n.|r sub¦oct .o|.t|vo tc t|o b.ckg.curJ ||.s| cut
put c.r bo |rc.o.soJ tc n.ko t|o n.|r sub¦oct .ppo.. b.|g|to., c. .oJucoJ tc p.ovort ur
..rtoJ ||g|||g|ts c. .ofloct|crs
|.oss t|o (
)
buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr
c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 3 |\ (J..ko.) .rJ + 1 |\ (b.|g|to.) |r
|rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r goro..|, c|ccso pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o
sub¦oct b.|g|to., rog.t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko |t J..ko.
At v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0, . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|to. ycu .o
|o.so t|o (
)
buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ
+0.7 EV
−0.3 EV
|c.n.| fl.s| cutput c.r bo .ostc.oJ by sott|rg fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 00 ||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
56 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Bracketing
Controls used: button + command dials
b..ckot|rg .utcn.t|c.||y v..|os so|octoJ sott|rgs s||g|t|y .|t| o.c| s|ct, “b..ckot|rg” t|o
cu..ort v.|uo ¯|o sott|rg .ffoctoJ |s c|csor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg 13 (Auto BKT set, 90),
bo|c., |t |s .ssunoJ t|.t AE & flash |s so|octoJ tc v..y oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| Ot|o. cp
t|crs c.r bo usoJ tc v..y oxpcsu.o c. fl.s| |ovo| sop...to|y c. tc b..ckot .||to b.|.rco
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| s|cts
|r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco (t.c c. t|.oo)
Progress indicator
No. of shots
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o b..ckot|rg |rc.o
nort |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 03 |\ .rJ 20 |\
Bracketing
increment
Understanding the Bracketing Display
Number of shots Progress indicator Description
3 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo, pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| b..ckot|rg p.cg..ns ( 140)
10 — EV Step (

89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rg tc |\
14 — Auto BKT Order (

91)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rgo t|o b..ckot|rg c.Jo.
57 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Bracketing
¯|o c.no.. ncJ|fios oxpcsu.o by v..y|rg s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (p.cg..nnoJ .utc), .po.tu.o
(s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc), c. s|utto. spooJ (.po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo) \|or On |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg (ISO Auto, 88), t|o c.no.. .||| .utcn.t|c.||y v..y |SO sors|t|v|ty |c.
cpt|nun oxpcsu.o .|or t|o ||n|ts c| t|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o syston ..o oxcooJoJ |r oxpcsu.o b..ck
ot|rg, s|utto. spooJ .||| cr|y bo c|.rgoJ .|to. t|o c.no.. |.s .J¦ustoJ |SO sors|t|v|ty
Exposure and Flash Bracketing
|r ccrt|rucus ncJo, s|cct|rg .||| p.uso .|to. t|o runbo. c| s|cts spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rg p.c
g..n So|oct|rg c. ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos .||| c.rco| b..ckot|rg, b..ckot|rg .||| .osuno .|or
ncJo P, S, A, c. M |s so|octoJ |xpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rg ..o c.rco||oJ .|or WB bracketing |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 13 (Auto BKT set, 90)
Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing
|| t|o nonc.y c..J fi||s bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor t.kor, s|cct|rg c.r bo .osunoJ
|.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|to. t|o nonc.y c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ c. s|cts |.vo boor Jo
|otoJ tc n.ko .ccn cr t|o nonc.y c..J || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco
|.vo boor t.kor, b..ckot|rg .||| .osuno |.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|or t|o c.no.. |s
tu.roJ cr
3
´cnpcso . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct ¯|o c.no.. .||| v..y
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs,
t|o fi.st s|ct .||| bo t.kor .t t|o cu..ort v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o
.rJ fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr .rJ t|o |c||c.|rg s|cts .t ncJ|fioJ
v.|uos || t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco ccrs|sts c| t|.oo s|cts, t|o
b..ckot|rg |rc.onort .||| bo subt..ctoJ |.cn t|o cu..ort v.|
uos |r t|o soccrJ s|ct .rJ .JJoJ |r t|o t||.J s|ct, “b..ckot|rg”
t|o cu..ort v.|uos ¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uos c.r bo ||g|o. c. |c.o.
t|.r t|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ
fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr ¯|o ncJ|fioJ s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
\|||o b..ckot|rg |s |r offoct, . b..ckot|rg p.cg.oss |rJ|c.tc.
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o sognort .||| J|s
.ppo.. |.cn t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o urncJ|fioJ s|ct |s t.kor,
t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o rog.t|vo |rc.onort
|s t.kor, .rJ t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o pcs|t|vo
|rc.onort |s t.kor
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rg, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o run
bo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco |s .o.c .rJ |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ¯|o p.cg..n |.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
58 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
White Balance
\||to b.|.rco orsu.os t|.t cc|c.s ..o ur.ffoctoJ by t|o cc|c. c| t|o ||g|t scu.co Autc .||to
b.|.rco |s .occnnorJoJ |c. ncst ||g|t scu.cos, || rocoss..y, ct|o. v.|uos c.r bo so|octoJ
.ccc.J|rg tc t|o typo c| scu.co ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
Auto
´.no.. sots .||to b.|.rco .utcn.t|c.||y |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu
.t|crs
Incandescent |so urJo. |rc.rJoscort ||g|t|rg
Fluorescent |so urJo. fluc.oscort ||g|t|rg
Direct Sunlight |so .|t| sub¦octs ||t by J|.oct sur||g|t
Flash |so .|t| bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| ||kcr fl.s| ur|ts
Cloudy |so |r J.y||g|t urJo. cvo.c.st sk|os
Shade |so |r J.y||g|t .|t| sub¦octs |r t|o s|.Jo
Choose color temp. ´|ccso cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |.cn ||st c| v.|uos ( 59)
White balance
preset
|so g..y c. .||to cb¦oct c. ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p| .s .o|o.orco |c. .||to
b.|.rco ( 59)
¯c so|oct . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| \||to b.|.rco c.r .|sc bo
.J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 82)
Fine-Tuning White Balance
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r (Choose color temp.) .rJ PRE (White balance preset), .||to
b.|.rco c.r bo “firo turoJ” by ± 3 |r |rc.onorts c| cro ´|ccso |c.o. v.|uos tc n.ko p|c
tcg..p|s .ppo.. s||g|t|y nc.o yo||c. c. .oJ, ||g|o. v.|uos tc |orJ |n.gos . b|u|s| t|rgo
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
White Balance
Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off)
|u.|rg s|cct|rg, sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r ±0 ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
59 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Choosing a Color Temperature
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial
(monitor off)
At . sott|rg c| (Choose color temp.), cc|c. tonpo..tu.o c.r bo
so|octoJ by p.oss|rg t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ´c|c.
tonpo..tu.o c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 82)
Choose color temp.
¯.ko . tost s|ct tc Joto.n|ro || t|o so|octoJ cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |s .pp.cp.|.to tc t|o ||g|t scu.co |cto
t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts n.y rct .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o fl.s| c. .|t| fluc.oscort ||g|t|rg, c|ccso (Flash)
c. (Fluorescent) |rsto.J
Color Temperature
¯|o po.co|voJ cc|c. c| . ||g|t scu.co v..|os .|t| t|o v|o.o. .rJ ct|o. ccrJ|t|crs ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o |s
.r cb¦oct|vo no.su.o c| t|o cc|c. c| . ||g|t scu.co, JofiroJ .|t| .o|o.orco tc t|o tonpo..tu.o tc .||c|
.r cb¦oct .cu|J |.vo tc bo |o.toJ tc ..J|.to ||g|t |r t|o s.no ..vo|orgt|s \|||o ||g|t scu.cos .|t|
. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |r t|o ro|g|bc.|ccJ c| 5,000–5,500 | .ppo.. .||to, ||g|t scu.cos .|t| . |c.o.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o, suc| .s |rc.rJoscort ||g|t bu|bs, .ppo.. s||g|t|y yo||c. c. .oJ ||g|t scu.cos .|t|
. ||g|o. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o .ppo.. t|rgoJ .|t| b|uo ¯|o cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| c| t|o .||to b.|
.rco sott|rgs suppc.toJ by t|o c.no.. n.y bo |curJ |r t|o ApporJ|x ( 140)
13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr tc c.o.to . so.|os c| p|ctcg..p|s “b..ckot|rg” t|o cu..ort .||to b.|.rco v.|uo
Preset White Balance
|.osot .||to b.|.rco c.r bo usoJ .|or t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .t ct|o. sot
t|rgs c. tc n.tc| .||to b.|.rco tc t|o v.|uo usoJ |r .r p.ov|cus p|ctcg..p| ¯.c not|cJs
..o .v.||.b|o |c. sott|rg p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Method Description
||.oct no.su.onort
|out..| g..y c. .||to cb¦oct |s p|.coJ urJo. ||g|t|rg t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r
fir.| p|ctcg..p| .rJ .||to b.|.rco |s no.su.oJ by c.no.. ( 60)
´cpy |.cn ox|st|rg
p|ctcg..p|
\||to b.|.rco |s ccp|oJ |.cn p|ctc cr nonc.y c..J ( 82)
60 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance
1
||.co . rout..| g..y c. .||to cb¦oct urJo. t|o ||g|t|rg t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r t|o fir.| p|c
tcg..p| A st.rJ..J g..y c..J c.r bo usoJ .s . .o|o.orco |r stuJ|c sott|rgs |c rct uso
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
2
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|o|o.so t|o WB buttcr b.|ofly .rJ t|or p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| J|sp|.ys st..t tc fl.s| .s
s|c.r .t .|g|t ¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rg . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB
buttcr
4
|..no t|o .o|o.orco cb¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..y Jc.r ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco .rJ uso t||s v.|uo
.|or p.osot .||to b.|.rco |s so|octoJ |c p|ctcg..p| .||| bo
.occ.JoJ
¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rg . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB buttcr
5
|| t|o c.no.. ..s .b|o tc no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, t|o
J|sp|.ys .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs bo|c.o
t|o c.no.. .otu.rs tc s|cct|rg ncJo (tc .otu.r tc s|cct|rg
ncJo bo|c.o t|o J|sp|.y stcps fl.s||rg, p.oss t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |.||..y) \||to b.|.rco .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo sot
tc t|o no.su.oJ v.|uo
|| t|o J|sp|.ys fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t, t|o c.no.. ..s ur.b|o tc
no.su.o .||to b.|.rco |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||
..y tc .otu.r tc Stop 4 .rJ no.su.o .||to b.|.rco .g.|r
61 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75)
¯|oso cpt|crs ccrt.c| .|ot|o. p|ctcg..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” c.|ort.t|cr ..o .ct.toJ |c. J|sp|.y |r t|o
ncr|tc. Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
6 — Image Review ( 88)
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc J|sp|.y p|ctcg..p|s .s t|oy ..o t.kor
27 — Monitor Off ( 98)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr bo|c.o tu.r|rg cff .utcn.t|c.||y tc s.vo pc.o.
¯c p|.y p|ctcg..p|s b.ck, p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o ncst
.ocort p|ctcg..p| .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. ||c
tcg..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr ..o J|sp|.yoJ
|r t.|| c.|ort.t|cr .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
More on Playback
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
To Use Description
\|o. .JJ|t|cr.|
p|ctcg..p|s
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|g|t c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| .|g|t
tc v|o. p|ctcg..p|s |r c.Jo. .occ.JoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t
c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc v|o. p|ctcg..p|s |r .o
vo.so c.Jo.
\|o. p|ctc |r|c.
n.t|cr
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
v|o. |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 62)
¯ccn |r cr p|ctc ¯ccn |r cr cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 64)
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
\|o. t|unbr.||s \|o. nu|t|p|o p|ctcg..p|s ( 63)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
|otcuc| p|ctc ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccpy c| cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 109)
62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Photo Information
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr |s supo.|npcsoJ cr |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck |.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc cyc|o t|.cug| t|o |c||c.|rg |r
|c.n.t|cr b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr ↔ S|cct|rg |.t. |.go 1 ↔ S|cct|rg |.t. |.go 2 ↔ |otcuc|
||stc.y (.otcuc|oJ ccp|os cr|y) ↔ ||g|||g|ts ↔ |´b ||stcg..n ↔ b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr
³



Retouch History
1
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |otcuc| ||stc.y ||sts c|.rgos n.Jo tc |n.go us|rg cpt|crs
|r .otcuc| noru ( 109), st..t|rg .|t| ncst .ocort c|.rgo 109
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.gos
1 ||sp|.yoJ || |n.go ..s c.o.toJ us|rg cpt|crs |r .otcuc| noru
³






µ
¸

¹

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr
1
9
4 |SO sors|t|v|ty
2
43
5 \||to b.|.rco/.||to
b.|.rco firotur|rg 58
6 |n.go s|.o/
|n.go ou.||ty 34, 35
7 ¯cro ccnpors.t|cr 80
8 S|..por|rg 80
9 ´c|c. ncJo/|uo 80
10 S.tu..t|cr 80
11 |n.go ccnnort
3
104
12 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
Shooting Data, Page 2
1 |||to. r.no |s J|sp|.yoJ || p|ctc ..s t.kor .|t| fi|to. cpt|cr so
|octoJ |c. Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom
2 ||sp|.yoJ |r .oJ || |SO sors|t|v|ty ..s ncJ|fioJ |.cn so|octoJ v.|uo
by .utc |SO
3 Or|y fi.st 13 |otto.s ..o J|sp|.yoJ
³ ·
ᕩ ᕨ ᕧ ᕦ
ᕥ ᕤ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
4 |c|Jo. r.no 5
5 |n.go ou.||ty 34
6 |.to c| .occ.J|rg 14, 103
7 ¯|no c| .occ.J|rg 14, 103
8 |||o r.no 35
9 |n.go s|.o 35
Basic Information
¸
³







µ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ´.no.. r.no
4 Voto.|rg 52
5 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
6 Apo.tu.o 49, 50
7 VcJo 45
8 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
9 |cc.| |orgt| 1
10 ||.s| ncJo 40
11 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
Shooting Data, Page 1
63 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback
¯c J|sp|.y |n.gos |r “ccrt.ct s|oots” c| |cu. c. r|ro |n.gos,
p.oss t|o buttcr |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rg
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ .|||o t|unbr.||s ..o J|s
p|.yoJ
To Use Description
||sp|.y nc.o |n
.gos po. p.go
|rc.o.so runbo. c| |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |.cn cro (|u|||..no p|.y
b.ck) tc |cu. c. |.cn |cu. tc r|ro
||sp|.y |o.o. |n
.gos po. p.go
|oc.o.so runbo. c| |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |.cn r|ro tc |cu. c. |.cn
|cu. tc cro (|u|||..no p|.yb.ck)
||g|||g|t
p|ctcg..p|s
|so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t p|ctcg..p|s, c. .ct.to n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo cu.sc. up c. Jc.r, subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc ncvo cu.sc. |o|t c. .|g|t
\|o. ||g|||g|toJ
p|ctu.o |u|| |..no
\|o. p|ctu.o ||g|||g|toJ |r t|unbr.|| ||st |u|| |..no
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
Highlights
Highlights ..o t|o b.|g|tost pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.go |ot.||s
n.y bo |cst (“..s|oJ cut”) |r ..o.s c| ||g|||g|ts t|.t ..o cvo.
oxpcsoJ
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.go ||g|||g|ts (..o.s c| |n.go t|.t ..o “..s|oJ cut”) ..o
|rJ|c.toJ by fl.s||rg bc.Jo.
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.gos
³ ᕣ


1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ||stcg..n (.|| c|.rro|s)
4 |oJ c|.rro| ||stcg..n
5 ´.oor c|.rro| ||stcg..n
6 b|uo c|.rro| ||stcg..n
7 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
RGB Histogram
A histogram |s . g..p| s|c.|rg t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o
|n.go ¯|o |c.|.crt.| .x|s cc..ospcrJs tc p|xo| b.|g|tross,
.|t| J..k p|xo|s .t t|o |o|t .rJ b.|g|t p|xo|s .t t|o .|g|t ¯|o
vo.t|c.| .x|s s|c.s t|o runbo. c| p|xo|s c| o.c| b.|g|tross
|r t|o |n.go |cto t|.t c.no.. ||stcg..ns n.y J|ffo. |.cn
t|cso J|sp|.yoJ |r |n.g|rg .pp||c.t|crs

³

ᕦ ᕣ


64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom
|.oss t|o buttcr tc .ccn |r cr . p|ctcg..p| |r |u|||..no p|.y
b.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut /
|.oss tc .ccn |r tc n.x|nun c| .p
p.cx|n.to|y 25 × (|..go |n.gos), 19 × (no
J|un |n.gos) c. 13 × (sn.|| |n.gos) |.oss
tc .ccn cut \|||o p|ctc |s .ccnoJ
|r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up, Jc.r, |o|t, c.
.|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go rct v|s|b|o
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s c|
|n.go
|r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc. p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|y tc ct|o.
..o.s c| |..no |.v|g.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or .ccn
..t|c |s .|to.oJ, ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ by
yo||c. bc.Jo.
\|o. ct|o. |n.gos
|ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc v|o. s.no |cc.t|cr |r ct|o. |n
.gos .t cu..ort .ccn ..t|c
´.rco| .ccn |otu.r tc |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
65 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Protecting Photographs from Deletion
|r |u|||..no, .ccn, .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.yb.ck, t|o buttcr c.r bo usoJ tc p.ctoct p|ctc
g..p|s |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr |.ctoctoJ fi|os c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ us|rg t|o buttcr c.
t|o Delete cpt|cr |r t|o p|.yb.ck noru, .rJ |.vo |OS “.o.Jcr|y” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr
. \|rJc.s ccnputo. |cto t|.t p.ctoctoJ fi|os will bo Jo|otoJ .|or t|o nonc.y c..J |s
|c.n.ttoJ ( 102)
|.oss t|o buttcr tc p.ctoct t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y
J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r
t|o t|unbr.|| ||st ¯|o p|ctcg..p| .||| bo n..koJ .|t| .
|ccr
¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn t|o p|ctcg..p| sc t|.t |t c.r bo Jo|otoJ, p.oss t|o but
tcr .|or t|o p|ctcg..p| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o
t|unbr.|| ||st ¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn .|| |n.gos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s cu..ort|y so
|octoJ |c. Playback Folder, p.oss t|o .rJ buttcrs tcgot|o. |c. .bcut t.c soccrJs
Deleting Individual Photographs
|.oss t|o buttcr tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn
p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st Oro c| t|o |c||c.|rg ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cgs .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ, p.oss t|o buttcr .g.|r tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| |.oss .ry ct|o. buttcr
tc ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rg t|o p|ctcg..p|
Delete ( 74)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc Jo|oto nu|t|p|o p|ctcg..p|s
66 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV
Viewing Photographs on TV
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer
¯|o supp||oJ |´|2 .uJ|c/v|Joc (A/\) c.b|o c.r bo usoJ tc ccrroct t|o c.no.. tc . to|ov|
s|cr c. \´| |c. p|.yb.ck c. .occ.J|rg b.ckg.curJ nus|c |rc|uJoJ .|t| ||ctnct|cr s||Jo
s|c.s ( 5) .||| bo p|.yoJ b.ck cvo. t|o to|ov|s|cr spo.ko.s
1
´|ccso t|o .pp.cp.|.to v|Joc ncJo ( 103)
2
Turn the camera off A|..ys tu.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o ccr
roct|rg c. J|sccrroct|rg t|o A/\ c.b|o
3
´crroct t|o A/\ c.b|o .s s|c.r
Connect to
camera
Connect to
video device
Video (yellow)
Audio (white)
4
¯uro t|o to|ov|s|cr tc t|o v|Joc c|.rro|
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr |u.|rg p|.yb.ck, |n.gos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
cr t|o to|ov|s|cr c. .occ.JoJ tc v|Joc t.po, t|o c.no.. ncr|
tc. .||| .on.|r cff
Use an AC Adapter
|so c| .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) |s .occnnorJoJ |c. oxtorJoJ p|.yb.ck \|or
t|o ||5 |s ccrroctoJ, t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.y .||| bo fixoJ .t tor n|rutos .rJ t|o oxpc
su.o noto.s .||| .on.|r cr |rJofir|to|y
Video connector
67 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
¯|o c.no.. c.r bo ccrroctoJ tc . ccnputo. us|rg t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o ¯|o sup
p||oJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct sc|t...o c.r t|or bo usoJ tc ccpy p|ctcg..p|s tc t|o ccnputo., .|o.o
t|oy c.r bo c.g.r|.oJ, .otcuc|oJ, .rJ p.|rtoJ
Before Connecting the Camera
|rst.|| ||ctu.o|.c¦oct c. .ry ct|o. sc|t...o ycu n.y rooJ .|to. fi.st .o.J|rg t|o n.ru.|s .rJ
.ov|o.|rg t|o syston .oou|.onorts ¯c orsu.o t|.t J.t. t..rs|o. |s rct |rto..uptoJ, bo su.o
t|o c.no.. b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ || |r Jcubt, c|..go t|o b.tto.y bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o
c.no.. c. uso .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.., so|oct t|o USB |ton |r t|o c.no..
sotup noru .rJ c|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Computer operating system USB
\|rJc.s `| |cno |J|t|cr
\|rJc.s `| |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso PTP c. Mass Storage
V.c OS `
\|rJc.s 2000 |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso Mass Storage
¯
¯ |c |O¯ so|oct PTP || PTP |s so|octoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ, t|o
\|rJc.s |..J...o .|...J .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ´||ck Cancel tc ox|t t|o .|.
..J, .rJ t|or J|sccrroct t|o c.no.. .rJ so|oct Mass Storage
Connecting the USB Cable
1
¯u.r t|o ccnputo. cr .rJ ..|t |c. |t tc st..t up
2
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
3
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rg|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|y tc t|o ccnputo., Jc rct ccr
roct t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. koybc..J
USB connector
Connecting to a Computer
68 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
4
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ |c. USB, t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .||| J|sp|.y t|o |rJ|c.tc.s s|c.r
.t .|g|t (.|or PTP |s so|octoJ, t|o rc.n.| s|cct|rg |rJ|c.tc.s
..o J|sp|.yoJ)
5
¯..rs|o. p|ctcg..p|s tc t|o ccnputo. .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o ||ctu.o|.c¦oct .o|o.orco
n.ru.| (cr ´|)
6
|| PTP |s so|octoJ |c. USB, t|o c.no.. c.r bo tu.roJ cff .rJ t|o |Sb c.b|o J|sccr
roctoJ crco t..rs|o. |s ccnp|oto || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ, t|o c.no.. nust fi.st bo
.oncvoJ |.cn t|o syston .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional
´||ck t|o “S.|o|y |oncvo |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( ) .rJ
so|oct Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device
Windows 2000 Professional
´||ck t|o “|rp|ug c. |¦oct |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( ) .rJ
so|oct Stop USB Mass Storage Device
Mac OS X
|..g t|o c.no.. vc|uno (“|||O| |80”) |rtc t|o ¯..s|
During Transfer
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. J|sccrroct t|o |Sb c.b|o .|||o t..rs|o. |s |r p.cg.oss
Camera Control Pro
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y,

123) c.r bo usoJ tc cpo..to
t|o c.no.. |.cn . ccnputo. bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.., sot t|o c.n
o.. USB cpt|cr ( 104) tc PTP \|or ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c |s .urr|rg, t|o
c.no.. .||| s|c. |r p|.co c| t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
69 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
|| .r o..c. cccu.s Ju.|rg p.|rt|rg, t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.y t|o J|.|cg s|c.r .t
.|g|t A|to. c|ock|rg t|o p.|rto., p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|
||g|t Continue .rJ p.oss OK tc .osuno p.|rt|rg So|oct Cancel tc ox|t .|t|cut
p.|rt|rg t|o .on.|r|rg p.gos
||ctcg..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ by .ry c| t|o |c||c.|rg not|cJs
• ´crroct t|o c.no.. tc . p.|rto. .rJ p.|rt '||´ p|ctcg..p|s J|.oct|y |.cn t|o c.no.. (soo
bo|c.)
• |rso.t t|o c.no.. nonc.y c..J |r . p.|rto. oou|ppoJ .|t| . c..J s|ct (soo t|o p.|rto. n.r
u.| |c. Jot.||s) || t|o p.|rto. suppc.ts ||O| ( 134), p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c.
p.|rt|rg us|rg Print Set ( 3)
• ¯.ko t|o c.no.. nonc.y c..J tc . Jovo|cpo. c. J|g|t.| p.|rto. corto. || t|o corto. sup
pc.ts ||O|, p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rg us|rg Print Set
• ¯..rs|o. p|ctu.os ( 6) .rJ p.|rt t|on |.cn . ccnputo. us|rg ||ctu.o|.c¦oct c. ´.ptu.o
|` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y,

123) |cto t|.t t||s |s t|o cr|y not|cJ .v.||.b|o |c. p.|rt|rg
|A\ (|||) p|ctu.os
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
'||´ p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ J|.oct|y |.cn . c.no.. ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto.
( 134) \|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s |c. p.|rt|rg v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr |r P, S, A, .rJ M
ncJos, c|ccso Ia (sRGB) c. IIIa (sRGB) |c. t|o Custom > Color mode cpt|cr |r t|o Opti-
mize image noru ( 80)
Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)
Select photographs for printing
using Print Set
Take photographs
Print photographs
one at a time ( 71)
Print multiple
photographs ( 72)
Create index prints
( 72)
Disconnect USB cable
|A\ (|||) p|ctcg..p|s c.r rct bo p.|rtoJ by J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr ¯|oy ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o |.|rt
So|oct noru but c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rg
Printing Photographs
70 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Connecting the Printer
bo|c.o p.|rt|rg, c|ock t|.t t|o c.no.. b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ || |r Jcubt, c|..go t|o b.t
to.y c. uso .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
1
Sot t|o c.no.. USB cpt|cr tc PTP ( 104)
2
¯u.r t|o p.|rto. cr
3
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rg|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|y tc t|o p.|rto., Jc rct ccrroct
t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. koybc..J
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr A .o|ccno sc.oor .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, |c|
|c.oJ by t|o ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y |.ccooJ tc “ |.|rt|rg
||ctu.os Oro .t . ¯|no” ( 1) c. “ |.|rt|rg Vu|t|p|o ||ctu.os” (
2)

|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc v|o. .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctcg..p|s, c. p.oss t|o but
tcr tc .ccn |r cr t|o cu..ort p|ctc ( 64) ¯c v|o. s|x p|ctcg..p|s .t . t|no, p.oss
t|o buttcr |so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t p|ctcg..p|s, c. p.oss tc J|sp|.y
t|o ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| |u|| |..no
USB connector
71 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Page Size, Border, and Time Stamp
´|ccso p.|rto. Jo|.u|t tc p.|rt .t cu..ort p.|rto. sott|rgs Or|y cpt|crs suppc.toJ by t|o cu..ort
p.|rto. c.r bo so|octoJ
Printing Pictures One at a Time
¯c p.|rt t|o p|ctu.o cu..ort|y so|octoJ |r t|o ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck
J|sp|.y, p.oss OK ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t .r cpt|cr .rJ p.oss tc
t|o .|g|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Start
Printing
|.|rt cu..ort p|ctu.o ¯c c.rco| .rJ .otu.r tc ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y bo|c.o p.|rt
|rg |s ccnp|oto, p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y |s s|c.r .|or p.|rt|rg |s ccn
p|oto
Page Size
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.go s|.o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t p.go s|.o |c. cu..ort p.|rto.), 3.5 x 5 in., 5 x 7 in.,
100 x 150 mm, 4 x 6 in., 8 x 10 in., Letter, A3, c. A4,
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
No. of Copies
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso runbo. c| ccp|os (n.x|nun 99),
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Border
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.|rt sty|o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort p.|rto.), Print with Border (p.|rt
p|ctc .|t| .||to bc.Jo.), c. No Border, t|or p.oss OK tc
so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Time stamp
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso Printer Default (Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort
p.|rto.), Print Time Stamp (p.|rt t|no .rJ J.to c| .occ.J
|rg cr p|ctc), c. No Time Stamp, t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct
.rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Cropping
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ¯c ox|t .|t|cut
c.cpp|rg p|ctu.o, ||g|||g|t No cropping .rJ p.oss OK
¯c c.cp p|ctu.o, ||g|||g|t Crop .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc.
.|g|t
|| Crop |s so|octoJ, J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
|so .rJ buttcrs tc c|ccso s|.o c| c.cp .rJ uso
nu|t| so|octc. tc c|ccso pcs|t|cr c| c.cp |.oss OK tc .o
tu.r tc p.|rt noru
72 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Multiple Pictures
¯c p.|rt nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os c. c.o.to .r |rJox p.|rt ||st|rg .|| '||´
p|ctcg..p|s .s sn.|| t|unbr.|| |n.gos, p.oss t|o buttcr |r t|o
||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|s
p|.yoJ |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t .r cpt|cr
.rJ p.oss tc t|o .|g|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Print Select |.|rt so|octoJ p|ctu.os (soo bo|c.)
Print (DPOF) |.|rt cu..ort ||O| p.|rt c.Jo. ( 3)
Index Print
´.o.to |rJox p.|rt c| .|| '||´ p|ctcs, tc n.x|nun c| 256
´crfi.n.t|cr J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, p.oss
OK tc J|sp|.y noru c| p.|rt cpt|crs ´|ccso p.go s|.o,
bc.Jo., .rJ t|no st.np cpt|crs .s Josc.|boJ cr p.ocoJ
|rg p.go (...r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ || so|octoJ p.go s|.o |s
tcc sn.||) ¯c st..t p.|rt|rg, ||g|||g|t Start Printing .rJ
p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jgo noru .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|or p.|rt|rg
|s ccnp|oto
Printing Selected Photographs
´|ccs|rg Print Select J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1

Scroll through pictures. To display current
picture full screen, press button.
2
Select current picture and set number of
prints to 1. Selected pictures marked by
icon.
3
Specify number of prints (up to 99). To deselect
picture, press multi selector down when num-
ber of prints is 1. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select
additional pictures.
4

Display print options. Choose page size, bor-
der, and time stamp options as described on
page 71. To start printing, highlight Start
Printing and press OK. PictBridge menu will be
displayed when printing is complete.
73 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr |r t|o p|.yb.ck noru |s usoJ tc c.o.to J|g|t.| “p.|rt c.Jo.s” |c.
||ctb.|Jgoccnp.t|b|o p.|rto.s .rJ Jov|cos t|.t suppc.t ||O| So|oct|rg Print Set |.cn
t|o p|.yb.ck noru J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1
Highlight Select / Set.
2
Display selection dialog.
3
Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page.
Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing.
4

Display options. Highlight option and press
multi selector right:
• Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture
on all pictures in print order.
• Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pic-
tures in print order.
To complete print order and exit, highlight
Done and press OK.
¯c p.|rt t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo. .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto., so
|oct Print (DPOF) |r t|o ||ctb.|Jgo noru .rJ |c||c. t|o stops |r “ |.|rt|rg So|octoJ ||ctc
g..p|s” tc ncJ||y .rJ p.|rt t|o cu..ort c.Jo. ( 2) ||O| J.to .rJ J.t. |np.|rt cpt|crs
..o rct suppc.toJ .|or p.|rt|rg v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr, tc p.|rt t|o J.to c| .occ.J|rg cr
p|ctcg..p|s |r t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo., uso t|o ||ctb.|Jgo Time Stamp cpt|cr
Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr c.r rct bo usoJ || t|o.o |s rct orcug| sp.co cr t|o nonc.y c..J tc stc.o t|o
p.|rt c.Jo.
|.|rt c.Jo.s n.y rct p.|rt cc..oct|y || |n.gos ..o Jo|otoJ us|rg . ccnputo. .|to. t|o p.|rt c.Jo. |s c.o
.toJ
74 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Option Description
Delete |o|oto .|| c. so|octoJ p|ctcs 4
Playback folder ´|ccso |c|Jo. |c. p|.yb.ck 5
Rotate tall |ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr) p|ctcs Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck 5
Slide show
||.y p|ctcs b.ck |r .utcn.t|c s||Jo s|c.s, o|t|o. .|t| b.ckg.curJ nus|c .rJ
p.rr|rg, .ccn, .rJ t..rs|t|cr offocts (||ctnct|cr) c. .|t|cut (st.rJ..J)
5
Hide image ||Jo so|octoJ p|ctcs 8
Print set So|oct p|ctcs |c. p.|rt|rg 8
Delete
¯|o Jo|oto noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
Option Description
Selected |o|oto so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s (soo bo|c.)
All |o|oto .|| p|ctcg..p|s
Selecting Multiple Pictures
¯c so|oct nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os |c. Jo|ot|cr, s||Jo s|c.s, c. t|o Hide image cpt|cr
1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted pic-
ture full frame, press button.
2
Select highlighted picture.
Selection shown by icon.
3
Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pic-
tures. To deselect picture, highlight and
press multi selector down.
4
Complete operation.
¯|o p|.yb.ck noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup menu cpt|cr
|r t|o sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o
|r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
75 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Folder
´|ccso . |c|Jo. |c. p|.yb.ck
Option Description
Current
(Jo|.u|t)
Or|y p|ctcs |r t|o |c|Jo. cu..ort|y so|octoJ |c. Folders |r t|o s|cct
|rg noru ..o J|sp|.yoJ Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck ¯||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
.utcn.t|c.||y .|or . p|ctc |s t.kor || . nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
.rJ t||s cpt|cr so|octoJ bo|c.o p|ctcs |.vo boor t.kor, . noss.go
st.t|rg t|.t t|o |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs rc |n.gos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ Ju.|rg
p|.yb.ck So|oct All tc bog|r p|.yb.ck
All ||.y b.ck p|ctcs |r .|| |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.y c..J
Rotate Tall
So|oct On tc .ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr) p|ctcs |c. J|sp|.y |r t|o
ncr|tc. ||ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image rota-
tion ( 108) .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po) c.|ort.t|cr
Slide Show
||.y p|ctu.os b.ck cro .|to. t|o ct|o. |r .r .utcn.toJ “s||Jo s|c.” A
Pictmotion cpt|cr |s .v.||.b|o .|t| t..rs|t|crs, p.rr|rg .rJ .ccn o|
|octs .rJ b.ckg.curJ nus|c (b.ckg.curJ nus|c .||| cr|y bo .uJ|b|o ||
t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr sot, 66)
¯|o .occnnorJoJ stops |rvc|voJ |r c.o.t|rg . s||Jo s|c. ..o s|c.r
bo|c.
1
Select photos
||g|||g|t Select pictures .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c|
|c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo
s|c. noru
•All pictures S||Jo s|c. .||| |rc|uJo .|| t|o p|ctcs |r t|o cu..ort p|.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5)
•Select pictures So|oct up tc fi|ty p|ctcs |c. t|o s||Jo s|c. ( 4) Or|y p|ctcs |r t|o cu.
.ort p|.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5) ..o .v.||.b|o |c. so|oct|cr, ||JJor p|ctcs .rJ |n.gos t|.t
c.r rct bo J|sp|.yoJ by t|o c.no.. c.r rct bo so|octoJ
76 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
2
Choose a style
||g|||g|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t, t|or ||g|||g|t Style .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc
so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
•Standard ||ctu.os ..o p|.yoJ b.ck .t . so|octoJ |rto.v.|, .|t|cut b.ckg.curJ nus|c,
t..rs|t|crs, c. ct|o. offocts
•Pictmotion So|oct . p.tto.r t|.t |rc|uJos b.ckg.curJ nus|c .|t| n.tc||rg t..rs|t|crs
.rJ p.rr|rg .rJ .ccn offocts |cto t|.t b.ckg.curJ nus|c .||| cr|y bo .uJ|b|o || t|o
c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr ( 66)
3
Choose a frame interval or playback pattern
||g|||g|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t, t|or c|ccso . |..no
|rto.v.| c. p|.yb.ck p.tto.r .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
“Standard” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rgo t|o |rto.v.| bot.oor s||Jos |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| t.c soccrJs, ||g|||g|t Frame
interval .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rgo t|o b.ckg.curJ t..ck |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| Pachelbel’s Canon, ||g|||g|t
Background music .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
.rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
|.rr|rg .rJ .ccn offocts .rJ t..rs|t|crs ..o n.tc|oJ tc t|o so|octoJ b.ckg.curJ t..ck
77 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
4
Start the show
¯c st..t t|o s||Jo s|c., ||g|||g|t Start .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |c||c.|rg
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ Ju.|rg . s||Jo s|c.
To Use Description
´c |c....J c.
b.ck cro |..no
/
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc .otu.r
tc t|o p.ov|cus |..no, .|g|t tc sk|p tc t|o roxt |..no ¯||s cp
t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o || Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
\|o. p|ctc |r|c /
´|.rgo t|o p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.yoJ ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o ||
Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
|.uso s||Jo
s|c.
|.uso t|o s||Jo s|c.
|x|t tc p|.yb.ck
noru
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p|.yb.ck noru
|x|t tc p|.yb.ck
ncJo
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc |u|||..no ( 61) c. t|unbr.||
p|.yb.ck ( 63)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto.
.o|o.so
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc tu.r t|o ncr|tc. cff
.rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo ||ctcs c.r bo t.kor |nnoJ|
.to|y
¯|o J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o s|c. orJs c.
.|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ tc p.uso p|.yb.ck So|oct Restart
tc .ost..t t|o s|c. c. Exit tc .otu.r tc t|o p|.yb.ck noru
78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Hide Image
||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s ||JJor |n.gos ..o v|s|b|o cr|y
|r t|o Hide Image noru, .rJ c.r cr|y bo Jo|otoJ by |c.n.tt|rg t|o
nonc.y c..J
Option Description
Select/set ||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s ( 4)
Deselect all? |ovo.| .|| p|ctcg..p|s
File Attributes for Hidden Images
||JJor |n.gos |.vo “||JJor” .rJ “.o.Jcr|y” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr . \|rJc.s ccnputo. |r t|o
c.so c| “||| + '||´” |n.gos, t||s n..k|rg .pp||os tc bct| ||| (|A\) .rJ '||´ |n.gos
Print Set
´|ccso Select / set tc so|oct p|ctcg..p|s |c. p.|rt|rg cr . ||ctb.|Jgo
p.|rto. c. ||O|ccnp.t|b|o Jov|co ( 3) ´|ccso Deselect all? tc
.oncvo .|| p|ctcs |.cn t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo.
Protected and Hidden Images
|ovo.||rg .r |n.go t|.t |s bct| ||JJor .rJ p.ctoctoJ .||| s|nu|t.rocus|y .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn
t|o |n.go
79 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
¯|o s|cct|rg noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o
sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.
n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Option Description
Optimize image
¯
Opt|n|.o |n.gos .ccc.J|rg tc scoro 9–81
Image quality

´|ccso |n.go ou.||ty 81
Image size

´|ccso |n.go s|.o 81
White balance
¯, †
AJ¦ust cc|c.s .ccc.J|rg tc t|o ||g|t scu.co 82
ISO sensitivity

|.|so sors|t|v|ty .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. 83
Long exp. NR |oJuco rc|so .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs 83
High ISO NR |oJuco rc|so .t ||g| |SO sors|t|v|t|os 83
Multiple exposure
¯, †
|occ.J nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os |r . s|rg|o |..no 84–85
¯ Av.||.b|o |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos cr|y
† |osot tc Jo|.u|ts .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ ( 44)
Optimize Image (P, S, A, and M Modes)
Opt|n|.o ccrt..st, s|..por|rg, .rJ ct|o. sott|rgs .ccc.J|rg tc |c. p|ctcg..p|s .||| bo
usoJ c. t|o typo c| scoro
Option Description
N
Normal (Jo|.u|t) |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs
SO
Softer
Sc|tors cut||ros, p.cJuc|rg r.tu..| .osu|ts su|t.b|o |c. pc.t..|ts c. .otcuc||rg
cr . ccnputo.
VI
Vivid
|r|.rcos s.tu..t|cr, ccrt..st, .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco v|v|J |n.gos .|t|
v|b..rt .oJs, g.oors, .rJ b|uos
VI
More vivid
V.x|n|.os s.tu..t|cr, ccrt..st, .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco c.|sp |n.gos .|t|
s|..p cut||ros
PO
Portrait
|c.o.s ccrt..st .|||o |orJ|rg r.tu..| toxtu.o .rJ .curJoJ |oo| tc sk|r c| pc.
t..|t sub¦octs
Custom ´ustcn|.o |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr sott|rgs ( 80)
BW
Black-and-white ¯.ko p|ctcs |r b|.ck.rJ.||to ( 81)
At Settings Other than “Custom”
At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r Custom
• ||ctcg..p|s ..o cpt|n|.oJ |c. cu..ort s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs |osu|ts .||| v..y .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o |..no
• ¯|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co |s usoJ ¯c uso t|o AJcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co, so|oct Custom .rJ c|ccso II
(Adobe RGB) |c. Color Mode
• |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom
So|oct Custom tc n.ko sop...to .J¦ustnorts tc t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs A|to. .J¦ust|rg sot
t|rgs, ||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss
• Image sharpening ´|ccso |c. nuc| cut||ros ..o s|..poroJ Ju.|rg
s|cct|rg ´|ccso ||g| sott|rgs |c. s|..p cut||ros, |c. sott|rgs |c.
sc|to. cut||ros
Default setting Autc
“Auto”
|osu|ts |c. .utc |n.go s|..por|rg, tcro ccnpors.t|cr, .rJ s.tu..t|cr v..y .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o |..no |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Color Mode
VcJos |. .rJ |||. ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr c. v|o.oJ |r
.pp||c.t|crs t|.t Jc rct suppc.t cc|c. n.r.gonort || t|o .pp||c.t|cr suppc.ts cc|c. n.r.gonort,
c|ccso t|o AJcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co .|or cpor|rg p|ctcs t.kor |r ncJo || ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|y, 123) .rJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct J|sp|.y cc|c.s cc..oct|y ovor || t|o cc..oct cc|c. sp.co |s rct so|octoJ
• Hue adjustment |uo c.r bo .J¦ustoJ bot.oor –9 ˚ tc +9 ˚ |r |rc.onorts
c| 3 ˚ (t|o Jog.oos .o|o. tc t|o “cc|c. .|oo|” c|tor usoJ tc oxp.oss |uo)
|cs|t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o c..rgo, g.oors nc.o b|uo, .rJ b|uos
nc.o pu.p|o |og.t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o pu.p|o, b|uos nc.o
g.oor, .rJ g.oors nc.o yo||c.
Default setting ±0
• Tone compensation ´crt.c| ccrt..st |c.o. sott|rgs p.ovort |css c|
Jot.|| |r ||g|||g|ts urJo. |..s| ||g|t|rg c. |r J|.oct sur||g|t ||g|o.
sott|rgs p.oso.vo Jot.|| |r n|sty |.rJsc.pos .rJ ct|o. |c.ccrt..st
sub¦octs ´|ccso Custom tc so|oct . uso.JofiroJ tcro cu.vo c.o.toJ
us|rg ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) Soo t|o ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
Default setting Autc
• Color mode ´crt.c| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr ||ctcs t.kor |r ncJos |. .rJ
|||. ..o .J.ptoJ tc t|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co .rJ ..o su|toJ |c. p.|rt|rg c.
uso “.s |s,” .|t| rc |u.t|o. ncJ|fic.t|cr ´|ccso |. |c. pc.t..|t s|cts
.rJ |||. |c. r.tu.o c. |.rJsc.po s|cts VcJo || |s .J.ptoJ tc t|o AJcbo
|´b cc|c. sp.co, .||c| suppc.ts . .|Jo. g.nut c| cc|c.s t|.r s|´b
VcJo || |s t|o p.o|o..oJ c|c|co |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo oxtors|vo|y p.c
cossoJ c. .otcuc|oJ
Default setting |. (s|b´)
• Saturation ´crt.c| t|o v|v|Jross c| cc|c.s ´|ccso Moderate |c. |oss
s.tu..toJ cc|c.s, Enhanced |c. nc.o v|v|J cc|c.s
Default setting Autc
81 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White
So|oct|rg Black-and-white |c. Optimize image J|sp|.ys t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|g|t ´|ccso Normal tc t.ko st.rJ..J b|.ck.rJ.||to p|c
tu.os, c. Custom tc .J¦ust s|..por|rg .rJ tcro ccnpors.t|cr bo|c.o
s|cct|rg .s Josc.|boJ |r cr p.go 80 Custom .|sc suppc.ts t|o |c||c.
|rg cc|c. fi|to. offocts
Filter efect Description
Of |c cc|c. fi|to. offoct
Yellow
|r|.rcos ccrt..st ´.r bo usoJ tc tcro Jc.r t|o b.|g|tross c| t|o sky |r |.rJ
sc.po p|ctcg..p|s O..rgo p.cJucos nc.o ccrt..st t|.r yo||c., .oJ nc.o ccrt..st
t|.r c..rgo
Orange
Red
Green Sc|tors sk|r tcros ´.r bo usoJ |c. pc.t..|ts
b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .|or Black-and-
white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize image ( 5–)
Image Quality (All Modes)
Sovor cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. |n.go ou.||ty Soo “|o|o.orco |n.go
Çu.||ty .rJ S|.o” ( 33)
Image Size (All Modes)
|n.go s|.o c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn Large, Medium, .rJ Small Soo “|o|
o.orco |n.go Çu.||ty .rJ S|.o” ( 33)
82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Copying White Balance from a Photograph
A .||to b.|.rco v.|uo ccp|oJ |.cn .r ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p| c.r bo usoJ |c. p.osot .||to
b.|.rco So|oct White balance > White balance preset |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ¯|o noru
s|c.r |r Stop 1 .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
1

Highlight Use photo.
*
2
Display current source photo.
¯ ¯c uso |.st no.su.oJ v.|uo ( 60), ||g|||g|t Measure .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
3

Highlight Select image.

4
Display folder list.
† ¯c uso t|o p.ov|cus scu.co p|ctc, ||g|||g|t This image .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
5

Highlight folder.
6

Display images in selected folder.
7

Highlight photograph.

8

Set preset white balance to value for high-
lighted photograph and return to shooting
menu.
‡ |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ n.y |rc|uJo t|cso c.o.toJ .|t| ct|o. c.no..s, but cr|y p|ctcg..p|s c.o.toJ
.|t| |80 c.r bo usoJ .s scu.co |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
|cto t|.t || . ro. v.|uo |s no.su.oJ |c. .||to b.|.rco, .||to b.|.rco .||| bo sot tc t|o no.
su.oJ v.|uo ovor || Use photo |s cu..ort|y so|octoJ |r t|o p.osot .||to b.|.rco noru
White Balance (P, S, A, and M Modes)
||ro cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. .||to b.|.rco Soo “|o|o.orco \||to b.|
.rco” ( 58)
83 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Option Description
Of (Jo|.u|t) |c|so .oJuct|cr cff
On
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| .bcut 8 s c. s|c.o.
..o p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco rc|so, s|c.|rg bu.st s|cct|rg .rJ
.oJuc|rg t|o runbo. c| |n.gos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o
nonc.y buffo. |u.|rg p.ccoss|rg, t|o J|sp|.ys s|c.r .t
.|g|t .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. |c |u.t|o.
p|ctcs c.r bo t.kor urt|| p.ccoss|rg |s ccnp|oto |c|so
.oJuct|cr .||| rct bo po.|c.noJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
Ju.|rg p.ccoss|rg |cto t|.t || p|ctcs ..o p|.yoJ b.ck Ju.
|rg p.ccoss|rg, t|o |n.go J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. n.y rct
s|c. t|o offocts c| rc|so .oJuct|cr
High ISO NR (All Modes)
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t ||g| sors|t|v|t|os c.r bo p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco
“rc|so” ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
Option Description
Normal
(Jo|.u|t)
|c|so .oJuct|cr t.kos offoct .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 400 ´|ccso
Low |c. |oss rc|so .oJuct|cr, High |c. nc.o rc|so .oJuct|cr Low
High
Of
|c|so .oJuct|cr tu.rs cff ur|oss sors|t|v|ty oxcooJs |SO 800 V|r
|n.| rc|so .oJuct|cr |s po.|c.noJ .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 800
ISO Sensitivity (All Modes)
AJ¦ust |SO sors|t|v|ty Soo “|o|o.orco |SO Sors|t|v|ty” ( 43)
Long Exp. NR (All Modes)
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| 8 s c. s|c.o. c.r bo p.ccossoJ
tc .oJuco “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..rJcn|ysp.coJ, b.|g|t|ycc|c.oJ p|x
o|s ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Multiple Exposure (P, S, A, and M Modes)
|c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc .occ.J . so.|os c| t.c c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os |r
. s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| |cto t|.t .t Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, s|cct|rg .||| orJ
.utcn.t|c.||y || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s |c. .r |rto.v.|
bot.oor oxpcsu.os c| nc.o t|.r 30 s, c|ccso 30 min |c. ´ustcn Sot
t|rg 28 (Auto meter-off, 99) c. uso .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
1
So|oct|rg Multiple exposure |r t|o s|cct|rg noru J|sp|.ys t|o
noru s|c.r .t .|g|t ||g|||g|t Number of shots .rJ p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| ox
pcsu.os t|.t .||| bo ccnb|roJ tc |c.n . s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| |.oss
OK tc .otu.r tc t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o noru
3
||g|||g|t Auto gain .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|g|t
4
||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
Option Description
On
(Jo|.u|t)
´.|r .J¦ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rg tc t|o run
bo. c| oxpcsu.os .occ.JoJ (g.|r |c. o.c| oxpcsu.o |s sot
tc '/. |c. t.c oxpcsu.os, '/· |c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os)
Of
´.|r rct .J¦ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o |occnnorJoJ ||
b.ckg.curJ |s J..k
Exchanging Memory Cards
|c rct .oncvo c. .op|.co t|o nonc.y c..J .|||o .occ.J|rg . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
Photo Info
¯|o J.to c| .occ.J|rg, noto.|rg, oxpcsu.o, ncJo, |cc.| |orgt|, c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr, .rJ ct|o. |r|c.n.
t|cr ||stoJ |r t|o p|.yb.ck p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.y |s |c. t|o fi.st s|ct |r t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
85 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
5
||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss OK
A |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c ox|t .|t|cut .o
cc.J|rg . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o, so|oct Multiple exposure |.cn t|o
s|cct|rg noru, ||g|||g|t Reset, .rJ p.oss OK
6
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct ¯|o |ccr .||| st..t tc
b||rk
Cancelling a Multiple Exposure
¯c orJ s|cct|rg bo|c.o t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto, so|oct Mul-
tiple exposure |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru, ||g|||g|t Cancel, .rJ p.oss
OK S|cct|rg .||| .|sc orJ ||
• ¯|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg ( 18)
• ¯|o uso. po.|c.ns . t.cbuttcr .osot
• ¯|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
• ¯|o b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ
• ¯|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s Jo|otoJ
• A ncJo ct|o. t|.r P, S, A, c. M |s so|octoJ
|| s|cct|rg orJs bo|c.o t|o spoc|fioJ runbo. c| oxpcsu.os |.vo boor t.kor, . nu|t|p|o oxpc
su.o .||| bo c.o.toJ |.cn t|o oxpcsu.os t|.t |.vo boor .occ.JoJ tc t|.t pc|rt || Auto gain |s
cr, g.|r .||| bo .J¦ustoJ tc .ofloct t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .ctu.||y .occ.JoJ
7
¯.ko t|o .on.|r|rg oxpcsu.os ¯|o |ccr .||| J|s.ppo.. |.cn t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|or s|cct|rg |s ccnp|oto |opo.t stops 1 – tc
t.ko .JJ|t|cr.| nu| t|p|o oxpcsu.os
Bracketing and Other Settings
b..ckot|rg |s c.rco||oJ .|or nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s so|octoJ .rJ c.r rct bo .ostc.oJ urt|| s|cct|rg |.s
orJoJ \|||o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |s |r offoct, nonc.y c..Js c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ .rJ rc s|cct
|rg noru cpt|crs c.r bo c|.rgoJ, .|t| t|o oxcopt|crs c| Multiple exposure .rJ White balance.
86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Custom Settings
1: Beep (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| On, . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |c
cusos |r s|rg|oso.vc A| (AF-S c. .|or s|cct|rg st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |r
AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo), .|||o t|o .o|o.so t|no. |s ccurt|rg Jc.r |r so||
t|no. .rJ Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJos ( 3, 38), c. .|or . p|ctcg..p| |s
t.kor |r ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo ( 38) ¯|o boop .||| rct scurJ
.|or Off |s so|octoJ ¯|o cu..ort sott|rg |s s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
|s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o boop |s cr, .|or |t |s cff ( 5)
´ustcn Sott|rgs ..o usoJ tc custcn|.o c.no.. sott|rgs tc su|t |rJ|v|J
u.| p.o|o.orcos ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or Simple (t|o
Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu |r t|o sotup noru
( 101)
Option
R Reset 86
1 Beep 86
2 AF-area mode 8
3 Center AF area 8
4 AF-assist 8
5 No memory card? 88
Option
6 Image review 88
7 ISO auto 88
8 Grid display 89
9 Viewfnder warning 89
10 EV step 89
¯c J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, so|oct Full |c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
11 Exposure comp. 89
12 Center-weighted 90
13 Auto BKT set 90–91
14 Auto BKT order 91
15 Command dials 91
16 FUNC button 92–93
17 Illumination 93
18 AE-L/AF-L 94
19 AE lock 94
20 Focus area 94
21 AF area illumination 95
Option
22 Built-in fash 95–9
23 Flash warning 98
24 Flash shutter speed 98
25 Auto FP 98
26 Modeling fash 98
27 Monitor-of 98
28 Auto meter-of 99
29 Self-timer 99
30 Remote on duration 99
31 Exp. delay mode 99
32 MB-D80 batteries 100
R: Reset
So|oct Reset tc .ostc.o .|| ´ustcn Sott|rgs tc t|o|. Jo|.u|t v.|uos, |r
c|uJ|rg sott|rgs rct .ffoctoJ by . t.cbuttcr .osot ( 44) Soo t|o
ApporJ|x ( 134) |c. . ccnp|oto ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rgs
Custom Settings
87 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros |c. t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus
ncJo ( 28) ´|ccso |.cn
Option Description
Single area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. us|rg nu|t| so|octc., c.no.. |ccusos cr sub¦oct |r so|octoJ
|ccus ..o. cr|y |so .|t| st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |o|.u|t sott|rg |c. P, S, A, M, .rJ
ncJos
Dynamic area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. n.ru.||y, but || sub¦oct |o.vos so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ovor b.|o|
|y, c.no.. .||| |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |so .|t| o...t|
c.||y ncv|rg sub¦octs |o|.u|t sott|rg |c. ncJo
Auto-area AF ´.no.. so|octs |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y |o|.u|t |c.
, , , ,
.rJ ncJos
¯|o cu..ort sott|rg |s s|c.r by .r |ccr |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ( 5)
3: Center AF Area (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
Option Description Viewfnder display
Normal zone
(Jo|.u|t)
|ccus cr . spoc|fic sub¦oct |r . sn.|| ..o.
.|t|cut ct|o. ro..by cb¦octs |rto.|o.|rg .|t|
|ccus
Wide zone
|ccus cr ncv|rg sub¦octs .rJ ct|o. cb¦octs
t|.t ..o J|ffi cu|t tc t..ck |ct .v.||.b|o .|or
Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2
(AF-area mode)
Soo “|ccus” |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr |ccus sott|rgs ( 28)
4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except

,

, and )
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ .rJ t|o sub¦oct |s pcc.|y ||t, t|o
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||g|t tc .ss|st t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |r s|rg|oso.
vc A| (AF-S c. s|rg|oso.vc A| so|octoJ |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo) .|or
Single area c. Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-
area mode) c. .|or ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 |s sot tc Dynamic area .rJ
t|o corto. |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ ´|ccso Off tc J|s.b|o t|o A|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc. |cto t|.t .|or t|o |||un|r.tc. |s cff, t|o c.no.. n.y rct
bo .b|o tc |ccus cr pcc.|y||t sub¦octs us|rg .utc|ccus
88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5: No Memory Card? (All Modes)
|| Release locked (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, t|o s|utto..o|o.so
|s J|s.b|oJ .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ ´|ccso Enable release
tc or.b|o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
||ctcg..p|s .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. but .||| rct bo s.voJ
6: Image Review (All Modes)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, p|ctcg..p|s .||| .utcn.t|c.||y
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c. .bcut |c. soccrJs .|to. s|cct|rg || Off
|s so|octoJ, p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. by p.oss|rg
t|o buttcr
7: ISO Auto (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, |SO sors|t|v|ty .||| .on.|r fixoJ .t
t|o v.|uo so|octoJ .|t| t|o ISO buttcr ( 43) c. us|rg t|o ISO sensitiv-
ity cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
|| On |s so|octoJ, |SO sors|t|v|ty .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo .J¦ustoJ || cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r rct bo
.c||ovoJ .t t|o so|octoJ v.|uo (fl.s| |ovo| |s .J¦ustoJ .pp.cp.|.to|y) ¯|o n.x|nun v.|uo |c.
.utc |SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo so|octoJ us|rg t|o Max. sensitivity cpt|cr |r ncJos P .rJ A,
sors|t|v|ty .||| cr|y bo .J¦ustoJ || urJo.oxpcsu.o .cu|J .osu|t .t t|o s|utto. spooJ so|octoJ
|c. Min. shutter speed
\|or On |s so|octoJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. ISO-AUTO
\|or sors|t|v|ty |s .|to.oJ |.cn t|o v.|uo so|octoJ by t|o uso., t|oso
|rJ|c.tc.s b||rk .rJ t|o .|to.oJ v.|uo |s s|c.r |r t|o v|o.firJo. (t|o
|rJ|c.tc.s Jc rct b||rk || . fl.s| |s usoJ
ISO Auto
Autc |SO ccrt.c| |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or . v.|uo cvo. |SO 1600 |s so|octoJ |c. |SO sors|t|v|ty |SO sor
s|t|v|ty c.r rct bo sot tc v.|uos cvo. 1600 .|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ISO auto |c.og.curJ sub¦octs
n.y bo urJo.oxpcsoJ |r p|ctcs t.kor .|t| t|o fl.s| .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs, |r J.y||g|t, c. .g.|rst .
b.|g|t b.ckg.curJ ´|ccso . fl.s| ncJo ct|o. t|.r s|c. syrc c. so|oct ncJo A c. M .rJ c|ccso .
|..go. .po.tu.o
|c|so |s nc.o ||ko|y .t ||g|o. sors|t|v|t|os |so t|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru tc
.oJuco rc|so ( 83)
89 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
11: Exposure Comp. (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s sot by
p.oss|rg t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ( 54)
So|oct On tc sot oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr us|rg cr|y . ccnn.rJ J|.|
¯|o J|.| usoJ JoporJs cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 15
(Command dials, 91)
Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Of Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On
M
o
d
e
P Subccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
S Subccnn.rJ J|.| V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
A V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
M |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot by p.oss|rg buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
|| On |s so|octoJ, t|o 0 .t t|o corto. c| t|o oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y .||| b||rk ovor .|or oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s sot tc ±0 ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o |r ncJo M
8: Grid Display (All Modes)
So|oct On tc J|sp|.y g.|J ||ros |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc .ss|st |r |..n|rg p|c
tcg..p|s ( 6) ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes)
So|oct On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) tc J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg ...r|rgs |r t|o
v|o.firJo. ( 6)
Warning Description
B/W
||sp|.yoJ .|or Black-and-white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize im-
age |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 81)
||sp|.yoJ .|or t|o b.tto.y |s |c.
||sp|.yoJ .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
|c ...r|rgs ..o J|sp|.yoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ
10: EV Step (All Modes)
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J¦ustnorts tc s|utto. spooJ, .po.tu.o, .rJ b..ckot
|rg ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ (1/3 step, t|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr) c. '/. |\ (1/2 step)
90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
12: Center-Weighted (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo.
.ss|groJ t|o g.o.tost .o|g|t |r corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg ¯|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr |s Φ 8 mm
13: Auto BKT Set (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
AE & fash
(Jo|.u|t)
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .rJ oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
AE only ´.no.. v..|os oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
Flash only
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct (|¯¯| .rJ, .|t| t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||g|t, .utc .po.tu.o ncJos cr|y, 119, 120)
WB bracketing
|.c| t|no t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ, t|o c.no.. c.o.tos nu|t|p|o |n.gos “b..ckot|rg” t|o
cu..ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rg Or|y cro s|ct |s .oou|.oJ tc ccnp|oto t|o b..ckot|rg so
ouorco \||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg |s .occnnorJoJ .|or s|cct|rg urJo. n|xoJ ||g|t
|rg c. oxpo.|nort|rg .|t| J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rgs |ct .v.||.b|o .t . .||to
b.|.rco c| (Choose color temp.) c. .t |n.go ou.||t|os c| NEF (RAW), NEF+JPEG
Fine, NEF+JPEG Normal, c. NEF+JPEG Basic
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .occ.J|rg p|ctcg..p|s .t sott|rgs c| AE & flash, AE only, .rJ Flash
only, soo “b..ckot|rg” ( 56) ¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s us|rg .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
1
||g|||g|t WB bracketing .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| |n.gos
|r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o .||to b.|.rco .J
¦ustnort |.c| |rc.onort |s .cug||y oou|v.|ort tc 10 n|.oJ
91 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
4
´cnpcso . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct |.c| s|ct .||| bo p.c
cossoJ tc c.o.to t|o runbo. c| ccp|os spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rg
p.cg..n, .rJ o.c| ccpy .||| |.vo . J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco VcJ|
fic.t|crs tc .||to b.|.rco ..o .JJoJ tc t|o .||to b.|.rco .J¦ust
nort n.Jo .|t| .||to b.|.rco firotur|rg
|| t|o runbo. c| |n.gos |r t|o b..ckot|rg p.cg..n oxcooJs t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rg, ( ) .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .|||
b||rk S|cct|rg c.r bog|r || . ro. nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rg, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco |s .o.c
.rJ |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o p.cg..n
|.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
b..ckot|rg c.r .|sc bo c.rco||oJ by po.|c.n|rg . t.cbuttcr .osot (
44), .|t|cug| |r t||s c.so t|o b..ckot|rg p.cg..n .||| rct bo .ostc.oJ
t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
White Balance Bracketing
So|oct|rg NEF (RAW), NEF+JPEG Fine, NEF+JPEG Normal, c. NEF+JPEG Basic |c. |n.go ou.||ty
( 34) c. (Choose color temp.) |c. .||to b.|.rco ( 58) c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg p.cg..ns
14: Auto BKT Order (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| b..ckot|rg |s po.|c.noJ
Option Description
Default order
(Jo|.u|t)
|rncJ|fioJ > rog.t|vo > pcs|t|vo ( 56)
Under > MTR > over |og.t|vo > urncJ|fioJ > pcs|t|vo ( 56, 140)
15: Command Dials (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o ccnn.rJ J|.|s usoJ tc sot s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Option Description
Default (Jo|.u|t)
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto. spooJ, t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| .po.tu.o
Reversed
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o, t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| s|utto. spooJ
92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
16: FUNC Button (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ by t|o |||´ buttcr
Option Description
ISO display
(Jo|.u|t)
¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uo |c. |SO sors|t|v|ty |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Framing grid
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc tu.r t|o g.|J J|sp|.y |r
t|o v|o.firJo. cr .rJ cff ( 89)
AF-area mode
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct A| ..o. ncJo
( 8)
Center AF area
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso bot.oor rc.
n.| .rJ .|Jo corto. A| ..o.s ( 8)
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ, fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 93) |.oss .g.|r tc c.rco| |\ |cck
Flash of bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|ts tu.r cff .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Matrix metering
V.t.|x noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos
cr|y)
Center-weighted
´orto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ
M ncJos cr|y)
Spot metering
Spct noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos
cr|y)
FV Lock
¯||s |o.tu.o |s usoJ tc |cck fl.s| cutput, p.ovort|rg t|o fl.s| |ovo| |.cn c|.rg|rg bot.oor
s|cts c. .|||o .occnpcs|rg p|ctcg..p|s ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |c. .ry
c|.rgos |r |SO sors|t|v|ty c. .po. tu.o
FV Lock
bct| t|o |||´ .rJ t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr c.r bo usoJ |c. |\ |cck |\ |cck us|rg t|o |||´ buttcr |s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c., tc uso t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr, c|ccso FV lock |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 18 (AE-L/AF-L, 94)
1
So|oct FV lock |c. ´us tcn Sott|rg 16 (FUNC button)
2
|.|so t|o fl.s| |r , , , .rJ ncJos, t|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .u
tcn.t|c.||y .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos, p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o
fl.s|
93 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
3
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no .rJ p.oss t|o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus ´|ock t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jy |r
J|c.tc. ( ) |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
4
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr ¯|o fl.s| .||| on|t . ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| tc
Joto.n|ro t|o .pp.cp.|.to fl.s| |ovo| ||.s| cutput .||| bo |cckoJ
.t t||s |ov o| .rJ . fl.s|v.|uo |cck |ccr .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo.
5
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p|
6
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc s|cct
|| Jos|.oJ, .JJ|t|cr.| p|c tu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t|cut .o|o.s|rg |\
|cck
7
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr tc .o|o.so |\ |cck .rJ ccrfi.n t|.t t|o
|ccr |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r v|o.firJo.
17: Illumination (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck||g|t (|´|
|||un|r.tc.) .||| tu.r cr cr|y .|or t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .ct.toJ tc ||
On |s so|octoJ, t|o b.ck||g|t .||| .on.|r cr .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s
..o .ct|vo (rcto t|.t t||s .||| |rc.o.so t|o J..|r cr t|o b.tto.y)
Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights
|\ |cck |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800, Sb600, .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||g|ts (.v.||.b|o sop. ..to|y) Sot t|o
SpooJ||g|t tc ¯¯| ncJo (t|o Sb800 c.r .|sc bo usoJ |r AA .rJ A ncJos, soo t|o SpooJ||g|t n.ru.|
|c. Jot.||s) \|||o |\ |cck |s |r offoct, fl.s| cutput .||| .utcn.t| c.||y bo .J¦ustoJ |c. c|.rgos |r SpooJ
||g|t .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr
\|or Commander mode |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 22 (Built-in flash, 96), |\ |cck c.r bo
usoJ .|t| .oncto Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts || (.) .ry c| t|o bu||t|r fl.s|, fl.s| g.cup A, c.
fl.s| g.cup b |s |r ¯¯| ncJo, c. (b) . fl.s| g.cup |s ccn pcsoJ ort|.o|y c| Sb800 SpooJ||g|ts |r ¯¯| c.
AA ncJo
Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash
\|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ .|cro, |\ |cck |s cr|y .v.||.b|o || TTL (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ |c.
´ustcn Sott|rg 22 (Built-in flash, 95)
94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Option Description
AE/AF lock
(Jo|.u|t)
bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o |cck .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
AE lock only |xpcsu.o |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |ccus |s ur.ffoctoJ
AF lock |ccus |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |xpcsu.o |s ur.ffoctoJ
AE lock hold
|xpcsu.o |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ .rJ .on.|rs |cckoJ urt|| t|o
buttcr |s p.ossoJ .g.|r c. t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
AF-ON
¯|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |r|t|.tos .utc|ccus ¯|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r rct bo usoJ
tc |ccus
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ, fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 92) |.oss .g.|r tc c.rco| |\
|cck
Focus area
selection
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
( 30)
AE-L/AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AE-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-ON/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |r|t|.to .utc|ccus, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
19: AE Lock (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, p.oss|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |.||..y Jcos rct |cck oxpcsu.o || On |s so|octoJ, oxpcsu.o .||| |cck
.|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ by t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
20: Focus Area (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| No wrap, t|o |ccus..o. J|sp|.y |s bcurJoJ by
t|o cuto. |ccus ..o.s sc t|.t, |c. ox.np|o, p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up .|or t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |.s rc offoct So|oct Wrap tc .||c.
|ccus..o. so|oct|cr tc “...p ..curJ” |.cn tcp tc bcttcn, bcttcn tc
tcp, .|g|t tc |o|t, .rJ |o|t tc .|g|t
95 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Repeating fash ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .opo.toJ|y .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor, p.c
Juc|rg . st.cbo||g|t offoct So|oct|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o
|c||c.|rg cpt|crs, up c. Jc.r tc c|.rgo
Option Description
Output ´|ccso fl.s| cutput (oxp.ossoJ .s . |..ct|cr c| |u|| pc.o.)
Times
´|ccso t|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o so|octoJ cutput
¯|o cpt|crs .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Output
Freq. ¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os po. soccrJ
21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| Auto, t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||g|||g|toJ |r
t|o v|o.firJo. .s rooJ tc ost.b||s| ccrt..st .|t| t|o b.ckg.curJ ||
Off |s so|octoJ, t|o |ccus ..o. |s rct ||g|||g|toJ || On |s so|octoJ, t|o
|ccus ..o. .||| .|..ys bo ||g|||g|toJ, .|t|cug| |t n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo
.g.|rst t|o b.ckg.curJ
22: Built-in Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
TTL (Jo|.u|t) ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r .ospcrso tc
s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs
“Times”
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| c.r fi.o |r succoss|cr |s Joto.n|roJ by fl.s| cutput |cto t|.t JoporJ
|rg cr s|utto. spooJ .rJ t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Freq., t|o .ctu.| runbo. c| fl.s|os on|ttoJ n.y bo
|oss t|.r so|octoJ
Options available for “Times”
O
u
t
p
u
t
1/4 2
1/8 2–5
1/16 2–10
1/32 2–10, 15
1/64 2–10, 15, 20, 25
1/128 2–10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35
Manual ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o |ovo| so|octoJ |r t|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t
At |u|| pc.o., t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13/42 (n/|t, |SO
100, 20 ˚´/68 ˚|) |c ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| |s on|ttoJ
96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Commander mode |so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .s . n.sto. fl.s| ccrt.c|||rg cro
c. nc.o .oncto cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts |r up tc
t.c g.cups (A .rJ b) us|rg .Jv.rcoJ .|.o|oss ||g|t|rg So|oct|rg t||s
cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c.
Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, up c. Jc.r tc c|.rgo
• Built-in fash ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t |r fl.s|
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.) v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c|
'/· |\ At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r ±0, .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
M
´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.) .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.) fl.s|os
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
- -
bu||t|r fl.s| Jcos rct fi.o, but A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. ||g|ts Jcos rct .ppo.. |r ccrt.c| p.ro|
fl.s| ncJo J|sp|.y |cto t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo ..|soJ tc on|t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os
• Group A/Group B ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts |r ´.cup A c. b
TTL |¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . Comp. v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
AA
Autc .po.tu.o ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.) v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops
c| '/· |\ Sb600 .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| rct fi.o .|or t||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
M ´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.) .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.)
- - ¯|o fl.s| ur|ts |r t|o so|octoJ g.cup Jc rct fi.o
• Channel ´|ccso |.cn c|.rro|s 1–4 A|| fl.s| ur|ts |r bct| g.cups nust bo sot tc t|o s.no
c|.rro|
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo
1
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| |cto t|.t cutput |ovo| c.r rct bo .J¦ustoJ .|or - - |s so
|octoJ |c. fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo
2
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r g.cup A
3
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r g.cup b
4
So|oct t|o c|.rro|
97 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5
|.oss OK
6
´cnpcso t|o s|ct .rJ ....rgo t|o fl.s| ur|ts .s s|c.r bo|c. |cto t|.t t|o n.x|
nun J|st.rco .t .||c| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts c.r bo p|.coJ n.y v..y .|t| s|cct|rg
ccrJ|t|crs
´.no..
(bu||t|r fl.s|)
30 c. |oss
30 c. |oss
60–30
60–30
10 n/33 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
Wireless remote sensors
on flash units should
face camera.
7
¯u.r .|| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts cr .rJ sot t|on tc t|o c|.rro| so|octoJ |r Stop 4 Soo
t|o SpooJ||g|t |rst.uct|cr n.ru.|s |c. Jot.||s
8
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |cto t|.t ovor ||
- - |s so|octoJ |c. Built-in flash > Mode, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo
..|soJ sc t|.t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os .||| bo on|ttoJ
9
|ccus .rJ s|cct .|to. ccrfi.n|rg t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jy ||g|ts cr t|o c.no.. .rJ .|| .o
ncto fl.s| ur|ts ..o ||t
Commander Mode
|cs|t|cr t|o sorsc. .|rJc.s cr t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts tc p|ck up t|o ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os |.cn t|o bu||t
|r fl.s| (p..t|cu|.. c..o |s .oou|.oJ .|or rct us|rg . t.|pcJ) bo su.o t|.t J|.oct ||g|t c. st.crg .ofloc
t|crs |.cn t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts Jc rct orto. t|o c.no.. |ors (|r ¯¯| ncJo) c. t|o p|ctcco||s cr t|o
.oncto fl.s| ur|ts (AA ncJo), .s t||s n.y |rto.|o.o .|t| oxpcsu.o ¯c p.ovort t|n|rg fl.s|os on|ttoJ
by t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.cn .ppo..|rg |r p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|c.t ..rgo, c|ccso |c. |SO sors|t|v|t|os
.rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..go |/runbo.s) c. uso .r cpt|cr.| S´3|| |r|...oJ p.ro| |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Ar
S´3|| |s .oou|.oJ |c. bost .osu|ts .|t| .o..cu.t.|r syrc, .||c| p.cJucos b.|g|to. t|n|rg fl.s|os A|to.
pcs|t|cr|rg t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts, t.ko . tost s|ct .rJ v|o. t|o .osu|ts |r t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.
A|t|cug| t|o.o |s rc ||n|t cr t|o runbo. c| .oncto fl.s| ur|ts t|.t n.y bo usoJ, t|o p..ct|c.| n.x|
nun |s t|.oo \|t| nc.o t|.r t||s runbo., t|o ||g|t on|ttoJ by t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts .||| |rto.|o.o
.|t| po.|c.n.rco
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr ( 55) |s .JJoJ tc t|o fl.s| cutput |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts, |rc|uJ|rg t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
23: Flash Warning (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ .rJ ||g|t|rg |s pcc., t|o fl.s|
.o.Jy ||g|t ( ) .||| fl|cko. |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y tc ...r t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ |c
...r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ || Off |s so|octoJ
24: Flash Shutter Speed (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o s|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| t|o fl.s| .||| bo usoJ |r
ncJos P .rJ A (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 1/60 s) |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg
c|csor, t|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc
s|c. syrc ( 41)
25: Auto FP (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
So|oct On tc .ct|v.to Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc .|or us|rg t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .t s|utto. spooJs |.sto.
t|.r '/... s (boc.uso t|o .ctu.| s|utto. spooJ n.y bo s||g|t|y s|c.o.
t|.r J|sp|.yoJ |r | .rJ A ncJos, Autc || n.y rct .|..ys bo .ct|v.toJ
.t . s|utto. spooJ c| '/... s) ´|ccso tc or.b|o fi|| fl.s| .|or t.k|rg
pc.t..|ts urJo. b.|g|t ||g|t c. .|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s .t |..go .po.
tu.os Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or us|rg t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s Off
26: Modeling Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On |s so|octoJ, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, .rJ Sb
|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| on|t . ncJo||rg fl.s| .|or t|o c.no.. Jopt|c|
fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 49) ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s Off
27: Monitor-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr .|or rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.
|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 20 s) ´|ccso . s|c.to. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.y
|c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg c|csor, t|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cr |c. |cu. soccrJs Ju.|rg |n.go .ov|o. ( 88) .rJ |c. tor
n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
99 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o c.no.. ccrt|ruos tc noto. oxpcsu.o .|or rc
cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 6 s) ´|ccso . s|c.to.
noto.cff Jo|.y |c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg c|csor,
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .on.|r cr |c. tor n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s
pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
29: Self-Timer (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |orgt| c| t|o s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.y |r so||t|no. ncJo (
3) ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 10 s
30: Remote On Duration (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o c.no.. .||| ..|t |c. . s|gr.| |.cn t|o .oncto
bo|c.o c.rco|||rg Jo|.yoJ c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJos ( 38)
´|ccso s|c.to. t|nos |c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s cro
n|ruto
31: Exp. Delay Mode (All Modes)
So|oct On tc Jo|.y s|utto. .o|o.so urt|| .bcut 04 s .|to. t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ, .oJuc|rg c.no.. s|.ko |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c|
t|o |o.st c.no.. ncvonort ccu|J .osu|t |r b|u..oJ p|ctcg..p|s (|c.
ox.np|o, n|c.csccpo p|ctcg..p|y) ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Using AA Batteries
||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. bost po.|c.n.rco |o.o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t| AA b.t
to.|os t|.r .|t| ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o c.p.c|ty c| AA b.tto.|os J.cps s|..p|y .t tonpo..tu.os bo|c.
20 ˚´ (68 ˚|) .rJ v..|os .|t| n.ko .rJ stc..go ccrJ|t|crs, |r scno c.sos, b.tto.|os n.y co.so tc |urc
t|cr bo|c.o t|o|. oxp|.y J.to Scno AA b.tto.|os c.r rct bo usoJ, Juo tc t|o|. po.|c.n.rco c|...cto.|s
t|cs .rJ ||n|toJ c.p.c|ty, .|k.||ro .rJ r|cko|n.rg.roso b.tto.|os s|cu|J cr|y bo usoJ .|or rc ct|o.
.|to.r.t|vo |s .v.||.b|o ¯|o c.no.. s|c.s t|o |ovo| c| AA b.tto.|os .s |c||c.s
Control panel Viewfnder Description
– b.tto.|os |u||y c|..goJ
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |.os| b.tto.|os
(b||rks) (b||rks)
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ |rso.t |.os| b.tto.|os
32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes)
¯c orsu.o t|.t t|o c.no.. |urct|crs .s oxpoctoJ .|or AA b.tto.|os ..o
usoJ |r t|o cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.y p.ck, n.tc| t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |r
t||s noru tc t|o typo c| b.tto.|os |rso.toJ |r t|o b.tto.y p.ck ¯|o.o |s
rc rooJ tc .J¦ust t||s cpt|cr .|or us|rg ||||3o b.tto.|os
Option Description
LR6 (AA alkaline)
(Jo|.u|t)
So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 .|k.||ro AA b.tto.|os
HR6 (AA Ni-MH) So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 ||V| AA b.tto.|os
FR6 (AA lithium) So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 ||t||un AA b.tto.|os
ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) So|oct .|or us|rg ¯|6 r|cko|n.rg.roso AA b.tto.|os
101 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
¯|o sotup noru ccrt.|rs t|o cpt|crs ||stoJ bo|c. (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My Menu |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu) Soo “|s|rg
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or
Simple (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ |c.
CSM/Setup menu
Option
CSM/Setup menu 101–102
Format memory card 102
World time 103
LCD brightness 103
Video mode 103
Language 103
USB 104
¯c J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, so|oct Full
|c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
Image comment 104
Folders 105
File no. sequence 106
Mirror lock-up
¯
106
Dust of ref photo 106–10
Battery info 10
Firmware version 108
Auto image rotation 108
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.y |ovo|s c| c. bo|c.
c. .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.y p.ck .|t| AA b.tto.|os
CSM / Setup Menu
´|ccso t|o cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o norus
Option Description
Simple
(Jo|.u|t)
||sp|.y cr|y b.s|c cpt|crs |r t|o ´ustcn Sott|rgs ( 86) .rJ
sotup norus (soo .bcvo) Ot|o. norus ||st .|| cpt|crs
Full ||sp|.y .|| cpt|crs |r .|| norus
My menu
||sp|.y cr|y so|octoJ cpt|crs |r t|o p|.yb.ck, s|cct|rg, ´ustcn
Sott|rgs, sotup, .rJ .otcuc| norus
¯c c|ccso noru |tons |c. J|sp|.y .|t| My menu
1
||g|||g|t My menu .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t A ||st c|
noru r.nos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
2
||g|||g|t . noru r.no .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |tons |r t|o so|octoJ
noru .||| bo ||stoJ .s s|c.r .t .|g|t (t|o |||ust..t|cr s|c.s t|o
|tons ||stoJ .|or t|o p|.yb.ck noru |s so|octoJ) ¯|o CSM / Set-
up menu |ton |r t|o sotup noru c.r rct bo so|octoJ
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t |tons .rJ t|or
p.oss tc t|o .|g|t tc so|oct c. Joso|oct So|octoJ |tons ..o |rJ|
c.toJ by . c|ock n..k
4
||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r tc t|o ||st c| noru r.nos
s|c.r |r Stop 1 |opo.t stops 2–3 tc oJ|t .JJ|t|cr.| norus
5
||g|||g|t Done |r t|o ||st c| noru r.nos .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r
sotup noru
Format Memory Card
So|oct Yes tc |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J |cto t|.t t||s po.n.rort|y Jo
|otos .|| p|ctcg..p|s .rJ .ry ct|o. J.t. t|o c..J n.y ccrt.|r bo su.o
t|.t .ry v.|uoJ fi|os |.vo boor ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. bo|c.o |c.n.t
t|rg
Formatting Memory Cards
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o nonc.y c..J .|||o |c.n.tt|rg |s |r
p.cg.oss
Two-Button Format
Vonc.y c..Js c.r .|sc bo |c.n.ttoJ .|t| t|o ( .rJ ) buttcrs ( 44)
103 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Language
´|ccso t|o |.rgu.go |c. c.no.. norus .rJ noss.gos |.cn
World Time
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck tc t|o cu..ort J.to .rJ t|no
Option Description
Time zone
´|ccso t|o t|no .cro ¯|o c.no.. c|cck .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo
.osot tc t|o t|no |r t|o so|octoJ .cro
Date
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck ( 14) |osot t|o c|cck .ogu|..|y |c. .c
cu..to t|no koop|rg
Date
format
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o ncrt|, J.y, .rJ yo.. ..o J|s
p|.yoJ
Daylight
saving time
¯u.r J.y||g|t s.v|rg t|no cr c. cff ¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s .utc
n.t|c.||y .Jv.rcoJ c. sot b.ck cro |cu.
LCD Brightness
AJ¦ust ncr|tc. b.|g|tross bot.oor –2 (J..kost) .rJ +2 (b.|g|tost)
De Deutsch ´o.n.r
En English |rg||s|
Es Español Sp.r|s|
Fi Suomi ||rr|s|
Fr Français |.orc|
It Italiano |t.||.r
Nl Nederlands |utc|
Pl Polski |c||s|
Pt Português |c.tuguoso
Ru Русский |uss|.r
Sv Svenska S.oJ|s|
¯..J|t|cr.| ´||roso
S|np||fioJ ´||roso
'.p.roso
|c.o.r
The Clock Battery
¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s pc.o.oJ by .r |rJoporJort, .oc|..go.b|o pc.o. scu.co, .||c| |s c|..goJ .s
rocoss..y .|or t|o n.|r b.tto.y |s |rst.||oJ c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
¯.c J.ys c| c|..g|rg .||| pc.o. t|o c|cck |c. .bcut cro ncrt| || fl.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|,
t|o c|cck b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ .rJ t|o c|cck |.s boor .osot tc . t|no st..t|rg .t 20060101000000
Sot t|o c|cck tc t|o cc..oct J.to .rJ t|no
Video Mode
´|ccso NTSC .|or ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.. tc .r |¯S´ to|ov|s|cr c.
\´| ´|ccso PAL .|or ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.. tc . |A| v|Joc Jov|co
104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
USB
´|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr |c. ccrroct|cr tc . ccnputo. c. ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rt
o. ´|ccso PTP .|or ccrroct|rg tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto. c. us|rg ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) Soo “´crroct|rg tc . ´cnputo.”
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr so|oct|rg . |Sb cpt|cr |c. uso .|t| ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
( 6)
Image Comment
AJJ . ccnnort tc p|ctcg..p|s .s t|oy ..o t.kor ´cnnorts c.r bo
v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
• Done S.vo c|.rgos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru
• Input comment ¯|o |c||c.|rg J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |rput . ccn
nort .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Image Comment
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t |otto.s, p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area ´cnnort .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc., p.oss but
tcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
´cnnorts c.r bo up tc t||.tys|x c|...cto.s |crg Ary .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo
|otoJ ¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr, p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo
c|.rgos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o |n.go ccnnort noru, c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rg|rg
t|o ccnnort
• Attach comment A ccnnort |s .JJoJ tc .|| p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|||o t||s cpt|cr |s c|ockoJ
||g|||g|t t||s cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|g|t tc tcgg|o t|o c|ock n..k cr
c. cff
105 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Folders
´.o.to, .or.no, c. Jo|oto |c|Jo.s c. c|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| ro.
p|ctcg..p|s .||| bo stc.oJ
• Select folder ´|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| subsoouort p|ctcg..p|s .|||
bo stc.oJ
Folder Names
Or t|o nonc.y c..J, |c|Jo. r.nos ..o p.ocoJoJ by . t|.ooJ|g|t |c|Jo. runbo. .ss|groJ .utcn.t|
c.||y by t|o c.no.. (og, 100|´|80) |.c| |c|Jo. c.r ccrt.|r up tc 999 p|ctcg..p|s |u.|rg s|cct
|rg, p|ctu.os ..o stc.oJ |r t|o ||g|ostrunbo.oJ |c|Jo. .|t| t|o so|octoJ r.no || . p|ctcg..p| |s
t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. || |u|| c. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcg..p| runbo.oJ 9999, t|o c.no.. .||| c.o.to
. ro. |c|Jo. by .JJ|rg cro tc t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. runbo. (og, 101|´|80) ¯|o c.no.. t.o.ts |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but J|ffo.ort |c|Jo. runbo.s .s t|o s.no |c|Jo. |c. ox.np|o, || t|o |c|Jo. |||O|
|s so|octoJ |c. So|oct |c|Jo., p|ctcg..p|s |r .|| |c|Jo.s r.noJ |||O| (100|||O|, 101|||O|, 102|||O|,
otc) .||| bo v|s|b|o .|or ´u..ort |s so|octoJ |c. ||.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5) |or.n|rg c|.rgos .|| |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but |o.vos t|o |c|Jo. runbo.s |rt.ct
• New ´.o.to . ro. |c|Jo. .rJ r.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rg |c|Jo.s,” bo|c.
• Rename So|oct . |c|Jo. |.cn . ||st .rJ .or.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rg |c|Jo.s,” bo|c.
• Delete |o|oto .|| onpty |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.y c..J
Naming Folders
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t |otto.s, p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area |c|Jo. r.no .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc., p.oss
buttcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
|c|Jo. r.nos c.r bo up tc fivo c|...cto.s |crg Ary .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo|otoJ
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr, p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo c|.rgos
.rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru, c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c.o.t|rg . ro. |c|Jo. c. c|.rg
|rg t|o |c|Jo. r.no
NCD80
(default folder)
Current folder
Other folders
(in alphabetical order)
106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
File No. Sequence
´|ccso |c. t|o c.no.. r.nos fi|os
• Of (Jo|.u|t) |||o runbo.|rg |s .osot tc 0001 .|or . ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.t
oJ, t|o nonc.y c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ, c. . ro. nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
• On |||o runbo.|rg ccrt|ruos |.cn t|o |.st runbo. usoJ .|to. . ro.
|c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ, t|o nonc.y c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ, c. . ro. nonc.y c..J
|s |rso.toJ || . p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcg..p| run
bo.oJ 9999, . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ .rJ fi|o runbo.|rg .||| bog|r .g.|r |.cn 0001
• Reset As |c. On, oxcopt t|.t fi|o runbo.|rg |s .osot tc 0001 .|t| t|o roxt p|ctcg..p| t.kor
(|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. .|.o.Jy ccrt.|rs p|ctcg..p|s, . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ)
File Numbering
|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. |s runbo.oJ 999 .rJ ccrt.|rs 999 p|ctcg..p|s c. . p|ctcg..p| runbo.oJ 9999,
t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ || File no. sequence |s cr, tu.r |t cff .rJ |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J
c. |rso.t .rct|o. nonc.y c..J |r t|o c.no..
Mirror Lock-Up
|cck t|o n|..c. |r t|o up pcs|t|cr .|or |rspoct|rg c. c|o.r|rg t|o |c.
p.ss fi|to. t|.t p.ctocts t|o c.no.. |n.go sorsc. ( 125)
Dust Off Ref Photo
Acou|.o .o|o.orco J.t. |c. t|o |n.go |ust Off cpt|cr |r ´.ptu.o |`
(.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr, soo t|o ´.ptu.o |` n.r
u.|)
1
||g|||g|t On .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ¯|o noss.go
s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, .rJ “.||” .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
107 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
2
\|t| t|o |ors tor cort|noto.s (|cu. |rc|os) |.cn . .o||||t, |o.tu.o|oss .||to cb¦oct,
|..no t|o cb¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
|.||..y |r .utc|ccus ncJo, |ccus .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo sot tc |rfir|ty, |r n.ru.| |ccus
ncJo, sot |ccus tc |rfir|ty n.ru.||y
3
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc .cou|.o |n.go |ust Off
.o|o.orco J.t. ¯|o ncr|tc. tu.rs cff .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|| t|o .o|o.orco cb¦oct |s tcc b.|g|t c. tcc J..k, t|o c.no.. n.y bo
ur.b|o tc .cou|.o |n.go |ust Off .o|o.orco J.t. .rJ t|o noss.go
s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ´|ccso .rct|o. .o|o.orco cb¦oct
.rJ .opo.t t|o p.ccoss |.cn Stop 1
Image Dust Off
|ust cff .o| p|ctc |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|y A |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| .t |o.st 50 nn |s
.occnnorJoJ || us|rg . .ccn |ors, .ccn .|| t|o ..y |r
¯|o s.no .o|o.orco |n.go c.r bo usoJ |c. p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| J|ffo.ort
|orsos c. .t J|ffo.ort .po.tu.os |o|o.orco |n.gos c.r rct bo v|o.oJ us|rg
ccnputo. |n.g|rg sc|t...o A g.|J p.tto.r |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or .o|o.orco |n
.gos ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no..
Battery Info
\|o. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o ||||3o .oc|..go.b|o |||cr b.tto.y cu..ort|y
|rso.toJ |r t|o c.no.. (|| t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.y p.ck ccrt.|r|rg ||||3o b.tto.|os, |r|c.n.t|cr |c. o.c|
b.tto.y .||| bo ||stoJ sop...to|y b.tto.y |r|c c.r rct bo J|sp|.yoJ .|or
Vb|80 |s usoJ .|t| AA b.tto.|os)
Option Description
Bat. meter ¯|o cu..ort b.tto.y |ovo| .s . po.cort.go c| |u|| c|..go
Pic. meter
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o s|utto. |.s boor .o|o.soJ s|rco t|o b.tto.y ..s |.st c|..goJ
|cto t|.t t|o c.no.. n.y scnot|nos .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut .occ.J|rg . p|ctc
g..p| (og, .|or no.su.|rg . v.|uo |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco)
Charge life
A fivo|ovo| J|sp|.y s|c.|rg b.tto.y .go, |.cn 0 (ro.) tc 4 (J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o b.tto.y
|.s .o.c|oJ t|o orJ c| |ts c|..g|rg |||o .rJ .oou|.os .op|.conort) |cto t|.t c|..g|rg
|||o n.y bo tonpc...||y .oJucoJ || t|o b.tto.y |.s boor c|..goJ .t |c. tonpo..tu.os,
t|o J|sp|.y .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.| || t|o b.tto.y |s c|..goJ .g.|r .t .ccn tonpo..tu.o
108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Firmware Version
\|o. t|o cu..ort c.no.. fi.n...o vo.s|cr
Landscape (wide)
orientation
Camera rotated 90 °
clockwise
Camera rotated 90 °
counter-clockwise
Auto Image Rotation
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .|||o On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ ccrt.|r
|r|c.n.t|cr cr c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr, .||c.|rg t|on tc bo .ct.toJ .utc
n.t|c.||y Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck ( 61) c. .|or v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||
.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
¯
¯|o |c||c.|rg c.|ort.t|crs
..o .occ.JoJ
¯ |r ccrt|rucus ncJo ( 36), c.|ort.t|cr .occ.JoJ |c. fi.st s|ct .pp||os tc .|| |n.gos |r s.no bu.st,
ovor || c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s c|.rgoJ Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s rct .occ.JoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ ´|ccso t||s cpt|cr .|or t.k|rg
p|ctcg..p|s .|t| t|o |ors pc|rt|rg up c. Jc.r
109 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru ..o usoJ tc c.o.to t.|nnoJ, .os|.oJ, c.
.otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| t|o p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o nonc.y c..J ¯|o |c||c.
|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s
so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s
|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Option Description
D-lighting
¯
b.|g|tor J..k c. b.ck||t sub¦octs 110
Red-eye correction
¯
´c..oct “.oJoyo” c.usoJ by t|o fl.s| 111
Trim ´.o.to c.cppoJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s 111
Monochrome
¯
´cpy p|ctu.os |r b|.ck.rJ.||to, sop|., c. cy.rctypo 112
Filter efects
¯
´.o.to ccp|os .|t| cc|c. fi|to. offocts 112
Small picture ´.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s 112–113
Image overlay ´cnb|ro t.c |A\ p|ctcg..p|s |rtc . s|rg|o |n.go 114–115
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .|t| p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| Black-and-white so|octoJ |c. Optimize image
|xcopt |r t|o c.so c| Image overlay, t|o p|ctcg..p|s tc bo ccp|oJ c.r bo so|octoJ |r |u||
|..no p|.yb.ck c. |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru ¯c ccpy p|ctcs Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
1
Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61).
2
Display retouch menu.
3
Highlight menu item.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ Image overlay |s rct .v.||.b|o Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
† || subnoru |s J|sp|.yoJ, .opo.t Stops 2–3 tc so|oct cpt|crs |.cn subnoru ¯c ox|t tc |u|||..no
p|.yb.ck .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ncJ|fioJ ccpy, p.oss buttcr
Retouching Copies
\|t| t|o oxcopt|cr c| |n.gos c.o.toJ us|rg Small picture, t|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru c.r bo
.pp||oJ tc ox|st|rg ccp|os, .|t|cug| t||s n.y .osu|t |r |css c| ou.||ty |.c| .otcuc| cpt|cr c.r |c.ovo.
cr|y bo .pp||oJ crco
Image Quality
Small picture c.o.tos '||´ ||ro ccp|os (1 4 ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c) Image overlay c.o.tos ccp|os .t t|o
cu..ort |n.go ou.||ty sott|rg Ot|o. cpt|crs ccpy |A\ p|ctcs .s '||´ ||ro ou.||ty |n.gos, s.vo .|o.o
ct|o..|so rctoJ, ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn |A\ p|ctcs ..o 3,82 × 2,592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯c ccpy p|ctcs |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru
1
Highlight menu item.
2
Display selection screen.
3
Highlight photo.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ ||ctcs c.r .|sc bo ||g|||g|toJ us|rg ccnn.rJ J|.|s n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. |c.|.crt.||y,
subccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. vo.t|c.||y ¯c v|o. so|octoJ p|ctu.o |u|| |..no, p.oss .rJ |c|J
buttcr
† ¯c ox|t tc p|.yb.ck ncJo .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ncJ|fioJ ccpy, p.oss buttcr
D-Lighting
|||g|t|rg b.|g|tors s|.Jc.s, n.k|rg |t |Jo.| |c. J..k c. b.ck||t p|ctcg..p|s
After Before
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o .ncurt c| cc..oct|cr
po.|c.noJ ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o oJ|t J|sp|.y |.oss OK
tc ccpy t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no
p|.yb.ck
111 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Red-Eye Correction
So|oct|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys . p.ov|o. |n.go .s s|c.r bo|c. ´crfi.n t|o offocts c| .oJ
oyo cc..oct|cr .rJ c.o.to . cc..octoJ ccpy .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o |cto t|.t
.oJoyo cc..oct|cr n.y rct .|..ys p.cJuco t|o oxpoctoJ .osu|ts .rJ n.y |r vo.y ...o c|.
cunst.rcos bo .pp||oJ tc pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.go t|.t ..o rct .ffoctoJ by .oJ oyo, c|ock t|o
p.ov|o. t|c.cug||y bo|c.o p.ccooJ|rg |oJoyo cc..oct|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr|y .|t| p|ctc
g..p|s t.kor us|rg t|o fl.s|
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.go
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r, tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up,
Jc.r, |o|t, c. .|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go
rct v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc.
p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|y tc ct|o. ..o.s c|
|..no |.v|g.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o
/ buttcr c. nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ, ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r
ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ by yo||c. bc.Jo.
´.o.to ccpy
|| t|o c.no.. Jotocts .oJ oyo |r t|o so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|, . ccpy .|||
bo c.o.toJ t|.t |.s boor p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco |ts offocts |c ccpy
.||| bo c.o.toJ || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc Jotoct .oJ oyo
Trim
´|ccs|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o so|octoJ |n.go |u|| |..no .s s|c.r bo|c. ¯c c.o.to .
c.cppoJ ccpy c| t|o so|octoJ |n.go
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.go
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r, tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up,
Jc.r, |o|t, c. .|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go rct
v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc.
´.o.to ccpy
S.vo t|o ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r t|o ncr|tc. .s . sop...to fi|o .rJ
.otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Trim: Image Quality and Size
´cp|os c.o.toJ |.cn ||| (|A\) c. ||| (|A\)+'||´ p|ctcs (NEF (RAW), NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine,
NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal, .rJ NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic) |.vo .r |n.go ou.||ty c| '||´ ||ro,
c.cppoJ ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn '||´ p|ctcs (JPEG Fine, JPEG Normal, .rJ JPEG Basic) |.vo t|o
s.no |n.go ou.||ty .s t|o c.|g|r.| |oporJ|rg cr t|o s|.o c| t|o c.cp, t|o ccpy n.y bo 2,560 × 1,920,
1,920 × 1,440, 1,280 × 960, 960 × 20, c. 640 × 480 p|xo|s |r s|.o
112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rg Sepia c. Cyanotype J|sp|.ys . p.ov|o. c| t|o so|octoJ |n
.go, p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so cc|c. s.tu..t|cr, Jc.r tc
Joc.o.so |.oss OK tc c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpy .rJ .otu.r tc t|o
.otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Filter Effects
´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs A|to. .J¦ust|rg fi|to. offocts .s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c., p.oss OK tc ccpy t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .o
tcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Option Description
Sky light
´.o.tos t|o offoct c| . sky ||g|t fi|to., n.k|rg t|o p|ctu.o |oss
b|uo ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .s s|c.r .t
.|g|t
Warm flter
´.o.tos . ccpy .|t| ...n tcro fi|to. offocts, g|v|rg t|o ccpy
“...n” .oJ c.st ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Color
balance
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| g.oor,
.|g|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| .oJ, |o|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt
c| b|uo, c. Jc.r tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| n.gort. ¯|o offoct
|s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. tcgot|o. .|t| .oJ, g.oor, .rJ b|uo
||stcg..ns g|v|rg t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o ccpy ( 63)
Small Picture
´.o.to . sn.|| ccpy c| t|o so|octoJ p|ctu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rg s|.os ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
640 × 480 Su|toJ tc to|ov|s|cr p|.yb.ck
320 × 240 Su|toJ tc J|sp|.y cr \ob p.gos
160 × 120 Su|t.b|o |c. on.||
¯|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck .s Josc.|boJ cr p.go 109
¯|o p.ccoJu.o |c. so|oct|rg p|ctu.os .|to. c|ccs|rg Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru,
|c.ovo., J|ffo.s |.cn t|.t Josc.|boJ .t t|o bog|rr|rg c| t||s soct|cr |rsto.J c| so|oct|rg .
s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ t|or c|ccs|rg . p|ctu.o s|.o, t|o uso. so|octs . p|ctu.o s|.o fi.st .rJ
t|or so|octs cro c. nc.o p|ctcg..p|s tc ccpy .t t|o so|octoJ s|.o .s Josc.|boJ cr t|o |c|
|c.|rg p.go
Monochrome
´|ccso |.cn Black-and-white, Sepia, .rJ Cyanotype (b|uo .rJ
.||to ncrcc|.cno)
113 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rg Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1 |c||c.
t|o stops bo|c. tc c.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os
1
Highlight Choose size.
2
Display options.
3
Highlight desired picture size.
4
Make selection and return to previous menu.
5
Highlight Select picture.
6
Display selection screen.
7
Select pictures ( 74). Selected pictures are
marked with icon.
8
Confirmation dialog displayed.
9
Highlight Yes.
*
10
Copy photos and return to retouch menu.
¯ ¯c .otu.r tc Stop .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ccp|os, ||g|||g|t No .rJ p.oss OK |.oss MENU tc ox|t tc .otcuc|
noru .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ccp|os
Viewing Small Pictures
Sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o |rJ|c.toJ by . g..y bc.Jo. Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck ||.yb.ck .ccn |s rct .v.||
.b|o .|or sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o J|sp|.yoJ
114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Image Overlay
|n.go cvo.|.y ccnb|ros t.c ox|st|rg |A\ p|ctcg..p|s tc c.o.to . s|rg|o p|ctu.o t|.t |s
s.voJ sop...to|y |.cn t|o c.|g|r.|s ¯|o ro. p|ctu.o |s s.voJ .t cu..ort |n.go ou.||ty .rJ
s|.o sott|rgs, bo|c.o c.o.t|rg .r cvo.|.y, sot |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o ( 33, .|| cpt|crs ..o .v.||
.b|o) ¯c c.o.to . |A\ |n.go, c|ccso .r |n.go ou.||ty c| NEF (RAW)
1
||g|||g|t Image overlay |r t|o .otcuc| noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so|octc. .|g|t ¯|o p.ov|o. J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
.|t| Image 1 ||g|||g|toJ
2
|.oss OK A p|ctu.o so|oct|cr J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o fi.st p|ctc
g..p| |r t|o cvo.|.y ¯c v|o. t|o ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| |u||
|..no, p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o buttcr
4
|.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ |n.go .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p.ov|o.
J|sp|.y ¯|o so|octoJ |n.go .||| .ppo.. .s Image 1
5
Opt|n|.o oxpcsu.o |c. t|o cvo.|.y by p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc so|oct t|o g.|r |c. |n.go 1 |.cn bot.oor 01 .rJ
20 ¯|o Jo|.u|t v.|uo |s 10, so|oct|rg 05 cuts g.|r |r |.||, .|||o
so|oct|rg 20 Jcub|os g.|r ¯|o offocts c| g.|r ..o v|s|b|o |r t|o
Preview cc|unr
6
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t Image 2 |opo.t
Stops 2–5 tc so|oct t|o soccrJ p|ctc .rJ .J¦ust g.|r
115 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
7
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o Preview cc|
unr |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o
|c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
• Overlay |.ov|o. t|o cvo.|.y .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss OK tc s.vo
t|o ro. |n.go ¯c .otu.r tc Stop 6 .rJ so|oct ro. p|ctcs c.
.J¦ust g.|r, p.oss
• Save S.vo t|o cvo.|.y .|t|cut v|o.|rg . p.ov|o.
A|to. .r cvo.|.y |s c.o.toJ, t|o c.no.. .||| orto. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck (
61) .|t| t|o ro. p|ctu.o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Image Overlay
Or|y |A\ p|ctcg..p|s c.o.toJ .|t| t|o |80 c.r bo so|octoJ |c. |n.go cvo.|.y Ot|o. |n.gos ..o rct
J|sp|.yoJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor ||JJor |n.gos ..o .|sc rct J|sp|.yoJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor .rJ
c.r rct bo so|octoJ
¯|o cvo.|.y |.s t|o s.no p|ctc |r|c (|rc|uJ|rg J.to c| .occ.J|rg, noto.|rg, s|utto. spooJ, .po.tu.o,
oxpcsu.o ncJo, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr, |cc.| |orgt|, .rJ |n.go c.|ort.t|cr) .rJ v.|uos |c. .||to
b.|.rco .rJ cpt|n|.o |n.go .s t|o p|ctcg..p| so|octoJ |c. Image 1
+
116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Accessories
Lenses
Flash units
(Speedlights)
Viewfinder
accessories
Filters
Batteries
Battery packs
Software
AC adapters
ML-L3 remote control
10-pin remote terminal
accessories
Technical Notes
Oro .Jv.rt.go c| J|g|t.| S|| c.no..s |s t|o .|Jo v..|oty c| .ccossc.|os t|oy suppc.t Soo
cu. .ob s|tos c. p.cJuct c.t.|cgs |c. uptcJ.to |r|c.n.t|cr cr .ccossc.|os |c. t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
Or|y ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os co.t|fioJ by ||kcr spoc|fic.||y |c. uso .|t| ycu. ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. ..o
org|roo.oJ .rJ p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r |ts cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|oty .oou|.onorts ¯|| |S| O| |O||||O|
A´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |AVA´| +O|| ´AV||A A|| VA+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \A||A|¯+
Picture Angle and Focal Length
¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ by . 35nn c.no.. |s
36 × 24 nn ¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ by t|o |80, |r
ccrt..st, |s 236 × 158, no.r|rg t|.t t|o p|ctu.o .rg|o c|
. 35nn c.no.. |s .pp.cx|n.to|y 15 t|nos t|.t c| t|o
|80 ¯|o .pp.cx|n.to |cc.| |orgt| c| |orsos |c. t|o |80
|r 35nn |c.n.t c.r bo c.|cu|.toJ by nu|t|p|y|rg t|o
|cc.| |orgt| c| t|o |ors by .bcut 15
Lens f/-number
¯|o |/runbo. g|vor |r |ors r.nos |s t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
Picture size (D80)
Picture size (35-mm format)
Lens
(23.6 mm × 15.8 mm)
Picture diagonal
(36 mm × 24 mm)
Picture angle (35-mm format)
Picture angle (D80)
117 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Lenses
´|| |orsos (p..t|cu|..|y typo ´ .rJ | |orsos) ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. uso .|t| t|o |80 ´||
|orsos c.r bo |Jort|fioJ by t|o p.osorco c| ´|| ccrt.cts, typo ´ .rJ | |orsos by . |otto. cr
t|o |ors b...o| ¯ypo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| . |ors .po.tu.o .|rg
¯|o |c||c.|rg ´|| |orsos c.r bo usoJ .|t| t|o |80 |` ||kkc. ´|| |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ
Camera setting
Lens/accessory
Focus Mode Metering
AF
M (with electronic
range fnder)
M
Digital Vari Program,
P, S, A
M , ,
1
¯ypo ´ c. | A| ||kkc.
2
, A|S, A|| ||kkc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|´V|c.c ||kkc. 85 nn |/28|
3
— ✔
4
✔ — ✔ ✔
A|S/A|| ¯o|occrvo.to.
5

6

6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Ot|o. A| ||kkc. (oxcopt |orsos |c. |3A|) ✔

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
A|| ||kkc. — ✔
8
✔ ✔ ✔ —
1. Spot metering meters selected focus area.
2. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses.
3. Camera exposure metering and fash control may not function when
lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum.
4. Electronic range fnder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens.
5. Compatible with the following lenses:
• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2.8G IF (autofocus not supported)
• AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2.8G IF, 200mm f/2G IF, 300mm f/2.8G IF,
200–400mm f/4G IF
• AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2.8D IF, 300mm f/2.8D II IF, 300mm f/2.8D IF,
300mm f/4D IF
*
, 400mm f/2.8D II IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D II
IF
*
, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm f/4D II IF
*
, 600mm f/4D IF
*
• AF-I ED: 300mm f/2.8D IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm
f/4D IF
*
* Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter.
6. With maximum efective aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
7. If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8S, 35–70 mm f/2.8S, new-model 28–85 mm
f/3.5–4.5S,or 28–85 mm f/3.5–4.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini-
mum range, image on matter screen in viewfnder may not be in focus
when in-focus indicator is displayed. Focus manually using image in
viewfnder as guide.
8. With maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
Non-CPU Lenses
¯|o rcr´|| |orsos ||stoJ bo|c. n.y bo usoJ, but cr|y .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r ncJo V So|oct|rg
.rct|o. ncJo J|s.b|os t|o s|utto. .o|o.so Apo.tu.o nust bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y v|. t|o |ors .po.tu.o
.|rg .rJ t|o c.no.. .utc|ccus syston, noto.|rg, o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y, .rJ ¯¯| fl.s|
ccrt.c| c.r rct bo usoJ |xcopt .|o.o ct|o..|so rctoJ, t|o o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r bo usoJ .|t|
|orsos t|.t |.vo . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto.
• A|ncJ|fioJ, A|, A|S, c. So.|os | ||kkc.
• VoJ|c.| ||kkc. 120 nn |/4 (c.r cr|y bo usoJ .t
s|utto. spooJs s|c.o. t|.r 1/180 s)
• |oflox ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ)
• |´ ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ .|or s|||t|rg c. t||t|rg |ors)
• A|typo to|occrvo.to.
¯
• |b6 bo||c.s |ccus|rg .tt.c|nort (.tt.c| |r vo.
t|c.| c.|ort.t|cr, c.r bo usoJ |r |c.|.crt.| c.|or
t.t|cr crco .tt.c|oJ)
¯
• Autc oxtors|cr .|rgs (|| 11A, 12, 13, ||11)
¯
¯ ||oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun o|
|oct|vo .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
CPU lens Type G lens Type D lens
Aperture
ring
118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories
¯|o |c||c.|rg rcr´|| |orsos .rJ .ccossc.|os c.r |O¯ bo usoJ
• ¯´16A A| ¯o|occrvo.to.
• |crA| |orsos
• |orsos t|.t .oou|.o t|o A|1 |ccus|rg ur|t (400 nn
|/45, 600 nn |/56, 800 nn |/8, 1200 nn |/11)
• ||s|oyo (6 nn |/56, 8 nn |/8, O| 10 nn |/56)
• O|JncJo| 21 nn |/4
• |2 .|rgs
• || 180–600 nn |/8 (so.|.| runbo.s 14041–14180)
• || 360–1200 nn |/11 (so.|.| runbo.s 14031–1412)
• 200–600 nn |/95 (so.|.| runbo.s 280001–300490)
• |orsos |c. t|o |3A| (80 nn |/28, 200 nn |/35, ¯´16
¯o|occrvo.to.)
• |´ 28 nn |/4 (so.|.| runbo. 180900 c. o..||o.)
• |´ 35 nn |/28 (so.|.| runbo.s 851001–906200)
• O|JncJo| |´ 35 nn |/35
• O|JncJo| 1000 nn |/63 |oflox
• 1000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 142361–143000)
• 2000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 200111–200310)
AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction
A|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos
• A|S \| || 300 nn |/2´
• A| || 80–200 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 0–200 nn |/28´
• A| \| || 80–400 nn |/45–56|
• A|S 80–200 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
At ..rgos urJo. 1 n (3 |t 3 |r), t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos n.y b|cck t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .rJ |rto.|o.o
.|t| .utc|ccus .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc.
• A|S \| V|c.c || 105 nn |/28´
• A|S |` || || 1–35 nn |/28|
• A|S |` 18–0 nn |/35–45´
• A| 24–85 nn |/28–4|
• A| 24–120 nn |/35–56|
• A| V|c.c || 0–180 nn |/45–56|
• A| V|c.c 200 nn |/4|
• A|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
• A|S \| |` 18–200 nn |/35–56´
• A|S || || 24–85 nn |/35–45´
• A|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
• A|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4|
• A| || 18–35 nn |/35–45|
• A| 20–35 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´
• A| || || 28–200 nn |/35–56´
|orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub¦oct’s v|o. c| t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. c.r |rto.|o.o .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr
The Built-in Flash
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c| 18 – 300 nn ¯|o fl.s| n.y bo ur
.b|o tc ||g|t t|o ort|.o sub¦oct .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos .t ..rgos |oss t|.r t|cso g|vor bo|c.
Lens Zoom position Min. range
A|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4´
20 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S || 1–35 nn |/28|
24 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
28 nn, 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
28 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A| || 18–35 nn |/35–45| 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A| 20–35 nn |/28|
20 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || 18–0 nn |/35–45´ 18 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ 18 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
A|S |` \| || 18–200 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn, 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
35 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
50 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
200 nn 30 n / 9 |t 10 |r
250 nn, 300 nn 25 n / 8 |t 2 |r
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o rcr´|| |orsos .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| 18–200 nn
A| || .rJ A|S || 200 nn |/2 |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ |ost.|ct|crs .pp|y .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos
• Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4, Ai 25–50 mm f/4, Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position, use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.) or more
• Ai, Ai-modifed, and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4.5, Ai-modifed 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above
119 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)
¯|o .ccossc.y s|co .||c.s Sbso.|os SpooJ||g|ts , |rc|uJ|rg t|o
Sb800, 600, 80|`, 28|`, 28, 2, 23, 22S, .rJ 29S tc bo ncurtoJ
J|.oct|y cr t|o c.no.. .|t|cut . syrc c.b|o |t |s oou|ppoJ .|t|
. s.|oty |cck |c. SpooJ||g|ts .|t| . |cck|rg p|r, suc| .s t|o Sb
800 .rJ Sb600 bo|c.o .tt.c||rg .r cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t, .oncvo
t|o .ccossc.y s|co ccvo. ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| rct fi.o .|or .r
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t |s .tt.c|oJ
\|or usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts suc| .s t|o cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
c. Sb|200 .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||g|t, t|o |80 suppc.ts t|o .Jv.rcoJ ||kcr ´.o.t|vo
||g|t|rg Syston (´|S), |rc|uJ|rg |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| ( 141), |\ |cck (|ccks fl.s| |ovo|, 92),
.rJ Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc (syrc|.cr|.os t|o fl.s| .rJ s|utto. .t ||g| s|utto. spooJs)
\|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo, t|o |80 c.r bo usoJ tc ccrt.c| .oncto Sb800,
Sb600, .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts Soo t|o SpooJ||g|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights
¯|oso ||g|po.|c.n.rco SpooJ||g|ts |.vo ´u|Jo |unbo.s c| 38/125 .rJ 30/98 .ospoc
t|vo|y (n/|t, 35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr, |SO 100, 20 ´/68 |) ¯|o fl.s| |o.J c.r bo .ct.toJ
t|.cug| 90 .bcvo t|o |c.|.crt.|, 180 |o|t, .rJ 90 .|g|t |c. bcurcofl.s| c. c|csoup p|c
tcg..p|y ¯|o Sb800 c.r bo .ct.toJ bo|c. t|o |c.|.crt.| Autc pc.o. .ccn (24–105
nn .rJ 24–85 nn, .ospoct|vo|y) orsu.os t|.t t|o |||un|r.t|rg .rg|o |s .J¦ustoJ |r .ccc.J
.|t| |ors |cc.| |orgt| ¯|o bu||t|r .|Jo p.ro| c.r bo usoJ |c. .r .rg|o c| 14 nn (t|o Sb800
.|sc suppc.ts 1 nn) Ar |||un|r.tc. |s |rc|uJoJ tc .ss|st |r .J¦ust|rg sott|rgs |r t|o J..k
Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories
|so cr|y ||kcr SpooJ||g|ts |og.t|vo vc|t.gos c. vc|t.gos cvo. 250 \ .pp||oJ tc t|o .ccossc.y s|co
ccu|J rct cr|y p.ovort rc.n.| cpo..t|cr, but J.n.go t|o syrc c|.cu|t.y c| t|o c.no.. c. fl.s| bo|c.o
us|rg . ||kcr SpooJ||g|t rct ||stoJ |r t||s soct|cr, ccrt.ct . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
Guide Number
¯c c.|cu|.to t|o ..rgo c| t|o fl.s| .t .r |SO sors|t|v|ty c| 100, J|v|Jo t|o ´u|Jo |unbo. by t|o .po.tu.o
|c. ox.np|o, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13 n c. 42 |t (|SO 100, 20 ´/68 |), |ts ..rgo .t .r
.po.tu.o c| |/56 |s 13 56 c. .bcut 23 noto.s (c. |r |oot,42 56 .bcut 5 |t) \|t| ´u|Jo |unbo.s
c| 38 .rJ 30, t|o Sb800 .rJ Sb600 .ospoct|vo|y |.vo ..rgos c| .bcut 68 .rJ 54 noto.s (223 .rJ 15
|oot) .t |/56 (35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr)
The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter
\|or t|o AS15 .ccossc.y s|co .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) |s ncurtoJ cr t|o c.no.. .ccossc.y
s|co, fl.s| .ccossc.|os c.r bo ccrroctoJ v|. . syrc c.b|o
120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight
¯||s ||g|po.|c.n.rco .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||g|t |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 10/32 (n/|t, |SO
100, 20 ´/68 |) A|t|cug| |t c.r rct bo ncurtoJ J|.oct|y cr t|o .ccossc.y s|co, t|o Sb
|200 so.vo.s .s . .oncto fl.s| .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo |t c.r .|sc bo
ccrt.c||oJ us|rg .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||g|t c. S|800 .|.o|oss SpooJ||g|t ccnn.rJo.
¯|o Sb|200 c.r bo |.rJ|o|J, p|.coJ cr .r AS20 SpooJ||g|t st.rJ, c. ncurtoJ cr t|o
c.no.. |ors us|rg t|o S`1 .tt.c|nort |c. .oncto ccrt.c| .rJ c|csoup |¯¯| p|ctcg..p|y
¯|o |c||c.|rg |o.tu.os ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|Sccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts
Speedlight
Flash mode/feature
Advanced Wireless Lighting
Commander Remote
SB-800 SB-600 SB-800 SU-800
1
SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200
i-TTL
2, 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AA Auto aperture
2

4
— ✔
5

6

5
— —
A Non-TTL auto ✔
4
— ✔
5
— ✔
5
— —
GN Range-priority manual ✔ — — — — — —
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Red-eye reduction ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Flash Color Information Communication ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto FP High-Speed Sync
6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
FV Lock ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AF-assist for multi-area AF
2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — —
Auto zoom ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto ISO ✔ ✔ — — — — —
1. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other
fash units.
2. CPU lens required.
3. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se-
lected with Speedlight. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital
SLR is used.
4. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode. Non-TTL auto is selected
automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached.
5. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached. Non-TTL
auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached.
6. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode.
¯|o |c||c.|rg SpooJ||g|ts c.r bo usoJ |r rcr¯¯| .utc .rJ n.ru.| ncJos || t|oy ..o sot tc
¯¯|, t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .||| |cck .rJ rc p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo t.kor
Speedlight
Flash mode
SB-80DX, SB-28DX, SB-28,
SB-26, SB-25, SB-24
SB-50DX, SB-23, SB-29
1
SB-21B
1
, SB-29s
1
SB-30, SB-27
2
, SB-22S, SB-22,
SB-20, SB-16B, SB-15
A Non-TTL auto ✔ — ✔
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm, 105 mm, or
70–180 mm).
2. When mounted on D80, fash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut-
ter release is disabled. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode.
121 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Notes on Optional Speedlights
Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Light-
ing System, refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras. The D80 is not included in the
“digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX, SB-28DX, and SB-50DX manuals.
If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode, the flash will fire
whenever a photograph is taken. The following flash modes are available:
• P, , , , , , and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. Fill flash is automatically selected
if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached. Auto with red-eye
reduction becomes red-eye reduction.
• mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow
sync with red-eye reduction, and off becomes slow sync.
If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Set-
ting 7 (ISO Auto) in P, S, A, or M mode, ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when
an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached. This may result in foreground subjects being un-
derexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds, in daylight, or against a bright
background. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture.
If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used, the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s
or slower.
i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. Higher values may not
produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about
three seconds after a photograph is taken, the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may
be underexposed.
The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide ac-
tive AF assist illumination for the following focus areas:
• 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens
The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. With other Speedlights, the camera AF assist
illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction.
In the following modes, the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is
limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43):
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P, , , , , , 4 4.2 4.5 4.8 5 5.3 5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8
5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 11 11
For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.g., from 200 to 400), aperture is stopped down by half an f/-
stop. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above, the maximum value for aperture
will be the maximum aperture of the lens.
When an SC-series 17, 28, or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography, correct exposure
may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard
i-TTL flash control. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor.
In i-TTL mode, use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight. Do not use other
panels such as diffusion panels, as this may produce incorrect exposure. Auto power zoom is available
only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights.
122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Other Accessories
Viewfnder
eyepiece
accessories
• Diopter adjustment viewfnder lenses |orsos ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| J|cpto.s c| –5, –4, –3, –2, 0,
+05, +1, +2, .rJ +3 n
–1
|so J|cpto. .J¦ustnort |orsos cr|y || t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r rct
bo .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o bu||t |r J|cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| (–20 tc +10 n
–1
) ¯ost J|cpto.
.J¦ustnort |orsos bo|c.o pu.c|.so tc orsu.o t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r bo .c||ovoJ
• DK-21M magnifying eyepiece |rc.o.sos v|o.firJo. n.gr|fic.t|cr tc .pp.cx|n.to|y 110 ×
(50 nn |/14 |ors .t |rfir|ty, –10 n
–1
)
• DG-2 magnifer V.gr||y t|o scoro J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo. |c. c|csoup
p|ctcg..p|y, ccpy|rg, to|op|ctc |orsos, .rJ ct|o. t.sks t|.t .oou|.o .JJoJ p.oc|s|cr
|yop|oco .J.pto. .oou|.oJ (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
• Eyepiece adapter Att.c| t|o |´2 n.gr|fio. tc t|o |80
• DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment ¯|o ||6 .tt.c|os .t . .|g|t .rg|o tc t|o v|o.firJo.
oyop|oco, .||c.|rg t|o |n.go |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc bo v|o.oJ |.cn .bcvo .|or t|o c.n
o.. |s |r pc.t..|t c.|ort.t|cr
Filters
• ||kcr fi|to.s c.r bo J|v|JoJ |rtc t|.oo typos sc.o.|r, s||p|r, .rJ .o..|rto.c|.rgo |so
||kcr fi|to.s, ct|o. fi|to.s n.y |rto.|o.o .|t| .utc|ccus c. o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJ|rg
• ¯|o |80 c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| ||ro.. pc|..|.|rg fi|to.s |so t|o ´|| c|.cu|.. pc|..|.|rg
fi|to. |rsto.J
• ¯|o |´ .rJ |3´ fi|to.s ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p.ctoct|rg t|o |ors
• Vc|.o n.y cccu. || . fi|to. |s usoJ .|or t|o sub¦oct |s |..noJ .g.|rst . b.|g|t ||g|t c.
.|or . b.|g|t ||g|t scu.co |s |r t|o |..no
• ´orto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg |s .occnnorJoJ .|t| fi|to.s .|t| oxpcsu.o |.ctc.s (fi|to.
|.ctc.s) cvo. 1 × (+44, +48, +52, O56, |60, `0, `1, ´||, ||2S, ||4, ||4S, ||8, ||8S,
||400, A2, A12, b2, b8, b12)
Approved Memory Cards
¯|o |c||c.|rg S| nonc.y c..Js |.vo boor tostoJ .rJ .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t|o |80 A|| c..Js
c| t|o Jos|gr.toJ n.ko .rJ c.p.c|ty c.r bo usoJ, .og..J|oss c| spooJ
SanDisk 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b, 2 ´b
¯
, 4 ´b
¯†
Panasonic 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b, 2 ´b
¯
Toshiba 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b , 2 ´b
¯
* If card will be used with card reader or other device, check that device sup-
ports 2 GB cards.
† SDHC compliant. If card will be used with card reader
or other device, check that device supports SDHC.
Opo..t|cr |s rct gu...rtooJ .|t| ct|o. n.kos c| c..J ´crt.ct t|o n.ru|.ctu.o. |c. Jot.||s
cr t|o .bcvo c..Js
Memory Cards
• |c.n.t nonc.y c..Js |r t|o c.no.. bo|c.o fi.st uso
• ¯u.r t|o pc.o. cff bo|c.o |rso.t|rg c. .oncv|rg nonc.y c..Js |c rct .oncvo nonc.y c..Js |.cn
t|o c.no.., tu.r t|o c.no.. cff, c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co Ju.|rg |c.n.tt|rg c.
.|||o J.t. ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ, Jo|otoJ, c. ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|oso p.oc.u
t|crs ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.go tc t|o c.no.. c. c..J
• |c rct tcuc| t|o c..J to.n|r.|s .|t| ycu. firgo.s c. not.| cb¦octs
• |c rct .pp|y |c.co tc t|o c..J c.s|rg |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J J.n.go t|o c..J
• |c rct borJ, J.cp, c. sub¦oct tc st.crg p|ys|c.| s|ccks
• |c rct oxpcso tc |o.t, ..to., ||g| |ovo|s c| |un|J|ty, c. J|.oct sur||g|t
123 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Accessories for the D80
At t|o t|no c| ..|t|rg, t|o |c||c.|rg .ccossc.|os .o.o .v.||.b|o |c. t|o |80 |p tc J.to |r|c.
n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o .t ||kcr .obs|tos c. |.cn cu. |.tost p.cJuct c.t.|cgs
Power
sources
• EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery AJJ|t|cr.| ||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |.cn |cc.|
.ot.||o.s .rJ ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vos ||||3. .rJ ||||3 b.tto.|os c.r rct bo
usoJ
• MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack ¯|o Vb|80 t.kos cro c. t.c
.oc|..go.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x AA .|k.||ro,
||V|, ||t||un, c. r|cko|n.rg.roso b.tto.|os |t |s oou|ppoJ
.|t| . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr, n.|r .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|s,
.rJ .r A||/A|| buttcr |c. o.so c| uso .|or t.k|rg p|ctc
g..p|s |r t.|| (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr \|or .tt.c||rg t|o Vb|80,
.oncvo t|o c.no.. b.tto.y ccvo. .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
• EH-5 AC adapter |so tc pc.o. t|o c.no.. |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
35°
Remote
controls
and cords
• MC-DC1 remote cord |.ovorts b|u. c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko .rJ
|o.tu.os . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |cck |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
\|or ccrroct|rg t|o V´|´1, cpor t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroc
tc. ccvo. .rJ |rso.t t|o cc.J .s s|c.r ¯c p.ovort ..to. |.cn
orto.|rg t|o c.no.., koop t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroctc. ccvo.
c|csoJ .|or rct |r uso
• ML-L3 wireless remote control |so .s . .oncto s|utto. .o|o.so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc p.ovort
b|u. c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko ¯|o V||3 usos . 3 \ ´|2025 b.tto.y
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ ቦ
Body cap
• BF-1A Body Cap ¯|o b|1A koops t|o n|..c., v|o.firJo. sc.oor, .rJ |c.p.ss fi|to. |.oo c|
Just .|or . |ors |s rct |r p|.co
Software
• Capture NX A ccnp|oto p|ctc oJ|t|rg p.ck.go .|t| suppc.t |c. |A\ |n.gos |so t|o |.t
ost vo.s|cr
• Camera Control Pro ´crt.c| t|o c.no.. .oncto|y |.cn . ccnputo. .rJ s.vo p|ctcg..p|s
J|.oct|y tc t|o ccnputo. |..J J|sk |so t|o |.tost vo.s|cr
124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera
Storage
\|or t|o c.no.. .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ, tu.r t|o c.no.. cff, .op|.co t|o
ncr|tc. ccvo., .oncvo t|o b.tto.y, .rJ stc.o t|o b.tto.y |r . ccc|, J.y ..o. .|t| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. |r p|.co ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.y, .o||vort||.toJ ..o.
|c rct stc.o t|o c.no.. .|t| r.p|t|. c. c.np|c. nct| b.||s c. |r |cc.t|crs t|.t
• ..o pcc.|y vort||.toJ c. sub¦oct tc |un|J|t|os c| cvo. 60°
• ..o roxt tc oou|pnort t|.t p.cJucos st.crg o|oct.cn.grot|c fio|Js, suc| .s to|ov|s|crs c.
..J|cs
• ..o oxpcsoJ tc tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 50 ˚´/122 ˚| (|c. ox.np|o, ro.. . sp.co |o.to. c. |r .
c|csoJ vo||c|o |r . |ct J.y) c. bo|c. –10 ˚´ (14 ˚|)
Cleaning
Camera body
|so . b|c.o. tc .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt, t|or .|po gort|y .|t| . sc|t, J.y c|ct| A|to. us
|rg t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo, .|po cff s.rJ c. s.|t .|t| . c|ct| ||g|t|y J.np
oroJ |r J|st|||oJ ..to. .rJ J.y t|c.cug||y Important Dust or other foreign matter inside
the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty
Lens, mirror,
and viewfnder
¯|oso o|onorts ..o n.Jo c| g|.ss .rJ ..o o.s||y J.n.goJ |oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t|
. b|c.o. || us|rg .r .o.csc| b|c.o., koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort t|o J|sc|..go c|
||ou|J ¯c .oncvo firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs, .pp|y . sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc
. sc|t c|ct| .rJ c|o.r .|t| c..o
Monitor
|oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t| . b|c.o. \|or .oncv|rg firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs,
.|po t|o su.|.co ||g|t|y .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. |c rct .pp|y p.ossu.o, .s
t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.go c. n.||urct|cr
The Monitor
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y c.usoJ by b.ckor g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort
||ou|J c.yst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. |.cn orto.|rg ycu. oyos c. ncut|
The Control Panel
|r ...o c.sos, st.t|c o|oct.|c|ty n.y c.uso t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| tc b.|g|tor c. J..kor ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to
. n.||urct|cr, .rJ t|o J|sp|.y .||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
125 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
The Low-Pass Filter
¯|o |n.go sorsc. t|.t .cts .s t|o c.no..’s p|ctu.o o|onort |s fittoJ .|t| . |c.p.ss fi|to. tc
p.ovort nc|.o || ycu suspoct t|.t J|.t c. Just cr t|o fi|to. |s .ppo..|rg |r p|ctcg..p|s, ycu
c.r c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c. |cto, |c.ovo., t|.t t|o fi|to. |s oxt.ono|y Jo||c.to
.rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o fi|to. bo c|o.roJ cr|y by ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ
so.v|co po.scrro|
1
A .o||.b|o pc.o. scu.co |s .oou|.oJ .|or |rspoct|rg c. c|o.r|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. ||
t|o b.tto.y |ovo| |s c. bo|c. c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80
b.tto.y p.ck .|t| AA b.tto.|os, tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ |rso.t . |u||yc|..goJ ||||3o
b.tto.y c. ccrroct .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
2
|oncvo t|o |ors .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr |.oss t|o V|||
buttcr tc J|sp|.y t|o c.no.. norus .rJ so|oct V|..c. |cckup
|.cn t|o sotup noru (rcto t|.t t||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t
b.tto.y |ovo|s c| c. bo|c., .|||o .occ.J|rg . nu|t|p|o ox
pcsu.o, c. .|or us|rg .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.y p.ck .|t|
AA b.tto.|os) ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
3
||g|||g|t On .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o noss.go s|c.r .t .|g|t .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .rJ . .c. c| J.s|os .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ¯c .ostc.o rc.n.| cpo..t|cr
.|t|cut |rspoct|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..y Jc.r ¯|o n|..c.
.||| bo ..|soJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| cpor, .ovo.||rg t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. ¯|o J|sp|.y |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| tu.r cff .rJ
t|o .c. c| J.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| b||rk
5
|c|J|rg t|o c.no.. sc t|.t ||g|t |.||s cr t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.,
ox.n|ro t|o fi|to. |c. Just c. ||rt || rc |c.o|gr cb¦octs ..o p.os
ort, p.ccooJ tc Stop
6
|oncvo .ry Just .rJ ||rt |.cn t|o fi|to. .|t| . b|c.o. |c
rct uso . b|c.o.b.us|, .s t|o b.|st|os ccu|J J.n.go t|o fi|
to. ||.t t|.t c.r rct bo .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. c.r cr|y bo
.oncvoJ by ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co po.scrro| |rJo. rc
c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J ycu tcuc| c. .|po t|o fi|to.
126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff ¯|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso |o
p|.co t|o |ors c. bcJy c.p
Use a Reliable Power Source
¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s Jo||c.to .rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ || t|o c.no.. pc.o.s cff .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ,
t|o cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .utcn.t|c.||y ¯c p.ovort J.n.go tc t|o cu.t.|r, cbso.vo t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.u
t|crs
• |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ
• || t|o b.tto.y .urs |c. .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ, . boop .||| scurJ .rJ t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .|||
b||rk tc ...r t|.t t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .rJ t|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .|to. .bcut t.c n|r
utos |rJ c|o.r|rg c. |rspoct|cr |nnoJ|.to|y
Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter
||kcr t.kos ovo.y pcss|b|o p.oc.ut|cr tc p.ovort |c.o|gr n.tto. |.cn ccn|rg |rtc ccrt.ct .|t| t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. Ju.|rg p.cJuct|cr .rJ s||pp|rg ¯|o |80, |c.ovo., |s Jos|groJ tc bo usoJ .|t| |rto.
c|.rgo.b|o |orsos, .rJ |c.o|gr n.tto. n.y orto. t|o c.no.. .|or |orsos ..o .oncvoJ c. oxc|.rgoJ
Orco |rs|Jo t|o c.no.., t||s |c.o|gr n.tto. n.y .J|o.o tc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., .|o.o |t n.y .ppo.. |r
p|ctcg..p|s t.kor urJo. co.t.|r ccrJ|t|crs ¯c p.ctoct t|o c.no.. .|or rc |ors |s |r p|.co, bo su.o
tc .op|.co t|o bcJy c.p p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.., bo|rg c..o|u| tc fi.st .oncvo .|| Just .rJ ct|o.
|c.o|gr n.tto. t|.t n.y bo .J|o.|rg tc t|o bcJy c.p
S|cu|J |c.o|gr n.tto. firJ |ts ..y crtc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ .bcvo, c. |.vo
t|o fi|to. c|o.roJ by .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr so.v|co po.scrro| ||ctcg..p|s .ffoctoJ by t|o p.osorco c|
|c.o|gr n.tto. cr t|o fi|to. c.r bo .otcuc|oJ us|rg ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. t|o
c|o.r |n.go cpt|crs .v.||.b|o |r scno t||.Jp..ty |n.g|rg .pp||c.t|crs
Servicing the Camera and Accessories
¯|o |80 |s . p.oc|s|cr Jov|co .rJ .oou|.os .ogu|.. so.v|c|rg ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o c.no.. bo
|rspoctoJ by t|o c.|g|r.| .ot.||o. c. ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo crco ovo.y cro tc t.c yo..s, .rJ t|.t
|t bo so.v|coJ crco ovo.y t|.oo tc fivo yo..s (rcto t|.t |oos .pp|y tc t|oso so.v|cos) |.oouort |rspoc
t|cr .rJ so.v|c|rg ..o p..t|cu|..|y .occnnorJoJ || t|o c.no.. |s usoJ p.c|oss|cr.||y Ary .ccossc.|os
.ogu|..|y usoJ .|t| t|o c.no.., suc| .s |orsos c. cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|ts, s|cu|J bo |rc|uJoJ .|or t|o
c.no.. |s |rspoctoJ c. so.v|coJ
127 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions
Do not drop ¯|o p.cJuct n.y n.||urct|cr || sub¦octoJ tc
st.crg s|ccks c. v|b..t|cr
Keep dry ¯||s p.cJuct |s rct ..to.p.cc|, .rJ n.y n.||urc
t|cr || |nno.soJ |r ..to. c. oxpcsoJ tc ||g| |ovo|s c| |u
n|J|ty |ust|rg c| t|o |rto.r.| noc|.r|sn c.r c.uso |..op.
..b|o J.n.go
Avoid sudden changes in temperature SuJJor c|.rgos |r ton
po..tu.o, suc| .s cccu. .|or orto.|rg c. |o.v|rg . |o.toJ
bu||J|rg cr . cc|J J.y, c.r c.uso ccrJors.t|cr |rs|Jo t|o
Jov|co ¯c p.ovort ccrJors.t|cr, p|.co t|o Jov|co |r . c...y
|rg c.so c. p|.st|c b.g bo|c.o oxpcs|rg |t tc suJJor c|.rgos
|r tonpo..tu.o
Keep away from strong magnetic felds |c rct uso c. stc.o t||s
Jov|co |r t|o v|c|r|ty c| oou|pnort t|.t goro..tos st.crg
o|oct.cn.grot|c ..J|.t|cr c. n.grot|c fio|Js St.crg st.t|c
c|..gos c. t|o n.grot|c fio|Js p.cJucoJ by oou|pnort
suc| .s ..J|c t..rsn|tto.s ccu|J |rto.|o.o .|t| t|o ncr|
tc., J.n.go J.t. stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J, c. .ffoct t|o
p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.y
Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun |c rct |o.vo t|o |ors
pc|rtoJ .t t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.co |c. .r ox
torJoJ po.|cJ |rtorso ||g|t n.y c.uso t|o |n.go sorsc. tc
Joto.|c..to c. p.cJuco . .||to b|u. offoct |r p|ctcg..p|s
Blooming \o.t|c.| .||to st.o.ks n.y .ppo.. |r p|ctcg..p|s
c| t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.cos ¯||s p|orcnorcr,
krc.r .s “b|ccn|rg,” c.r bo p.ovortoJ by .oJuc|rg t|o
.ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.go sorsc., o|t|o. by
c|ccs|rg . s|c. s|utto. spooJ .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.o c. by us
|rg .r || fi|to.
Do not touch the shutter curtain ¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s oxt.ono|y
t||r .rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ |rJo. rc c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J
ycu oxo.t p.ossu.o cr t|o cu.t.|r, pcko |t .|t| c|o.r|rg
tcc|s, c. sub¦oct |t tc pc.o.|u| .|. cu..orts |.cn . b|c.o.
¯|oso .ct|crs ccu|J sc..tc|, Jo|c.n, c. to.. t|o cu.t.|r
Handle all moving parts with care |c rct .pp|y |c.co tc t|o b.t
to.yc|.nbo., c..Js|ct, c. ccrroctc. ccvo.s ¯|oso p..ts
..o ospoc|.||y suscopt|b|o tc J.n.go
Turn the product of before removing or disconnecting the power
source |c rct urp|ug t|o p.cJuct c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.y
.|||o t|o p.cJuct |s cr c. .|||o |n.gos ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ
c. Jo|otoJ |c.c|b|y cutt|rg pc.o. |r t|oso c|.cunst.rcos
ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.go tc p.cJuct nonc.y
c. |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.y ¯c p.ovort .r .cc|Jort.| |rto..upt|cr
c| pc.o., .vc|J c...y|rg t|o p.cJuct |.cn cro |cc.t|cr tc
.rct|o. .|||o t|o A´ .J.pto. |s ccrroctoJ
Lens contacts |oop t|o |ors ccrt.cts c|o.r
Cleaning \|or c|o.r|rg t|o c.no.. bcJy, uso . b|c.o. tc
gort|y .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt, t|or .|po gort|y .|t| . sc|t, J.y
c|ct| A|to. us|rg t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo, .|po
cff .ry s.rJ c. s.|t us|rg . c|ct| ||g|t|y J.nporoJ |r pu.o
..to. .rJ t|or J.y t|o c.no.. t|c.cug||y |r ...o |rst.rcos,
st.t|c o|oct.|c|ty n.y c.uso t|o |´| J|sp|.ys tc ||g|t up c. gc
J..k ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr, .rJ t|o J|sp|.y
.||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
¯|o |ors .rJ n|..c. ..o o.s||y J.n.goJ |ust .rJ ||rt s|cu|J
bo gort|y .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. \|or us|rg .r .o.csc|
b|c.o., koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort J|sc|..go c| ||ou|J
¯c .oncvo firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs |.cn t|o |ors, .pp|y
. sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc . sc|t c|ct| .rJ .|po t|o
|ors c..o|u||y
Soo “ ¯|o |c.|.ss |||to.” ( 125) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr c|o.r
|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.
Storage ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.y,
.o||vort||.toJ ..o. || t|o p.cJuct .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r
oxtorJoJ po.|cJ, .oncvo t|o b.tto.y tc p.ovort |o.k.go .rJ
stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . p|.st|c b.g ccrt.|r|rg . Jos|cc.rt |c
rct, |c.ovo., stc.o t|o c.no.. c.so |r . p|.st|c b.g, .s t||s
n.y c.uso t|o n.to.|.| tc Joto.|c..to |cto t|.t Jos|cc.rt
g..Ju.||y |csos |ts c.p.c|ty tc .bsc.b nc|stu.o .rJ s|cu|J
bo .op|.coJ .t .ogu|.. |rto.v.|s
¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., t.ko t|o c.no.. cut c| stc..go
.t |o.st crco . ncrt| ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ .o|o.so t|o
s|utto. . |o. t|nos bo|c.o putt|rg |t ...y
Stc.o t|o b.tto.y |r . ccc|, J.y p|.co |op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. bo|c.o putt|rg t|o b.tto.y ...y
Notes on the monitor ¯|o ncr|tc. n.y ccrt.|r . |o. p|xo|s
t|.t ..o .|..ys ||t c. t|.t Jc rct ||g|t ¯||s |s ccnncr tc .||
¯|¯ |´| ncr|tc.s .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr |n
.gos .occ.JoJ .|t| t|o p.cJuct ..o ur.ffoctoJ
|n.gos |r t|o ncr|tc. n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo |r . b.|g|t
||g|t
|c rct .pp|y p.ossu.o tc t|o ncr|tc., .s t||s ccu|J c.uso
J.n.go c. n.||urct|cr |ust c. ||rt cr t|o ncr|tc. c.r bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. St.|rs c.r bo .oncvoJ by .|p|rg
||g|t|y .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. S|cu|J t|o ncr|
tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y |.cn b.ckor
g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort ||ou|J c.yst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc|
|rg t|o sk|r c. orto.|rg t|o oyos .rJ ncut|
|op|.co t|o ncr|tc. ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rg t|o c.no.. c.
|o.v|rg |t ur.ttorJoJ
128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Batteries ||.t cr t|o b.tto.y to.n|r.|s c.r p.ovort t|o c.no..
|.cn |urct|cr|rg .rJ s|cu|J bo .oncvoJ .|t| . sc|t, J.y c|ct|
bo|c.o uso
b.tto.|os n.y |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|y |.rJ|oJ Obso.vo
t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rg b.tto.|os
• ¯u.r t|o p.cJuct cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rg t|o b.tto.y
• ¯|o b.tto.y n.y boccno |ct .|or usoJ |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
Obso.vo Juo c.ut|cr .|or |.rJ||rg t|o b.tto.y
• |so cr|y b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|pnort
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.y tc fl.no c. oxcoss|vo |o.t
• A|to. .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y |.cn t|o c.no.., bo su.o tc .op|.co
t|o to.n|r.| ccvo.
´|..go t|o b.tto.y bo|c.o uso \|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s cr
|npc.t.rt ccc.s|crs, .o.Jy . sp..o ||||3o b.tto.y .rJ koop |t
|u||y c|..goJ |oporJ|rg cr ycu. |cc.t|cr, |t n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc
pu.c|.so .op|.conort b.tto.|os cr s|c.t rct|co
Or cc|J J.ys, t|o c.p.c|ty c| b.tto.|os torJs tc Joc.o.so bo su.o
t|o b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ bo|c.o t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s cuts|Jo
|r cc|J .o.t|o. |oop . sp..o b.tto.y |r . ...n p|.co .rJ ox
c|.rgo t|o t.c .s rocoss..y Orco ...noJ, . cc|J b.tto.y n.y
.occvo. scno c| |ts c|..go
´crt|ru|rg tc c|..go t|o b.tto.y .|to. |t |s |u||y c|..goJ c.r |n
p.|. b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
|soJ b.tto.|os ..o . v.|u.b|o .oscu.co ||o.so .ocyc|o usoJ b.t
to.|os |r .ccc.J .|t| |cc.| .ogu|.t|crs
129 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If the camera fails to function as expected, check the list of common problems below before
consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. Refer to the page numbers in the right-
most column for more information.
Problem Solution
Camera takes time to turn on. Delete files or folders.
65, 74,
105
Viewfinder is out of focus.
Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust-
ment lenses.
17, 122
Viewfinder is dark. Insert a fully-charged battery. 12
Displays turn off without warning.
Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor
off) or 28 (Auto meter off).
98, 99
Unusual characters displayed in con-
trol panel.
See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras,” be-
low.

Displays in control panel or view-
finder are unresponsive and dim.
The response times and brightness of these displays
varies with temperature.

Fine lines are visible around active
focus area or display turns red when
focus area is highlighted.
These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind-
er and do not indicate a malfunction.

Menu item is not displayed. Select Full for CSM / setup menu. 101
Menu item can not be selected.
Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory
card. Note that Battery info option is only available
when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery.
107
Image size can not be changed. Image quality set to NEF (RAW). 34
Metering can not be changed.
Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure
lock in effect.
24, 94
Exposure compensation not avail-
able.
Choose mode P, S, or A. 45
Can not measure white balance. Subject is too dark or too bright. 60
Image can not be selected as source
for preset white balance.
Image was not created with D80. 82
White balance bracketing unavail-
able.
• NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image
quality.
• (Choose color temp.) selected for white balance.
• Multiple exposure in progress.
34, 59,
84
A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras
In extremely rare instances, unusual characters may appear in the control
panel and the camera may stop functioning. In most cases, this phenom-
enon is caused by a strong external static charge. Turn the camera off, re-
move and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or discon-
nect and reconnect the AC adapter, and turn the camera on again. If the
problem persists, turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right;
note that this resets the clock). In the event of continued malfunction, con-
tact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative.
Connector
cover
Reset
switch
130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
|u|| ..rgo c| s|utto. spooJs rct
.v.||.b|o
||.s| |r uso || On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 25
(Auto FP) ncJos P, S, A, .rJ M, cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb
600, .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||g|ts c.r bo usoJ .t .|| s|utto.
spooJs
98, 119
´.r rct so|oct |ccus ..o.
• |r|cck |ccus ..o. so|octc.
• Auto-area AF so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-
area mode) c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo
• |.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc tu.r ncr|tc.
cff c. .ct|v.to oxpcsu.o noto.s
30
8
18
|ccus Jcos rct |cck .|or s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
|so AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .|or AF-C .utc|c
cus ncJo |s so|octoJ c. .|or p|ctcg..p||rg ncv|rg
sub¦octs |r AF-A ncJo
29, 94
|n.go |r v|o.firJo. |s rct |r |ccus
• |ct.to |ccus ncJo so|octc. tc AF
• ´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg .utc|ccus uso n.ru.|
|ccus c. |ccus |cck
31, 32
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. Jcos rct ||g|t
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc , , c. so|oct .rct|o.
ncJo
• A|.ss|st |.np Jcos rct ||g|t |c. ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus Sot .utc|ccus ncJo tc AF-S
• ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-area mode) sot tc Auto-area
AF c. Dynamic area so|oct corto. |ccus ..o.
• ´|ccso On |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 4 (AF assist)
• |||un|r.tc. |.s tu.roJ cff .utcn.t|c.||y |||un|r.tc.
n.y boccno |ct .|t| ccrt|ruoJ uso, ..|t |c. |.np
tc ccc| Jc.r
24
29
8
8

S|utto. .o|o.so |s J|s.b|oJ
• Vonc.y c..J |s |u||, |cckoJ, c. rct |rso.toJ
• ||.s| |s c|..g|rg
• ´.no.. |s rct |r |ccus
• ´|| |ors .|t| .po.tu.o .|rg .tt.c|oJ .|t|cut |cck|rg
.po.tu.o .t ||g|ost |/runbo.
• |cr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .ct.to c.no.. ncJo J|.| tc
M
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S .|to. s|utto. spooJ c| bu|b so
|octoJ |r ncJo M c|ccso ro. s|utto. spooJ
15
23
22
11, 11
50
48
|c p|ctc t.kor .|or .oncto ccrt.c|
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
• |op|.co b.tto.y |r .oncto ccrt.c|
• ´|ccso .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• ||.s| |s c|..g|rg
• ¯|no so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 30 (|oncto) |.s
p.ssoJ .oso|oct .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• b.|g|t ||g|t |s |rto.|o.|rg .|t| .oncto
123
38
23
99

Or|y cro s|ct t.kor o.c| t|no s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |r ccr
t|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
• P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos |c.o. fl.s|
• ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos tu.r fl.s| cff
23
40
´.no.. |s s|c. tc .occ.J p|ctcs ¯u.r |crg oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr cff 83
|.to c| .occ.J|rg |s rct cc..oct Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
131 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
||r.| p|ctc |s |..go. t|.r ..o. s|c.r
|r v|o.firJo.
\|o.firJo. |c.|.crt.| .rJ vo.t|c.| |..no ccvo..go |s
.pp.cx|n.to|y 95 °

|.rJcn|ysp.coJ b.|g|t p|xo|s
(“rc|so”) .ppo..s |r p|ctcg..p|s
• |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|ty c. uso ||g| |SO rc|so .oJuct|cr
• S|utto. spooJ |s s|c.o. t|.r 8 s uso |crg oxpcsu.o
rc|so .oJuct|cr
43, 83
83
|oJJ|s| ..o.s .ppo.. |r p|ctcs
|oJJ|s| ..o.s n.y .ppo.. |r |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
¯u.r |crg oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr On .|or s|cct
|rg .t s|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” c. “”
83
||ctcs ..o b|ctc|oJ c. sno..oJ
• ´|o.r |ors
• ´|o.r |c.p.ss fi|to.
124
125
´c|c.s ..o urr.tu..|
• So|oct ncJo P, S, A, c. M .rJ .J¦ust .||to b.|.rco tc
n.tc| ||g|t scu.co
• So|oct ncJo P, S, A, c. M .rJ .J¦ust Optimize image
sott|rgs
45, 58
45, 9
||.s||rg ..o.s .ppo.. |r |n.gos
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.yoJ
62 S|cct|rg J.t. .ppo.. cr |n.gos
A g..p| .ppo..s Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
|A\ |n.go |s rct p|.yoJ b.ck ||ctc ..s t.kor .t |n.go ou.||ty c| ||| + '||´ 34
• Scno p|ctcs ..o rct J|sp|.yoJ
Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
• Voss.go J|sp|.yoJ st.t|rg t|.t rc
|n.gos ..o .v.||.b|o |c. p|.yb.ck
So|oct All |c. Playback folder |cto t|.t Current .|||
.utcn.t|c.||y bo so|octoJ .|or roxt p|ctc |s t.kor
5
“¯.||” (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr p|ctcs
..o J|sp|.yoJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po)
c.|ort.t|cr
• So|oct On |c. Rotate tall
• ||ctc ..s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image
rotation
• ´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr ..s c|.rgoJ .|||o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr ..s p.ossoJ |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg
ncJo
• ´.no.. ..s pc|rtoJ up c. Jc.r .|or p|ctc ..s
t.kor
5
108
108
108
´.r rct Jo|oto p|ctc ||ctc |s p.ctoctoJ .oncvo p.ctoct|cr 65
´.r rct c|.rgo p.|rt c.Jo. Vonc.y c..J |s |u|| c. |cckoJ 15, 19
´.r rct so|oct p|ctc |c. p.|rt|rg
||ctc |s |r |A\ (|||) |c.n.t ¯..rs|o. tc ccnputo. .rJ
p.|rt us|rg supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ´.ptu.o |`
6, 123
´.r rct p.|rt p|ctu.os v|. J|.oct |Sb
ccrroct|cr
Sot USB tc PTP 6, 104
||ctc |s rct J|sp|.yoJ cr ¯\ ´|ccso cc..oct v|Joc ncJo 103
´.r rct ccpy p|ctcs tc ccnputo. ´|ccso cc..oct |Sb cpt|cr 6, 104
´.r rct uso ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c Sot USB tc PTP 6, 104
132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Camera Error Messages and Displays
¯||s soct|cr ||sts t|o ...r|rg |rJ|c.tc.s .rJ o..c. noss.gos t|.t .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.firJo.,
ccrt.c| p.ro|, .rJ ncr|tc.
Indicator
Problem Solution Control panel Viewfnder

(b||rks)
|ors .po.tu.o .|rg rct |cckoJ .t
n|r|nun .po.tu.o
|cck .|rg .t n|r|nun .po.tu.o
(||g|ost |/runbo.)
11
(b||rks)
• |c |ors .tt.c|oJ
• |cr´|| |ors .tt.c|oJ
• Att.c| |ors (|` ||kkc. oxc|uJoJ)
• So|oct ncJo V
, 11
50
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |u||yc|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y 12, 123
(b||rks) (b||rks)
• b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ
• b.tto.y |r|c.n.t|cr rct .v.||
.b|o
• |oc|..go c. .op|.co .|t| |u||y
c|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y
• b.tto.y c.r rct bo usoJ |r c.n
o..
12, 123
13
(b||rks)
´.no.. c|cck rct sot Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
/
|c nonc.y c..J |rso.t nonc.y c..J 15
(b||rks) (b||rks)
|c nonc.y |c. |u.t|o. p|ctcs .t
cu..ort sott|rgs, c. c.no.. |.s
.ur cut c| fi|o c. |c|Jo. runbo.s
• |oJuco |n.go ou.||ty c. s|.o
• |o|oto p|ctcg..p|s
• |rso.t ro. nonc.y c..J
33
65, 4
15

(b||rks)
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg
.utc|ccus
|occnpcso p|ctc c. |ccus n.ru
.||y
22, 32
Sub¦oct tcc b.|g|t, p|ctc .||| bo
cvo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|ty
• |rc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso sn.||o. .po.tu.o (|..go.
|/runbo.)
• |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|ty
(||) fi|to.
43
48, 50
49, 50
122
Sub¦oct tcc J..k, p|ctc .||| bo
urJo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso ||g|o. |SO sors|t|v|ty
• |oc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso |..go. .po.tu.o (sn.||o.
|/runbo.)
43
48, 50
49, 50
(b||rks)
• ||.s| .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpc
su.o
• b||rks |c. 3 s .|to. fl.s| fi.os
fl.s| |.s fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o.
• |.|so bu||t|r fl.s|
• \|o. p|ctc, || urJo.oxpcsoJ,
.J¦ust sott|rgs .rJ t.y .g.|r
23
26, 61
(b||rks)
(b||rks)
Opt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t t|.t Jcos
rct suppc.t |¯¯| sot tc ¯¯|
ncJo
´|.rgo fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. cp
t|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
120, 141

(b||rks)
“bu|b” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S ´|.rgo s|utto. spooJ c. so|oct
ncJo M
48, 50

(b||rks)
“” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S

(b||rks)
´.no.. n.||urct|cr
|.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .g.|r
|| o..c. po.s|sts, ccrsu|t .|t| ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo

133 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Indicator
Problem Solution Monitor Control panel Viewfnder
NO CARD
PRESENT

/ |c nonc.y c..J |rso.t nonc.y c..J
15
CARD IS
LOCKED

/ (b||rks)
Vonc.y c..J |s |cckoJ
(..|to p.ctoctoJ)
S||Jo c..J ..|top.ctoct
s.|tc| tc “..|to” pcs|t|cr
15
THIS CARD
CAN NOT BE
USED
(b||rks)
• |..c. .ccoss|rg nonc.y
c..J
• |r.b|o tc c.o.to ro.
|c|Jo.
• |so ||kcr.pp.cvoJ c..J
• ´..J n.y bo J.n.goJ
´crt.ct .ot.||o. c. ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.o
sort.t|vo
• |o|oto ur..rtoJ fi|os c. |r
so.t ro. nonc.y c..J
122

15, 65,
4
CARD IS NOT
FORMATTED
(b||rks)
Vonc.y c..J |.s rct boor
|c.n.ttoJ |c. uso |r |80
||g|||g|t Format .rJ p.oss
OK tc |c.n.t nonc.y c..J

Format
No
FOLDER
CONTAINS NO
IMAGES
• Vonc.y c..J |s onpty
• ´u..ort |c|Jo. |s onpty
• |rso.t .rct|o. c..J
• Sot Playback folder tc All
15
5
ALL IMAGES
HIDDEN
A|| p|ctcs |r cu..ort |c|Jo.
..o ||JJor
Sot Playback folder tc All
c. uso Hide image tc .ovo.|
p|ctcs
5,
FILE DOES
NOT CONTAIN
IMAGE DATA
|||o c.o.toJ c. ncJ|fioJ
us|rg ccnputo. c. ct|o.
n.ko c| c.no.., c. fi|o |s
cc..upt
|o|oto fi|o c. .o|c.n.t non
c.y c..J
16, 65,
4,
102
CHECK
PRINTER Con-
tinue Cancel
|.|rto. |s cut c| |rk c. |rk |s
.urr|rg |c.
|op|.co |rk || o..c. cccu.s
.|t| |rk .on.|r|rg |r p.|rto.,
c|ock p.|rto. st.tus

134 Technical Notes / Appendix
Appendix
¯|o ApporJ|x ccvo.s t|o |c||c.|rg tcp|cs
• Supported Standards 134
• Available Settings and Defaults 134
• Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size 138
• Exposure Program (Mode P) 139
• Bracketing Programs 140
• White Balance and Color Temperature 140
• Flash Control 141
• Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash 141
• Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range 141
Supported Standards
• DCF Version 2.0 ¯|o Dos|gr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Systons (|´|) |s . st.rJ..J .|Jo|y usoJ |r
t|o J|g|t.| c.no.. |rJust.y tc orsu.o ccnp.t|b|||ty .ncrg J|ffo.ort n.kos c| c.no..
• DPOF D|g|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|) |s .r |rJust.y.|Jo st.rJ..J t|.t .||c.s p|ctu.os tc
bo p.|rtoJ |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J
• Exif version 2.21 ¯|o |80 suppc.ts |x|| (Exc|.rgo.b|o In.go F||o |c.n.t |c. ||g|t.| St|||
´.no..s) vo.s|cr 221, . st.rJ..J |r .||c| |r|c.n.t|cr stc.oJ .|t| p|ctcg..p|s |s usoJ |c.
cpt|n.| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr .|or t|o |n.gos ..o cutput cr |x||ccnp||.rt p.|rto.s
• PictBridge A st.rJ..J Jovo|cpoJ t|.cug| cccpo..t|cr .|t| t|o J|g|t.| c.no.. .rJ p.|rto.
|rJust.|os, .||c.|rg p|ctcg..p|s tc bo cutput J|.oct|y tc . p.|rto. .|t|cut fi.st t..rs|o..|rg
t|on tc . ccnputo.
Available Settings and Defaults
¯|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o ||sts t|o sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo .J¦ustoJ |r o.c| ncJo
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
Opt|n|.o |n.go ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.go ou.||ty
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.go s|.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
\||to b.|.rco
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO sors|t|v|ty
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|crg oxp || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||g| |SO || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rg ncJo
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Autc|ccus ncJo
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||ox|b|o p.cg..n
1

Autcoxpcsu.o |cck
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
b..ckot|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||.s| ncJo
1

2

2

2, 3

2

2, 3

2, 3

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Reset with two-button reset ( 44).
2. Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting.
3. Available with optional Speedlight only.
4. Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset).
135 Technical Notes / Appendix
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
4
1 boop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 A|..o. ncJo ✔
2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3 ´orto. A| ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
4 bu||t|r A| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
5 |c nonc.y c..J` ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
6 |n.go .ov|o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO .utc ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
8 ´.|J J|sp|.y ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rg ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
10 |\ stop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
12 ´orto..o|g|toJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
13 Autc b|¯ sot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
14 Autc b|¯ c.Jo. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
16 |||´ buttcr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
18 A||/A|| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
19 A| |cck ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
20 |ccus ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
21 A| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
22 bu||t|r fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
23 ||.s| ...r|rg ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
25 Autc || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
26 VcJo||rg fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 Vcr|tc. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
28 Autc noto. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
29 So|| t|no. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
30 |oncto ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.y ncJo ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
32 Vb|80b.tto.|os ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
136 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rg Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
|n.go ou.||ty '||´ |c.n.|
|n.go s|.o | (382 × 2592)
\||to b.|.rco — Autc
||ro tur|rg — 0
´|ccso cc|c. tonp — 5,000 |
|SO sors|t|v|ty A|¯O 100
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o — Off
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o |..no
|ccus ..o. — ´orto. — ´orto.
|ccus |cck Off
A| |cck |c|J Off
Autc|ccus ncJo A|A
Voto.|rg — V.t.|x
||ox|b|o p.cg..n — Off —
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr
— Off (00)
b..ckot|rg — Off (0 |..nos)
||.s| ncJo Autc — Autc — S|c.
1
|||| fl.s|
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr — Off (00)
|\ |cck — Off
1. Auto slow sync.
137 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rg Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg | (Reset)
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
1 boop Or
2 A|..o. ncJo Autc..o. A| Single Dynamic Auto-area AF S|rg|o ..o.
3 ´orto. A| ..o. |c.n.| |..no
4 bu||t|r A| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. Or — Or — Or
5 |c nonc.y c..J` |o|o.so |cckoJ
6 |n.go .ov|o. Or
|SO .utc — Off
1
8 ´.|J J|sp|.y Off
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rg Or
10 |\ stop 1/3 stop
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp — Off
12 ´orto..o|g|toJ — c8 nn
13 Autc b|¯ sot — A| ° fl.s|
14 Autc b|¯ c.Jo. — V¯| > |rJo. > cvo.
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s — Off
16 |||´ buttcr |SO J|sp|.y
1 |||un|r.t|cr Off
18 A||/A|| A|/A| |cck
19 A| |cck Off
20 |ccus ..o. |c ...p
21 A| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr Autc
22 bu||t|r fl.s| — ¯¯|
23 ||.s| ...r|rg — Or
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ — 1/60
25 Autc || — Off
26 VcJo||rg fl.s| — Off
2 Vcr|tc. cff 20 s
28 Autc noto. cff 6 s
29 So|| t|no. 10 s
30 |oncto 1 n|r
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.y ncJo Off
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os ||6 (AAs|.o .|k.||ro)
1. Max. sensitivity set to 800, Min. shutter speed set to 1/30
138 Technical Notes / Appendix
Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size
¯|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o s|c.s t|o .pp.cx|n.to runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . 1 ´b
|.r.scr|c |.c ||´| S|||| c..J .t J|ffo.ort |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o sott|rgs
Image quality Image size File size (MB)
1
Number of images
1
Bufer capacity
1, 2
||| + '||´ ||ro
3
| 12 54 6
V 151 63 6
S 136 2 6
||| + '||´ |c.n.|
3
| 148 65 6
V 138 1 6
S 130 6 6
||| + '||´ b.s|c
3
| 136 2 6
V 130 6 6
S 12 8 6
||| (|A\) — 124 82 6
'||´ ||ro
| 48 133 23
V 2 233 100
S 12 503 100
'||´ |c.n.|
| 24 260 100
V 13 446 100
S 06 918 100
'||´ b.s|c
| 12 503 100
V 0 86 100
S 03 1500 100
1 A|| figu.os ..o .pp.cx|n.to |||o s|.o v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ .rJ n.ko c| nonc.y c..J
2 V.x|nun runbo. c| |..nos t|.t c.r bo t.kor bo|c.o s|cct|rg stcps .t |SO 100 ´.p.c|ty c| nonc.y buffo.
J.cps || rc|so .oJuct|cr |s cr
3 |n.go s|.o .pp||os tc '||´ |n.gos cr|y S|.o c| ||| (|A\) |n.gos c.r rct bo c|.rgoJ |||o s|.o |s t|o tct.| |c.
ccnp.ossoJ ||| (|A\) .rJ '||´ |n.gos
139 Technical Notes / Appendix
Exposure Program (Mode P)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cg..n |c. ncJo | |s s|c.r |r t|o |c||c.|rg g..p|
| (|ors |cc.| |orgt|) ≤ 55 nn
135 nn ≥ | > 55 nn
| > 135 nn
¯|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. |\ v..y .|t| |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o .bcvo g..p| .s
sunos .r |SO sors|t|v|ty c| |SO 200 oou|v.|ort \|or n.t.|x noto.|rg |s usoJ, v.|uos cvo.
16 '/· |\ ..o .oJucoJ tc 16 '/· |\
Shutter speed
A
p
e
r
t
u
r
e
140 Technical Notes / Appendix
Bracketing Programs
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts .rJ b..ckot|rg |rc.onort ..o s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s |c||c.s
The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames
Number of frames Progress indicator Description
3 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo, pcs|t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo
¯ O.Jo. .|or Under > MTR > over |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 14 (Auto BKT order) |s rog.t|vo,
urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo (t|.oo |..nos) c. rog.t|vo, urncJ|fioJ (t.c |..nos)
Bracketing Increment
Autoexposure and fash bracketing
White balance bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV
Display Increment Display Increment Display Increment
'/· |\ '/. |\ 1
²/· |\ 1 |\ 2
1 |\ 1 '/. |\ 3
1 '/· |\ 2 |\
1 ²/· |\
2 |\
White Balance and Color Temperature
App.cx|n.to cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| .||to b.|.rco sott|rg ..o g|vor bo|c. (v.|uos n.y
J|ffo. |.cn cc|c. tonpo..tu.os g|vor by p|ctc cc|c. noto.s)
White balance
Fine tuning
None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3
Auto 3,500 | – 8,000 | ||ro tur|rg .JJoJ tc v.|uo so|octoJ by c.no..
Incandescent 3,000 | 3,300 | 3,200 | 3,100 | 2,900 | 2,800 | 2,00 |
Fluorescent
*
4,200 | ,200 | 6,500 | 5,000 | 3,00 | 3,000 | 2,00 |
Dir. sunlight 5,200 | 5,600 | 5,400 | 5,300 | 5,000 | 4,900 | 4,800 |
Flash 5,400 | 6,000 | 5,800 | 5,600 | 5,200 | 5,000 | 4,800 |
Cloudy 6,000 | 6,600 | 6,400 | 6,200 | 5,800 | 5,600 | 5,400 |
Shade 8,000 | 9,200 | 8,800 | 8,400 | ,500 | ,100 | 6,00 |
Choose color temp. 2,500 | – 9,900 |
|ct .v.||.b|o
White balance preset —
¯ ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o ..rgo .oflocts .|Jo v..|.t|cr .ncrg fluc.oscort ||g|t scu.cos, ..rg|rg |.cn |c.
tonpo..tu.o st.J|un ||g|t|rg tc ||g|tonpo..tu.o no.cu.yv.pc. |.nps
Number of frames Bracketing increment
Bracketing progress indicator
141 Technical Notes / Appendix
Flash Control ( 42, 120)
¯|o |c||c.|rg typos c| fl.s| ccrt.c| ..o suppc.toJ .|or . ´|| |ors |s suoJ |r ccnb|r.t|cr
.|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
• i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor
t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ t|o b.ckg.curJ
• Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ |c. t|o n.|r sub¦oct, t|o b.|g|t
ross c| t|o b.ckg.curJ |s rct t.kor |rtc .cccurt |occnnorJoJ |c. s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub¦oct |s onp|.s|.oJ .t t|o oxporso c| b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s, c. .|or oxpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s usoJ
St.rJ..J |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| |s usoJ .|t| spct noto.|rg c. .|or so|octoJ .|t| t|o cpt|cr.|
SpooJ||g|t |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| |s usoJ |r .|| ct|o. c.sos
Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash
¯|o |c||c.|rg s|utto. spooJs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed
, , P
¯
, A
¯
'/...–'/-. s '/...–1 s
'/...–'/·. s S, M '/...–'/·. s
¯ S|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| fl.s| .||| bo usoJ c.r bo so|octoJ us|rg ´ustcn Sott|rg 24 (Flash
shutter speed) ||.s| .||| st||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc s|c. syrc
Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range
||.s| ..rgo v..|os .|t| sors|t|v|ty (|SO oou|v.|orcy) .rJ .po.tu.o
Aperture at ISO equivalent of Range
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1200 1600 m ft.
14 16 18 2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 10–92 3 |t 3 |r–30 |t 2|r
2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 0–65 2 |t 4 |r–21 |t 4|r
28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 06–46 2 |t–15 |t 1|r
4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 06–32 2 |t–10 |t 6|r
56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 06–23 2 |t– |t |r
9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 06–16 2 |t–5 |t 3|r
11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — 06–11 2 |t–3 |t |r
16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — — — — 06–08 2 |t–2 |t |r
|r t|o |c||c.|rg ncJos, t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o (n|r|nun |/runbo.) |s ||n|toJ .ccc.J|rg
tc |SO sors|t|v|ty .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P, , , 4 42 45 48 5 53 56 6 63 6 1 6 8
56 6 63 6 1 6 8 85 9 95 10 11 11
|c. o.c| crostop |rc.o.so |r sors|t|v|ty (og, |.cn 200 tc 400), .po.tu.o |s stcppoJ Jc.r by
|.|| .r |/stcp || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s sn.||o. t|.r g|vor .bcvo, t|o n.x|
nun v.|uo |c. .po.tu.o .||| bo t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
142 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Specifcations
Type S|rg|o|ors .oflox J|g|t.| c.no..
Efective pixels 102 n||||cr
CCD 236 × 158 nn, tct.| p|xo|s 105 n||||cr
Image size (pixels) • 3,82 × 2,592 (|..go) • 2,896 × 1,944 (VoJ|un) • 1,936 × 1,296 (Sn.||)
Lens mount ||kcr | ncurt .|t| A| ccup||rg .rJ A| ccrt.cts
Compatible lenses
*
Type G or D Nikkor A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ
Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.8D A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt .utc|ccus .rJ scno oxpcsu.o ncJos
AI-P Nikkor A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || .rJ .utc|ccus
Non-CPU ´.r bo usoJ |r ncJo M, but oxpcsu.o noto. Jcos rct |urct|cr, o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo.
c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
Other AF Nikkor

A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||
¯ |`||kkc. |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ † |xc|uJ|rg |orsos |c. |3A|
Picture angle |ou|v.|ort |r 35 nn (135) |c.n.t |s .pp.cx 15 t|nos |ors |cc.| |orgt|
Viewfnder
Diopter –20 tc +10 n
1
Eyepoint 195 nn (–10 n
1
)
Frame coverage App.cx 95° c| |ors (vo.t|c.| .rJ |c.|.crt.|)
Magnifcation App.cx 094 × (50 nn |ors .t |rfir|ty, –10 n
1
Focusing screen ¯ypob b.|to\|o. ´|o.. V.tto Sc.oor V..k || .|t| supo.|npcsoJ |ccus b..ckots .rJ Or
|on.rJ g.|J ||ros
Opt|c.| fixoJ oyo|ovo| port.p.|sn
Refex mirror Çu|ck .otu.r
Lens aperture |rst.rt .otu.r .|t| Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o.
Depth-of-feld preview \|or ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ, Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr stcps .po.tu.o Jc.r tc v.|uo
so|octoJ by uso. (A .rJ M ncJos) c. by c.no.. (ct|o. ncJos)
Self-timer ||oct.cr|c.||y ccrt.c||oJ t|no. .|t| 2, 5, 10 c. 20 s Ju..t|cr
Focus-area selection |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn 11 |ccus ..o.s
Lens servo • Autc|ccus (A|) |rst.rt s|rg|oso.vc A| (A|S), ccrt|rucusso.vc A| (A|´), .utc A|
S/A|´ so|oct|cr (A|A), p.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rg .ct|v.toJ .utcn.t|c.||y .ccc.J|rg
tc sub¦oct st.tus
• V.ru.| |ccus (V)
Storage
Media S| (Socu.o D|g|t.|) nonc.y c..Js, c.no.. suppc.ts S||´
File system ´cnp||.rt .|t| Dos|gr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Syston (|´|) 20 .rJ D|g|t.| P.|rt O.Jo.
Fc.n.t (||O|)
Compression • NEF (RAW) ccnp.ossoJ 12b|t • JPEG '||´ b.so||roccnp|.|rt
ISO sensitivity (Recom-
mended Exposure Index)
100 tc 1600 .|t| .JJ|t|cr.| sott|rgs c| up tc 1 |\ cvo. 1600 |r stops c| '/· |\
Autofocus
Detection range –10 tc +19 |\ (|SO 100 .t 20 ´/68 |)
AF-area mode S|rg|o..o. A|, Jyr.n|c..o. A|, .utc..o. A|
Focus lock |ccus c.r bo |cckoJ by p.oss|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y (s|rg|oso.vc A|) c.
by p.oss|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
¯¯| p|.so Jotoct|cr by ||kcr Vu|t|´AV 1000 .utc|ccus sorsc. ncJu|o
143 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Metering
Exposure
¯|.ooncJo t|.cug|t|o|ors (¯¯|) oxpcsu.o noto.|rg
Matrix 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || (typo ´ .rJ | |orsos), cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || (ct|o. ´||
|orsos), noto.|rg po.|c.noJ by 420sognort |´b sorsc.
Spot Voto.s 35 nn c|.c|o (.bcut 25° c| |..no) corto.oJ cr .ct|vo |ccus ..o.
Range (ISO 100 equivalent,
f/1.4 lens, 20 °C/68 °F)
0 tc 20 |\ (3| cc|c. n.t.|x c. corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg)
2 tc 20 |\ (spct noto.|rg)
Center-weighted \o|g|t c| 5° g|vor tc 6, 8, c. 10 nn c|.c|o |r corto. c| |..no
Exposure meter coupling ´|| ccup||rg
Mode ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ( .utc, pc.t..|t, |.rJsc.po, n.c.c c|csoup, spc.ts,
r|g|t |.rJsc.po, r|g| pc.t..|t), p.cg..nnoJ .utc (P) .|t| flox|b|o p.cg..n, s|utto.
p.|c.|ty .utc (S), .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc (A), n.ru.| (M)
Exposure compensation –5 tc +5 |\ |r |rc.onorts c| '/· c. '⁄. |\
Bracketing |xpcsu.o .rJ / c. fl.s| b..ckot|rg (2–3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\)
Exposure lock |xpcsu.o |cckoJ .t JotoctoJ v.|uo .|t| AE-L/AF-L buttcr
Shutter ||oct.cr|c.||yccrt.c||oJ vo.t|c.|t..vo| |cc.| p|.ro s|utto.
Speed 30 tc '⁄·... s |r stops c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\, bu|b
White balance Autc (¯¯| .||to b.|.rco .|t| 420sognort |´b sorsc.), s|x n.ru.| ncJos .|t| firo
tur|rg, cc|c. tonpo..tu.o sott|rg, p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Bracketing 2 tc 3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| 1
Built-in fash • , , ,

Autc fl.s| .|t| .utc pcpup
• P, S, A, M V.ru.| pcpup .|t| buttcr .o|o.so
Guide number (m/ft) App.cx 13/42 .t |SO 100 .rJ 20 ´ (68 |)
Sync contact
Flash
`ccrt.ct cr|y, fl.s| syrc|.cr|..t|cr .t s|utto. spooJs c| up tc '⁄... s
Flash control
Auto aperture Av.||.b|o .|t| Sb800 .rJ ´|| |ors
Non-TTL auto Av.||.b|o .|t| suc| SpooJ||g|ts .s Sb800, 80|`, 28|`, 28, 2, .rJ 22s
TTL ¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| by 420sognort |´b sorsc. |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| .rJ
st.rJ..J |¯¯| fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| .v.||.b|o .|t| bu||t|r fl.s|, Sb800, .rJ Sb600
Range-priority manual Av.||.b|o .|t| Sb800
Flash-ready indicator ||g|ts .|or bu||t|r fl.s| c. Sbso.|os SpooJ||g|t suc| .s 800, 600, 80|`, 28|`, 50|`,
28, 2, c. 22s |s |u||y c|..goJ, b||rks |c. .bcut 3 s .|to. fl.s| |s fi.oJ .t |u|| cutput
Accessory shoe St.rJ..J |SO |cts|co ccrt.ct .|t| s.|oty |cck
Nikon Creative Lighting
System
\|t| Sb800, 600, .rJ |200, suppc.ts AJv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||g|t|rg (Sb600 .rJ |200 cr|y
suppc.t A\| .|or usoJ .s .oncto fl.s|), Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc, ||.s| ´c|c. |r|c.
n.t|cr ´cnnur|c.t|cr, ncJo||rg ||.s|, .rJ |\ |cck
Flash mode • , ,

Autc, .utc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, fi||fl.s| .rJ .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o
.|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t


Autc, .utc s|c. syrc, .utc s|c. syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, s|c. syrc .rJ s|c.
syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
• , ,

||||fl.s| .rJ .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
• P, A |||| fl.s|, .o..cu.t.|r .|t| s|c. syrc, s|c. syrc, s|c. syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr,
.oJoyo .oJuct|cr
• S, M |||| fl.s|, .o..cu.t.|r syrc, .oJoyo .oJuct|cr
Monitor 25 |r, 230,000Jct, |c.tonpo..tu.o pc|ys|||ccr ¯|¯ |´| .|t| b.|g|tross .J¦ustnort
Video output ´.r bo so|octoJ |.cn |¯S´ .rJ |A|
External interface |Sb 20 ||spooJ
Tripod socket '⁄· |r (|SO)
144 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Firmware upgrades ||.n...o c.r bo upg..JoJ by uso.
Supported languages ´||roso (S|np||fioJ .rJ ¯..J|t|cr.|), |utc|, |rg||s|, ||rr|s|, |.orc|, ´o.n.r, |t.||.r,
'.p.roso, |c.o.r, |c||s|, |c.tuguoso, |uss|.r, Sp.r|s|, S.oJ|s|
Power source • Oro .oc|..go.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.y, c|..g|rg vc|t.go (V|18. ou|ck c|..
go.) 4 \ |´
• Vb|80 Vu|t||c.o. b.tto.y p.ck (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) .|t| cro c. t.c .oc|..go.b|o
||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x ||6 .|k.||ro, ||6 ||V|, ||6 ||t||un, c. ¯|6 r|cko|
n.rg.roso AA b.tto.|os
• ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 132 × 103 × nn (52 × 41 × 30 |r)
Weight App.cx 585 g (1 |b 5c.) .|t|cut b.tto.y, nonc.y c..J, bcJy c.p, c. |´| ncr|tc. ccvo.
Operating environment
Temperature 0 tc +40 ´ (+32 tc 104 |)
Humidity |oss t|.r 85° (rc ccrJors.t|cr)
Rated input A´ 100 tc 240 \, 50/60 |.
Rated output |´ 84 \ / 900 nA
Supported batteries ||||3o .oc|..go.b|o |||cr b.tto.|os
Charging time App.cx 135 n|rutos
Operating temperature 0 tc +40 ´ (+32 tc 104 |)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 90 × 35 × 58 nn (35 × 14 × 23 |r)
Length of cord App.cx 1,800 nn (5 |t 11 |r)
Weight App.cx 80 g (28 c.), oxc|uJ|rg pc.o. c.b|o
Type |oc|..go.b|o ||t||un|cr b.tto.y
Rated capacity 4 \ / 1500 nA|
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 395 × 56 × 21 nn (16 × 22 × 08 |r)
Weight App.cx 80 g (28 c.), oxc|uJ|rg pc.o. c.b|o
|r|oss ct|o..|so st.toJ, .|| figu.os ..o |c. . c.no.. .|t| . |u||yc|..goJ b.tto.y cpo..t|rg .t .r .nb|
ort tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |)
MH-18a Quick Charger
Specifications
||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|g|t tc c|.rgo t|o spoc|fic.t|crs c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t||s
n.ru.| .t .ry t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. J.n.gos t|.t n.y .osu|t
|.cn .ry n|st.kos t|.t t||s n.ru.| n.y ccrt.|r
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
145 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Type ´typo A|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. |ors .|t| bu||t|r ´|| .rJ ||kcr ncurt
Supported cameras ||kcr |` |c.n.t J|g|t.| c.no..s
Focal length 18 – 135 nn
Max. aperture 1 35 – 56
Construction 15 o|onorts |r 13 g.cups (|rc|uJ|rg 1 || g|.ss o|onort .rJ 2 .sp|o.|c.| o|onorts)
Focal length scale 18, 24, 35, 50, 0, 105, 135
Distance information Supp||oJ tc c.no.. bcJy
Zoom ¯ccn .J¦ustoJ by .ct.t|rg .ccn .|rg
Focus Autc|ccus .|t| S||ort \.vo Vctc., n.ru.| |ccus, n.ru.| |ccus suppc.toJ .|or AV
s.|tc| sot tc A c. V |ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ by .ct.t|rg |ors |ccus|rg .|rg .|to. |cck|rg
|ccus |r s|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus |c rct uso |ccus|rg .|rg .|||o c.no.. |s |ccus|rg
Closest focus distance 045 n (15 |t) .t .|| .ccn pcs|t|crs
Aperture Sovor b|.Jo J|.p|..gn .|t| .utc .po.tu.o
Aperture range |/35 – 22 (.t 18 nn), |/56 – 38 (.t 135 nn)
Metering V.x|nun .po.tu.o
Filter diameter 6 nn (|05 nn)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 35 nn J|.noto. × 865 nn/29 × 34 |r
Weight App.cx 385 g (136 c.)
Lens hood |b32 (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, .tt.c|os .s s|c.r bo|c.)
ቢ ባ


18–135 mm f/3.5–5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately)
¯|o |c||c.|rg .ccossc.|os c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| t|o 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |||| A|S |` to|occrvo.t
o.s (.|| typos), || .utc oxtors|cr .|rgs (.|| typos), | .|rgs (.|| typos), b|4 .utc .|rgs, bo||c.s .tt.c|
norts (.|| typos), .rJ S`1 .tt.c|nort .|rgs Ot|o. .ccossc.|os n.y .|sc bo |rccnp.t|b|o Soo t|o
.ccossc.y n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
146 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Battery Life
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts t|.t c.r bo t.kor .|t| . |u||yc|..goJ ||||3o b.tto.y (1500 nA|) v..|os .|t|
t|o ccrJ|t|cr c| t|o b.tto.y, tonpo..tu.o, .rJ |c. t|o c.no.. |s usoJ ¯|o |c||c.|rg no.su.onorts
.o.o po.|c.noJ .t . tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |)
Example 1: 2,700 shots
A|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors, ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus,
|n.go ou.||ty sot tc '||´ b.s|c, |n.go s|.o sot tc M, s|utto. spooJ '⁄.. s, s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..y |c. t|.oo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cyc|oJ |.cn |rfir|ty tc n|r|nun ..rgo t|.oo t|nos, .|to. s|x s|cts,
ncr|tc. tu.roJ cr |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ t|or tu.roJ cff, cyc|o .opo.toJ crco oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo
tu.roJ cff
Example 2: 600 shots
A|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors, s|rg|o|..no s|cct|rg ncJo, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus,
|n.go ou.||ty sot tc '||´ |c.n.|, |n.go s|.o sot tc L, s|utto. spooJ 1⁄250 s, s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
p.ossoJ |.||..y |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cyc|oJ |.cn |rfir|ty tc n|r|nun ..rgo crco, ncr|tc.
tu.roJ cr |c. |cu. soccrJs .|to. o.c| s|ct, bu||t|r SpooJ||g|t fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. .|t| ovo.y ct|o. s|ct,
roxt s|ct t.kor .|to. oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo tu.roJ cff
¯|o |c||c.|rg c.r .oJuco b.tto.y |||o
¯c orsu.o n.x|nun b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
• |oop t|o b.tto.y ccrt.cts c|o.r Sc||oJ ccrt.cts c.r .oJuco b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
• |so ||||3o b.tto.|os |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. c|..g|rg b.tto.|os .||| |cso t|o|. c|..go || |o|t urusoJ
• ´|ock b.tto.y st.tus .ogu|..|y us|rg t|o Battery info cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru ( 10)
¯|o b.tto.y |ovo| J|sp|.yoJ by t|o c.no.. n.y v..y .|t| c|.rgos |r tonpo..tu.o
• |s|rg t|o ncr|tc.
• |oop|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..y
• |opo.toJ .utc|ccus cpo..t|crs
• ¯.k|rg |A\ (|||) p|ctcg..p|s
• S|c. s|utto. spooJs
147 Technical Notes / Index
Index
Symbols
3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||
See Voto.|rg
420sognort |´b sorsc. See
Voto.|rg, \||to b.|.rco
(.utc ncJo), 19–23
(c|csoup ncJo), 24–25
(ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg
|rJ|c.tc.), 36
(oxpcsu.o ccnpors.
t|cr), 54
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr), 55
(fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc.), 23
(|\ |cck), 92–93
(|.rJsc.po ncJo), 24–25
(r|g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo),
24–25
(r|g|t pc.t..|t ncJo),
24–25
(pc.t..|t ncJo), 24–25
(.oncto ccrt.c| |rJ|c.tc.),
38–39
(so|| t|no. |rJ|c.tc.), 3
(spc.ts ncJo), 24–25
A
A See Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
Accossc.|os See also b.tto.y,
|ors, ||.s|, cpt|cr.|
cpt|cr.|, 116–123
supp||oJ,
AJcbo |´b See ´c|c. ncJo
AJv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||g|t
|rg, 120
AE-L/AF-L (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
AE lock (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
A|A See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
AF area illumination (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 95
AF-area mode (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 8
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc., 28, 8
A|´ See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
A|S See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
Apo.tu.o, 49–50, 141
n.x|nun, 49, 50, 116, 121
n|r|nun, 45, 49, 50, 132
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, 49
AuJ|c/v|Joc (A\) c.b|o, 66
Autc..o. A| See AF-area
mode
Auto BKT order (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 91
Auto BKT set (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 90
Autcoxpcsu.o |cck, 53 See
also AE lock
Autc|ccus See |ccus
Autc (||.s| ncJo), 41
Auto FP (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 98
Auto image rotation (sotup
noru), 108
Autc noto. cff, 18, 99
Auto meter off (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 99
Autc ncJo, 19–23
B
b.ck||g|t, ccrt.c| p.ro|, 3, 93
bAS|´ See |n.go ou.||ty
b.tto.y, , 12–13, 19, 123, 12
See also Battery info, ´|cck,
b.tto.y, Vb|80
||||3o, , 12–13, 123
|rso.t|rg, 12–13
|||o, 146
stc..go, ||, 12
Battery info (sotup noru),
10
Beep (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 86
(b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc.),
56–5
b|.ck .rJ .||to, 81
b|u., .oJuc|rg, 36, 51 See also
Exposure delay mode,
So|| t|no., S|cct|rg ncJo,
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, S|cct
|rg ncJo, ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
b..ckot|rg, 56–5, 140 See
also |xpcsu.o, b..ckot|rg,
||.s|, b..ckot|rg, \||to b.|
.rco, b..ckot|rg
b.|g|tross See |xpcsu.o,
||.s|, |ovo|, LCD brightness,
Vcr|tc., b.|g|tross c|
buffo. s|.o, 36
Built-in AF-assist illumi-
nator (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 8
Built-in flash (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 40, 95
bu|b See |crg t|nooxpc
su.os
bu.st See S|cct|rg ncJo,
ccrt|rucus
b/\ See b|.ck .rJ .||to
C
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c, 68, 123
´.ptu.o |`, 106, 123
Center AF area (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 8
´orto..o|g|toJ See Cen-
ter-weighted, Voto.|rg
Center-weighted (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 90
´|cck, 103, 132
b.tto.y, 103
(“c|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.
tc.), 103, 132
´|cso up, 24–25
´|S See ´.o.t|vo ||g|t|rg
Syston
´c|c. See ´c|c. ncJo, Filter
effects, |uo, S.tu..t|cr,
\||to b.|.rco
´c|c. ncJo, 80
´c|c. p.cfi|o See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. sp.co See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. tonpo..tu.o, 58, 59,
140 See also \||to b.|.rco
Command dials (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 91
´cnputo., 6–68, 69
´crt|rucus, 36
´crt|rucusso.vc A| See
|ccus, .utc|ccus, ncJo
´crt..st, 9–80 See also
Optimize image, ¯cro
ccnpors.t|cr
´cp|os See Small picture
´|| |ors See |ors, ´||
´.o.t|vo ||g|t|rg Syston
(´|S), 119, 121
´.cp, 1, 111 See also |.|rt
|rg, Trim
CSM/Setup menu (sotup
noru), 101–102
´ustcn Sott|rgs, 86–100
D
|.to, 14, 103 See also ´|cck,
World time
|.y||g|t s.v|rg t|no, 103 See
also World time
|´| See |os|gr |u|o |c.
´.no.. |||o Syston
|´||, 9
|o|.u|t sott|rgs, 134–13 See
also Reset, ¯.cbuttcr .osot
|o|oto, 26, 65, 4 See also
Vonc.y c..J, |c.n.tt|rg,
|.ctoct|rg p|ctcg..p|s
.|| |n.gos, 4
so|octoJ |n.gos, 4
s|rg|o|..no p|.yb.ck,
26, 65
|o|.yoJ .oncto, 36, 38
Delete (p|.yb.ck noru), 4
|opt| c| fio|J, 49
p.ov|o., 49 See also Mod-
eling flash
|os|gr |u|o |c. ´.no.. |||o
Syston, 134
||g|t.| |.|rt O.Jo. |c.n.t, 69,
3, 134
||g|t.| \..||.cg..n, 24–25
||cpto., 1, 122 See also
\|o.firJo.
|||g|t|rg, 110
D-lighting (.otcuc| noru),
110
||O| See ||g|t.| |.|rt O.Jo.
|c.n.t
Dust off ref photo (sotup
noru), 106–10
|yr.n|c ..o. A| See AF-
area mode
E
||oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. See
|ccus, n.ru.|
EV step (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 89
|x|| vo.s|cr 221, 134
|xpcsu.o, 52–5, 89 See also
Apo.tu.o, Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty
.utc, Autcoxpcsu.o |cck,
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, S|utto.
p.|c.|ty .utc, S|utto. spooJ,
V.ru.| ncJo
b..ckot|rg, 56–5, 140
ccnpors.t|cr, 54, 55, 89
o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o
J|sp|.y, 50
noto.s, 3, 18, 99
p.cg..n, 139
Exposure comp. (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 89
Exposure delay mode (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 99
|yop|oco c.p, 3, 8, 3
F
|||o, 33, 35, , 106, 138
|c.n.t, 35, , 134
File no. sequence (sotup
noru), 106
|||to. See also Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|, Filter effects,
|out..| |ors|ty (||)
Filter effects (.otcuc|
noru), 112
||.n...o See Firmware
version
148 Technical Notes / Index
Firmware version (sotup
noru), 108
|||| See |n.go ou.||ty
||.s|
b..ckot|rg, 56–5
bu||t |r, 23, 40–42, 95
ccnpors.t|cr, 55
|ovo|, 42, 90, 92
ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|, 93, 95–9
cpt|cr.|, 119–121
..rgo, 23, 119, 141
.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc., 23, 93, 121
.oncto, 119
syrc spooJ, 42
||.s| ncJo, 40–42
Flash shutter speed (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 98
Flash warning (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 98
||ox|b|o p.cg..n See |.c
g..nnoJ .utc
|ccus, 28–32 See also AF-
area mode
..o., 30, 32, 8
corto., 30, 8
.utc|ccus, 28–31
|cck, 31
ncJo, 29–30
n.ru.|, 32
t..ck|rg, 24
Focus area (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
|c|Jo., 5, 102
p|.yb.ck, 5
.occ.J|rg, 105
Folders (sotup noru), 105
Format (sotup noru), 102
|..n|rg g.|J, 6 See also Grid
display
|.crtcu.t.|r syrc, 42
FUNC button (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 92–93
|\ |cck, 92–93
G
Grid display (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 89
H
Hide image (p|.yb.ck
noru), 8
||J|rg |n.gos See Hide
image
High ISO NR (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
||g|||g|ts, 63
||stcg..n, 63
|uo, 80
I
Illumination (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 93
|||un|r.tc. See b.ck||g|t,
ccrt.c| p.ro|, A|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc.
Image comment (sotup
noru), 104
Image overlay (.otcuc|
noru), 114–115
|n.go ou.||ty, 34
||| (|A\), 34, 35, 69,
114–115
Image quality (s|cct|rg
noru), 81
Image review (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 88
|n.go sorsc., 34, 46, 106, 125
J|nors|crs c|, 142
|n.go s|.o, 35
Image size (s|cct|rg noru),
81
ISO auto (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 88
|SO sors|t|v|ty, 43
.utc, 43, 88
ISO sensitivity (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c|, 96,
119–121, 141
J
'||´, 33, 35, 69, 138
K
| See ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o,
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rg
L
| See |n.go s|.o
|.rJsc.pos See (|.rJ
sc.po ncJo), (r|g|t
|.rJsc.po ncJo)
|.rgu.go, 14, 103
Language (sotup noru), 103
LCD brightness (sotup
noru), 103
|ors, 11, 21, 116–11
´||, 11
typo |, 11
typo ´, 11
rcr´||, 118
||g|t|rg See ||.s|, \||to
b.|.rco
Long exp. NR (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
|crg t|nooxpcsu.os, 51, 123
|c.p.ss fi|to., 125–126
c|o.r|rg, 125–126
M
V See |n.go s|.o
M See V.ru.| ncJo
V.ru.| ncJo, 45, 50–51
Vb|80, 100, 10, 123
MB-D80 batteries (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 100
V.ss stc..go See |Sb, V.ss
stc..go
V.t.|x See Voto.|rg
Vonc.y buffo., 36, 83, 138
Vonc.y c..J, 15–16, 122, 138
.pp.cvoJ, 122
c.p.c|ty, 138
|c.n.tt|rg, 16, 102
|cck, 15
Vorus, 4–114 See also
CSM/Setup menu
us|rg, 9–10
Voto.|rg, 52
V|..c., 16, 106, 124, 125–126
Mirror lock-up (sotup
noru), 106
VcJo, 45–51 See also
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, Autc
ncJo, ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n,
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, V.ru.|
ncJo, S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
Modeling flash (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 98
Vcr|tc., 8, 9, 61, 124
.utc cff, 98
b.|g|tross c|, 103
ccvo., 8
Monitor off (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 98
Vcrcc|.cno, 112 See also
b|.ck .rJ .||to
Monochrome (.otcuc|
noru), 112
Vcv|rg sub¦octs See
(spc.ts ncJo), |ccus, .utc
|ccus, ncJo
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o, 84–85
Multiple exposure (s|cct
|rg noru), 84–85
N
|| See |||to., |out..| |ors|ty
(||)
||| (|A\) See |n.go ou.||ty,
||| (|A\)
|out..| |ors|ty See |||to.,
|out..| |ors|ty (||)
||g|t p|ctcg..p|y See
(r|g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo),
(r|g|t pc.t..|t ncJo)
|c|so, 43, 51, 83, 88 See
also High ISO NR; Long
exp. NR
No memory card? (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 88
|cr´|| |ors See |ors,
rcr´||
|O|VA| See |n.go ou.||ty
|¯S´ See Video mode
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r
|rg, 5, 16, 19, 91
O
Off (||.s| ncJo), 41
Optimize image (s|cct|rg
noru), 9–81
Opt|crs See Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|
P
P See |.cg..nnoJ .utc
||ctb.|Jgo, 69, 1–3, 8, 134
||ctnct|cr, 5–
||ctu.o|.c¦oct, 6, 69, 104
||ctu.o ¯..rs|o. |.ctccc| See
|Sb, |¯|
(flox|b|o p.cg..n |rJ|c.
tc.), 4
||.yb.ck, 26, 61–3, 4–8
|u|| |..no, 26, 61
noru, 4–8
t|unbr.||, 63
.ccn, 64
Playback folder (p|.yb.ck
noru), 5
|c.t..|ts See (pc.t..|t
ncJo), (r|g|t pc.t..|t
ncJo), Optimize image
||| See \||to b.|.rco,
p.osot
|.|rt|rg, 69–3 See also
||ctb.|Jgo, Print set
Print set (p|.yb.ck noru), 8
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, 4
|.ctoct|rg p|ctcg..p|s, 65
|¯| See |Sb, |¯|
Q
Çu.||ty See |n.go ou.||ty
Çu|ck.ospcrso .oncto, 36, 38
R
|A\ See |n.go ou.||ty, |||
(|A\)
|o..cu.t.|r syrc, 41
Red eye correction (.otcuc|
noru), 111
|oJoyo .oJuct|cr, 41
|oncto See Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|, S|cct|rg ncJo,
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, S|cct
|rg ncJo, ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
|oncto cc.J, 123
Remote (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 99
|osot See |o|.u|t sott|rgs,
Reset, ¯.cbuttcr .osot
Reset (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 86
|otcuc| noru, 109–115
Rotate tall (p|.yb.ck noru),
5
149 Technical Notes / Index
|ct.t|rg p|ctcg..p|s, 5, 108
S
S See |n.go s|.o
S See S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
(s|rg|o|..no s|cct|rg
|rJ|c.tc.), 36
S.tu..t|cr, 80
S| See Vonc.y c..J
Socu.o ||g|t.| See Vonc.y
c..J
So|| t|no., 36, 99
Self timer (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 99
So||pc.t..|ts See So|| t|no.
Sors|t|v|ty See |SO sors|t|v|ty
Sop|. See Monochrome
Sotup noru, 101–108
S|..por|rg, 80
S|cct|rg noru, 9–85
S|cct|rg ncJo, 36–39
ccrt|rucus, 36
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, 38
ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto, 38
so|| t|no., 3
s|rg|o |..no, 36
S|utto., 22, 48
spooJ, 48, 50–51 See also
|xpcsu.o
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc, 48
S|rg|o ..o. A| See AF-area
mode
S|rg|o |..no, 36
S|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus See
|ccus, .utc|ccus, ncJo
S|.o See |n.go s|.o
S||Jo s|c. See Slide show
Slide show (p|.yb.ck noru),
5–
S|c. syrc, 41
Small picture (.otcuc|
noru), 112–113
SpooJ||g|t See ||.s|
Spct See Voto.|rg
s|´b See ´c|c. ncJo
T
¯o|ov|s|cr, 66
¯|no, 14, 103 See also ´|cck,
World time
¯|no oxpcsu.o See |crg t|no
oxpcsu.os
¯|unbr.|| See ||.yb.ck,
t|unbr.||
¯¯| See Built-in flash
¯cro ccnpors.t|cr, 80
Trim (.otcuc| noru), 111
¯.cbuttcr .osot, 44
U
|Sb, 6–68, 0, 104
c.b|o, 6, 0
V.ss stc..go, 6–68, 0,
104
|¯|, 6–68, 0, 104
USB (sotup noru), 104
V
\|Joc Jov|co, 66
Video mode (sotup noru),
103
\|||O O|¯, 66
\|o.firJo., 6, 8, 1, 22, 89,
122 See also Viewfinder
warning
.ccossc.|os, 122
|ccus, 1
|rJ|c.tc.s, 6
Viewfinder warning (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 89
\|o.|rg p|ctcg..p|s See
||.yb.ck
W
(.||to b.|.rco |rJ|c.tc.),
58–60
\||to b.|.rco, 58–60, 82 See
also ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o
b..ckot|rg, 90
p.osot, 59–60, 82
White balance (s|cct|rg
noru), 82
World time (sotup noru),
103
PrihIed ih 1hailahd
6M8A6711-02
No reproducIioh ih ahy !orm o! Ihis mahual, ih whole or ih parI (excepI !or
brie! quoIaIioh ih criIical arIicles or reviews), may be made wiIhouI wriIIeh
auIhorizaIioh !rom NIKON CORPORA1ION.

Where to Find It
Find what you’re looking for from:

The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.

See pages v–vi

The Q&A Index

See pages vii–ix

Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from the “question and answer” index.

The Index
Search by key word.

See pages 147–149

Error Messages

See pages 132–133

If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find the solution here.

Troubleshooting

See pages 129–131

Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.

Digitutor “Digitutor,” a series of “watch and learn” manuals in movie form, is available at the following website: http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html Help Use the camera‘s on-board help feature for help on menu items and other topics. See page 9 for details.

Introduction Tutorial
Photography and Playback More on Photography (All Modes) P, S, A, and M Modes

Reference
More on Playback Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer Playback Options: The Playback Menu Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu

Menu Guide

Custom Settings Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu

Technical Notes

i

To prevent possible injury. care should be taken not to put your finger in your eye accidentally. • Dust on or near the metal parts of the plug should be removed with a dry cloth. Continued use could result in fire. Do not disassemble Touching the product’s internal parts could result in injury. Do not transport or store the battery with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins. take the equipment to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. After removing the battery. read the following safety precautions in their entirety before using this equipment. To avoid damage to the product. • Discontinue use immediately should you notice any changes in the battery. Using the viewfinder diopter control When operating the viewfinder diopter control with your eye to the viewfinder. such as discoloration or deformation. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries for use in this product: • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. dry place. In the event of malfunction. take the power cable to a Nikon-authorized service representative for inspection. Keep out of reach of children Failure to observe this precaution could result in injury. • Replace the terminal cover when transporting the battery. • Do not expose the battery to flame or to excessive heat. • Do not handle the plug or charger with wet hands. modify. • Batteries are prone to leakage when fully discharged. as this could result in explosion or fire. • Do not immerse in or expose to water. Continued operation could result in injury. • When the battery is not in use. the product should be repaired only by a qualified technician. Should the insulation be damaged and the wires become exposed.For Your Safety To prevent damage to your Nikon product or injury to yourself or to others. The consequences that could result from failure to observe the precautions listed in this section are indicated by the following symbol: This icon marks warnings. • Do not attempt to insert the battery upside down or backwards. Do not place it under heavy objects or expose it to heat or flame. Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or child Placing the camera strap around the neck of an infant or child could result in strangulation. • Be sure the product is off before replacing the battery. Turn off immediately in the event of malfunction Should you notice smoke or an unusual smell coming from the equipment or AC adapter (available separately). Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. Do not use in the presence of flammable gas Do not use electronic equipment in the presence of flammable gas. • Do not short or disassemble the battery. be sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. Should the product break open as the result of a fall or other accident. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock. or forcibly tug or bend the power cable. remove the battery and/or AC adapter and then take the product to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger • Keep dry. attach the terminal cover and store in a cool. taking care to avoid burns. • Do not damage. be sure it is unplugged. • The battery may be hot immediately after use or when the product has been used on battery power for an extended period. read all warnings before using this Nikon product. • Do not handle the power cable or go near the charger during thunderstorms. Before removing the battery turn the camera off and allow the battery to cool. WARNINGS Do not look at the sun through the viewfinder Viewing the sun or other strong light source through the viewfinder could cause permanent visual impairment. If you are using an AC adapter. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock. ii For Your Safety . Observe proper precautions when handling batteries Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. unplug the AC adapter and remove the battery immediately. Keep these safety instructions where all those who use the product will read them.

Notices • No part of the manuals included with this product may be reproduced. when the CD-ROMs containing software or manuals should not flash should be no less than one meter (39 in. by any means. may cause harmful interference to radio communications.A. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Avoid contact with liquid crystal Should the monitor break. Failure to observe this for the purpose to maintain compliance with product precaution could result in burns or fire. Wash hands after handling.A.. • While every effort has been made to ensure that the information in these manuals is accurate and complete.Use appropriate cables Observe caution when using the flash When connecting cables to the input and output Do not operate the flash with the flash window jacks.) from be played back on audio CD equipment. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception. • Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in these manuals at any time and without prior notice. a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. Notices for Customers in Canada CAUTION This class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations. care should be taken to avoid injury due to broken glass and to prevent the liquid crystal from the monitor touching the skin or entering the eyes or mouth. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. and can radiate radio frequency energy and. we would appreciate it were you to bring any errors or omissions to the attention of the Nikon representative in your area (address provided separately). Notice for Customers in the State of California WARNING: Handling the cord on this product may expose you to lead.S. or translated into any language in any form. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Playing CDthe subject. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. However. • Nikon will not be held liable for any damages resulting from the use of this product. Notices iii . regulations. transmitted. transcribed. uses. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help. This equipment generates. ROMs on an audio CD player could cause hearing loss or damage the equipment. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. ATTENTION Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada. without Nikon’s prior written permission. Tel. Using the flash close to the subject’s eyes could cause temporary visual impairment.S. Melville.: 631-547-4200 Nikon Inc. Interface Cables Use the interface cables sold or provided by Nikon for your equipment. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Notices for Customers in the U. New York 11747-3064. Using other interface cables may exceed the limits of Class B Part 15 of the FCC rules. D80 CAUTIONS Modifications The FCC requires the user be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Nikon Corporation may void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. stored in a retrieval system. 1300 Walt Whitman Road. use only the cables provided or sold by Nikon touching a person or object. Particular care should CD-ROMs be observed when photographing infants. U.

or other device may be punishable by law. even if such copies or reproductions are stamped “Sample. Mac OS. and photographs is governed by national and international copyright laws. coins. Before discarding a data storage device or transferring ownership to another person. The SDHC logo is a trademark. Trademark Information Macintosh. and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Computer.” The copying or reproduction of paper money. Ensuring the privacy of such data is the user’s responsibility. or format the device and then completely refill it with images containing no private information (for example. coins. Be sure to also replace any pictures selected for preset white balance. ID cards. pictures of empty sky). Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft corporation. Inc. • Cautions on certain copies and reproductions The government has issued cautions on copies or reproductions of securities issued by private companies (shares. music. or local government bonds. Do not dispose of as household waste. Acrobat. bills. woodcuts. Unless the prior permission of the government has been obtained. etc. The SD logo is a trademark of the SD Card Association. potentially resulting in the malicious use of personal image data. checks. maps. and Adobe Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. Care should be taken to avoid injury when physically destroying data storage devices. contact the retailer or the local authorities in charge of waste management. gift certificates. The following apply only to users in European countries: • This product is designated for separate collection at an appropriate collection point. • Comply with copyright notices The copying or reproduction of copyrighted creative works such as books. movies. such as passes and meal coupons. or coupon tickets. except when a minimum of necessary copies are to be provided for business use by a company. and tickets. the copying or reproduction or unused postage stamps or post cards issued by the government is prohibited. PictBridge is a trademark. Do not use this product for the purpose of making illegal copies or to infringe copyright laws. Deleted files can sometimes be recovered from discarded storage devices using commercially available software. Disposing of Data Storage Devices Please note that deleting images or formatting memory cards or other data storage devices does not completely erase the original image data. Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction Note that simply being in possession of material that has been digitally copied or reproduced by means of a scanner. commuter passes. Adobe. drawings. The copying or reproduction of stamps issued by the government and of certified documents stipulated by law is prohibited. All other trade names mentioned in this manual or the other documentation provided with your Nikon product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.). erase all data using commercial deletion software. do not copy or reproduce passports issued by the government. • For more information. Also. • Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced Do not copy or reproduce paper money. securities.Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries This symbol indicates that this product is to be collected separately. iv Notices . government bonds. licenses issued by public agencies and private groups. paintings. or securities which are circulated in a foreign country is prohibited. prints. digital camera.

............................................. ................. A........................ 90 14: Auto BKT Order (P.................................................9 First Steps ............................................................................................. 48 Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) ....Table of Contents For Your Safety ..................... 67 Printing Photographs ....... S.vii Introduction .................. 64 Protecting Photographs from Deletion ..................... 94 19: AE Lock (All Modes) ....................................................................................................... 94 21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) .......................................... 81 Image Size (All Modes) ........ and ) ......... S................................................................ 58 Choosing a Color Temperature............................................................................................. 91 15: Command Dials (P............ 66 .......... 89 10: EV Step (All Modes) ........................................................................................ 11 Attaching a Lens ............ 89 12: Center-Weighted (P......................................................................................... 87 5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) ............ 86 1: Beep (All Modes) ............................................. 56 White Balance ........................ 33 Image Quality ............ 28 Focus Area Selection ...... 24 Basic Playback ................................... 44 P......... 66 Connecting to a Computer ......................................................................................... 31 Manual Focus .............. A... and M Modes).......................... 69 Tutorial ............... (P.............61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera ...................... 28 Focus ..................................... 83 High ISO NR (All Modes) .................. A............... A.... 17 Photo Information ............................. 38 Custom Settings ...... 30 Focus Lock ................................ 75 Hide Image .................................................... 59 Preset White Balance ................ and M Modes Only)........ 87 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) ................................ 88 6: Image Review (All Modes) ........... 88 7: ISO Auto (P.......................18 “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) .................. 35 Choosing a Shooting Mode ..................... and M Modes Only).................................................... or Printer ................ 92 17: Illumination (All Modes) ........................................................................................................... 37 Using a Remote Control ............. 65 Connecting to a TV................................................. 59 More on Playback ........... 74 Playback Folder ...................................................................... 93 18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) ........ A............. S........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................66 Viewing Photographs on TV ....... 95 Using the Built-in Flash ......................................................................................... 55 Bracketing .................. 12 Basic Setup .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 65 Deleting Individual Photographs .... and M Modes ................ iii Q & A Index ... 63 Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom................................................. S................................ 32 Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu ................................. 11 Charging and Inserting the Battery .................................................................. 78 Print Set .. A............................................................................................................................18 .............. 40 ISO Sensitivity .............................. 90 13: Auto BKT Set (P............74 Playback Options: The Playback Menu ................ 34 Image Size .............................................................................. 52 Metering ................28 ....................................... 84 Image Quality and Size .................. and M Modes Only) .. 89 11: Exposure Comp.............................................. 1 ........................................... 89 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes). 61 ...................................................................... 79 Optimize Image (P..................... 50 Exposure ......................... S.................................... and M Modes Only)............................. 86 R: Reset ............................................................................ 54 Flash Exposure Compensation .......................................................................................27 More on Photography (All Modes) ........................................................ S.............. 67 Before Connecting the Camera.......................................................................27 ................... 75 Rotate Tall ...... 15 Adjusting Viewfinder Focus ............. Computer.......................................................................................... 69 Printing Via Direct USB Connection .............. ii Notices .................................. and M Modes Only) .................. 43 Two-Button Reset ............................45 Mode P (Programmed Auto). 79 Image Quality (All Modes) ................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Using Camera Menus .............................. A..... 88 8: Grid Display (All Modes) .............. 94 20: Focus Area (All Modes)....................................................................................................................................... 14 Inserting Memory Cards .............................................. and M Modes) ........................... S................................................................................ 58 Fine-Tuning White Balance......................... 36 Self-Timer Mode .................................................................... 91 16: FUNC Button (All Modes) .................................... 52 Autoexposure Lock .................................... and M Modes) ...... 45 .............. 62 Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback .......... 81 White Balance (P.... 78 Reference ... and M Modes Only) ................................ A........ S........................... 47 Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) ......................74 ................... 26 Menu Guide . 74 Delete .................................................................................................................. 61 Table of Contents v ...........................................................................................................................................1 Getting to Know the Camera...................................................... 83 Long Exp. 28 Autofocus ............ 82 ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) .......................................... 53 Exposure Compensation .......................... 67 Connecting the USB Cable .............. NR (All Modes) ... 86 2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) .......................................... A...................................................................................................... A.......................................... S.................. 49 Mode M (Manual) ............................................... 75 Slide Show ......................... 87 4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except .................................................. 83 Multiple Exposure (P................................. S....... 19 Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) .............

................. 108 Auto Image Rotation ....................................................................................... 103 LCD Brightness ............................................................ 98 25: Auto FP (P........................................................ Delay Mode (All Modes) ................ 127 Troubleshooting........................ 119 Other Accessories ..... S........................................... and M Modes Only) ............................................................................................................................ S................................................................................................22: Built-in Flash (P................ 104 Folders ................ 107 Technical Notes ............................................................... 99 31: Exp................................ A........129 Camera Error Messages and Displays ....109 D-Lighting ................................ 116 Optional Accessories ....................................... 108 Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu ....................................116 Lenses ................................... 102 World Time ............................... 99 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) .............................. 111 Trim ................................................ and M Modes Only) ....................... 103 USB ................ 111 Monochrome ....................................... 103 Language ..................................... S......................... 110 Red-Eye Correction .............. Sequence ..................... 106 Mirror Lock-Up ...................................................................................................................................... 98 28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) ............................................... A.............................................................................................142 Index................................................................................................... and M Modes Only) ......................... 117 Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) ................................................................................................................................................ 106 Dust Off Ref Photo ........................................................................................................................... S............................................................................. 99 30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) ....... 98 26: Modeling Flash (P......................................................... S................... 104 Image Comment .................................... 112 Image Overlay .............................................. 132 Appendix ............................................ 98 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 101 Format Memory Card ................................................... A......................................................... 103 Video Mode......... 106 Battery Info ..............147 vi Table of Contents ......................................... and M Modes Only) ......... A...124 Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions .....................................134 Specifications .......... 105 File No. 112 Filter Effects .................. 98 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) .................................. 99 32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) ................................ 112 Small Picture .................101 CSM / Setup Menu ................... 114 Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu ........ A................................. 100 Firmware Version .............. 95 23: Flash Warning (P.......... and M Modes Only) .. 122 Caring for the Camera .............................

9 5. remote control Optional flash units Lenses Accessories for the D80 Approved memory cards Accessories for the D80 Servicing the camera Cleaning the camera Page # 9–10 3. 6 132–133 19 19 46 37. 93 99 99 99 86 101 103 106 Q & A Index vii . viewfinder Camera Error messages and displays Number of exposures remaining Battery level Exposure Self timer. 38 119–121 117–118 123 122 123 x. 126 124 Camera Setup Question How do I focus the viewfinder? How do I keep the monitor from turning off? How do I set the clock? How do I set the clock for daylight savings time? How do I change time zones when I travel? How do I adjust monitor brightness? How do I restore default settings? How do I turn off the light on the front of the camera? Can I display a framing grid in the viewfinder? How do I view the control panel in the dark? How do I keep the shutter speed and aperture displays from turning off? How do I change the self timer delay? How do I change the remote delay? How do I keep the camera from beeping? How do I view all the items in the menus? Can I display the menus in a different language? How do I keep the file number from being reset when I insert a new memory card? How do I reset file numbering to 1? Key phrase Viewfinder focus Monitor off World time LCD brightness Two-button reset AF-assist illuminator Grid display LCD illuminator Auto meter off Self timer Remote control Beep CSM / setup menu Language File number sequence Page # 17 98 103 103 44 87 89 3.Q & A Index Find what you’re looking for using this “question and answer” index. General Questions Question How do I use the menus? How do I get more information on a menu? What do these indicators mean? What does this warning mean? How many more shots can I take with this card? How much charge does the battery have left? What does “exposure” mean and how does it work? What do I do with the viewfinder eyepiece cap? What optional flash units (Speedlights) can I use? What lenses can I use? What accessories are available for my camera? What memory cards can I use? What software is available for my camera? Who can I ask to repair or inspect my camera? How do I clean the camera or lens? Key phrase Using the menus Help Control panel.

25 24. A. 25 36 37 38–39 45–51 48 49 54 51 40–42 41 43 28–29 29 30 31 33–35 viii Q & A Index . and M modes Mode S (shutter-priority auto) Mode A (aperture-priority auto) Exposure compensation Long time-exposures Flash photography. 25 24.Taking Photographs Question Is there an easy way to take snapshots? Is there an easy way to take more creative shots? How do I bring out a portrait subject? How can I get good landscape shots? How do I take close ups of small objects? How do I “freeze” a moving subject? How do I shoot scenery at night? Can I include night backgrounds in my portraits? How do I take a lot of photographs quickly? Can I shoot a self-portrait? Is there a remote control for this camera? How do I adjust exposure? How do I freeze or blur moving objects? How do I blur background details? Can I make photos brighter or darker? How do I make a time exposure? How do I use the flash? Can the flash fire automatically when needed? How do I keep the flash from firing? How do I prevent red eye? Can I take pictures under low light without the flash? Can I control how the camera focuses? How do I focus on a moving subject? How do I choose where the camera focuses? Can I change the composition after focusing? How do I improve image quality? How do I take bigger photographs? How can I get more photos on the memory card? Can I take photos at a reduced size for e-mail? Key phrase Auto mode Digital Vari-Program modes Portrait mode Landscape mode Close-up mode Sports mode Night landscape mode Night portrait mode Shooting mode Self timer Remote control Exposure. 25 24. flash mode Red-eye reduction ISO sensitivity Autofocus Autofocus mode Focus area Focus lock Image quality and size Page # 19–23 24–25 24. 25 24. 25 24. S. P.

63 62–63 62–63 26. 65 74 64 65 75–77 66 75–77 67–68 69–73 69–73 71. and Retouching Photographs Question Can I view my photographs on the camera? Can I view more information about photos? Why parts of my photos blink? How do I get rid of an unwanted photo? Can I delete several photos at once? Can I zoom in on pictures to make sure they’re in focus? Can I protect photos from accidental deletion? Is there an automatic playback (“slide show”) option? Can I view my photos on TV? Can I set a slide show to music? How do I copy photos to my computer? How do I print photographs? Can I print photos without a computer? Can I print the date on my photographs? How do I order professional prints? How do I bring out details in shadows? Can I get rid of red eye? Can I crop photographs on the camera? Can I create a monochrome copy of a photograph? Can I create a copy with different colors? Can I make a small copy of a photograph? Can I overlay two photos to make a single image? Key phrase Camera playback Photo info Photo info. Printing. 73 73 110 111 111 112 112 112–113 114–115 Q & A Index ix .Viewing. DPOF Print set D-lighting Red-eye correction Trim Monochrome Filter effects Small picture Image overlay Page # 61. highlights Deleting individual photos Delete Playback zoom Protect Slide show Television playback Pictmotion Connecting to a computer Printing photographs Printing via USB Time stamp.

continually-updated information is available on-line at the following sites: • For users in the U. tips. and the Middle East: http://www.com/ x Q & A Index .europe-nikon.A. Additional information may be available from the Nikon representative in your area. Oceania. answers to frequentlyasked questions (FAQs).com/support • For users in Asia.Life-Long Learning As part of Nikon’s “Life-Long Learning” commitment to ongoing product support and education.com/ • For users in Europe and Africa: http://www. See the following URL for contact information: http://nikonimaging.com/ Visit these sites to keep up-to-date with the latest product information.S.nikon-asia.: http://www.nikonusa. and general advice on digital imaging and photography.

6G lens ( tive purposes. This icon marks notes. Focal length index 8 7 6 7. information that should be read before use to prevent damage to the camera. A-M mode switch: 8. This icon indicates that more information is available elsewhere in this manual or in the Quick Start Guide. Focal length scale 2. Focus ring 3. Read this manual thoroughly before use.Introduction Thank you for your purchase of a Nikon D80 single-lens reflex (SLR) digital camera with interchangeable lenses.5–5. Lens cap: 17. additional information that may be helpful when using the camera. information that should be read before using the camera. Lens An AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. 1 2 3 4 145) is used in this manual for illustra- 5 9 1. To make it easier to find the information you need. This icon marks settings that can be finetuned from the Custom Settings menu. 32 4. the following symbols and conventions are used: This icon marks cautions. This icon marks tips. Rear cap: 11 6. 19 11. CPU contacts: 117 Introduction 1 . This manual has been written to help you enjoy taking pictures with your Nikon digital camera. This icon marks settings that can be adjusted using camera menus. and keep it handy when using the product. Mounting index: 11 5. Zoom ring: 21 9.

........ 92 21 Eyelet for camera strap . 49 18 Grip................................ 38 Red-eye reduction lamp ...................................................................................................... 11 6 Eyelet for camera strap ... 67 9 Reset switch..... 87 Self-timer lamp ......................................................... button................................................ Camera Body 22 20 19 1 33 2 3 4 5 6 31 7 8 9 10 11 15 14 13 12 32 23 24 25 26 21 27 28 30 29 18 17 16 1 Built-in flash ...... 91 20 FUNC........................................................................................................... 48......................... 38 27 (AF mode) button............................................................. 8 7 Connector cover ..................................................119 31 (focal plane mark).... 28...................... 23 24 Power switch ................ 44 26 (shooting mode) button ....................................... 66 12 Remote cord connector...................................................................... 54 ● (reset button) ....................................... 8 22 AF-assist illuminator ............................................... 10........ 32 14 Lens release button ............................. 32 32 Mode dial .............47...... 38 5 Lens mounting index ............ You may find it helpful to bookmark this section and refer to it as you read through the rest of the manual.............................................................................................................................................. 50 33 (metering mode) button ......................................................................................... 36 Self-timer mode ............ 28........... 29 ● (reset button) .............................................................................. 16 2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ....................123 11 Video connector ..... 40 2 (flash mode) button ................................... 67.................................................................................................................. 11............................................... 49............... 39 23 Shutter-release button.............. 22.... 11 16 Mirror .................................................119 30 Accessory shoe (for optional flash unit) .... 11 15 Lens mount .................................................... 5 29 Accessory shoe cover ............................ 19 Illuminator switch ............................ 52 (format) button .............. 40 (flash compensation) ..... 21 19 Sub-command dial ...................................................................... 23............................... 37.....................56–57 4 Infrared receiver ..... 3 25 (exposure compensation) button .......................................................................................66......................129 10 DC-IN connector for optional EH-5 AC adapter .................................................... 125 17 Depth-of-field preview button ............ 37 Remote control mode.......................................... 55 3 (bracketing) button .................................................................................Getting to Know the Camera Take a few moments to familiarize yourself with camera controls and displays...................................... 44 28 Control panel . 70 8 USB connector .... 36 Single/continuous mode .........................106..123 13 Focus-mode selector ..........................

........................................... 34............... Help is displayed while the pressed.............. 58 (menu) button.............. 31. 13 Multi selector * Tripod socket (playback zoom) button............................................................................... 9............................................. press the multi selector up or down........ 21 Diopter adjustment control................................... 9 Battery-chamber cover latch .19 18 17 16 20 21 1 3 4 2 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 15 14 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 13 9 12 10 11 Viewfinder eyepiece .......................................... Help is available in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes or when a icon is displayed in the bottom left corner of the monitor................................. press the button at the button is bottom left corner of the monitor......... View more photo info Move cursor up View previous photo Return to previous menu Cancel View more photo info Move cursor down Help For help on the current mode or menu item................................. 43 (help/protect) button ...... 13 Battery-chamber cover.............. 61 Monitor .................... the illuminator will remain active while the exposure meters are active or until the shutter is released... 23 button ............................................................ 10.... Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 3 ......... Playback ( 61) Menu navigation ( 9) View next photo Display sub-menu Make selection The LCD Illuminator Holding the power switch in the position activates the exposure meters and the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator)............. After the power switch is released.................. 17 (AE-L/AF-L) button .............. allowing the display to be read in the dark.......................... 8 Main command dial ............................................ 26................................. 30 Memory card access lamp............ 6........................................ 63 ISO (ISO sensitivity) button ............................... 65 (format) button .... 8 Viewfinder eyepiece cup ....................... to scroll the display............. 64 QUAL (image quality/size) button...... 16 * Multi selector The multi selector is used for menu navigation and to control the display of photo information during playback... 9 (playback) button ............................................ 26.......................... 65 WB (white balance) button ................... 91 Memory card slot cover ....... 35 (thumbnail) button ............................. 15.................. 9........... 26 (delete) button ... 94 DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap ................. 17.. 15 Focus selector lock ..................

25): Shoot portraits against a dimly-lit backdrop. S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48): Choose fast shutter speeds to freeze action. Recommended for first-time users of digital cameras. 25): Take landscape shots at night. insects. 25): Preserve details in landscape shots. — Night landscape ( 24. making creative photography as simple as rotating the mode dial. Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs) Selecting a Digital Vari-Program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. 25): Freeze motion for dynamic sports shots. — Portrait ( 24. 25): Shoot portraits with background in soft focus. — Night portrait ( 24. P — Programmed auto ( 47): Camera chooses shutter speed and aperture. 4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera . — Landscape ( 24. — Auto ( 19): Camera adjusts settings automatically to produce optimal results with “point-and-shoot” simplicity. — Sports ( 24. — Close up ( 24. M — Manual ( 50): Match shutter speed and aperture to your creative intent. user controls other settings. and other small objects. 25): Take vivid close-ups of flowers.The Mode Dial The D80 offers a choice of the following eleven shooting modes: Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes) Select these modes for full control over camera settings. A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49): Adjust aperture to soften background details or increase depth-of-field to bring both main subject and background into focus. slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving objects.

........................ 30... 68 Preset white balance recording indicator ......... Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 5 ....... 60 9 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures) 10 Shooting mode ................................. 55 14 Flexible program indicator .................. 84 20 Black-and-white indicator ........................................ or color temperature.............................................................................................. 56 18 Metering mode ............................................................................................................................................ 87 AF-area mode ........................................................................ if there is room for approximately 1................. 59 Number of shots in bracketing sequence ... 36 Self-timer/remote control mode ... 43 White balance fine-tuning...................... the number of exposures remaining will be shown in thousands....................................................................................................... 54 13 Flash compensation indicator.......................56....... 56 PC connection indicator ............................................... 54 Flash compensation value......... 68 12 Exposure compensation indicator ... 48....................... 49............. 37................................................................................... 40..................................... 36 PC mode indicator..........260 exposures.. the exposure count display will show 1...... rounded down to the nearest hundred (e........................... 86 22 “Clock not set” indicator ................... 50 Exposure compensation value .... 43 3 Battery indicator ............................................. 29 17 Bracketing progress indicator........ 132 23 Bracketing indicator .....................g............................... 81 21 “Beep” indicator ...... 34 6 Image size ...................... 140 2 ISO sensitivity indicator ................... 58 8 Number of exposures remaining ............................... 87 16 AF mode .. 41 5 Image quality ...2 K).. 19 4 Flash sync mode ............................... 35 7 White balance mode . 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ........................................................................ 30........ 55 ISO sensitivity ....Control Panel 1 2 3 4 11 10 14 9 8 5 6 7 16 17 19 18 15 21 20 12 13 23 22 1 Shutter speed ................................................................................................................... 56 Large-Capacity Memory Cards When enough memory remains on the memory card to record a thousand or more pictures at current settings........103............ 43 ISO AUTO indicator ............................................................................................. 58............................................................ 38 11 Aperture (f/-number) .............................................. 52 19 Multiple exposure indicator ........ 50 Bracketing increment ........... 47 15 Focus area ..............................................

............................................. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 Framing grid (displayed when On is selected for Custom Setting 8 (Grid display)) ................... 23 19 Auto ISO sensitivity indicator ...... 22 10 Flash value (FV) lock ............................... 50 13 Aperture (f/-number) ................................................ 6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ................................... 133 4 Battery indicator 1 ....... 68 18 Flash-ready indicator.......... 55 PC connection indicator ................... 5 The Control Panel and Viewfinder The response times and brightness of the control panel and viewfinder may vary with temperature................. 89 2 8-mm (0.................... 52.............................................. Can be hidden with Custom Setting 9 ( 89) 14 Electronic analog exposure display ............................................. 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ....... 87 9 Focus indicator ................. 19 5 Black-and-white indicator 1......19......... 36 Preset white balance recording indicator .................... 55 16 Exposure compensation indicator ... 56 22 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures)...................................................... 48..................................... the display in the viewfinder will dim... 60 Exposure compensation value ....... 19 21 Bracketing indicator . 54 Flash compensation value......... 43 20 Battery indicator ................... 90 3 “No memory card” warning 1 .......................................... This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.............................................. 50 1..................................31 in........... 87 8 Wide-frame focus brackets (focus area) ............... Owing to the characteristics of this type of display........The Viewfinder Display 1 6 2 7 8 3 4 5 If the battery is totally exhausted or not inserted............... you may notice fine lines radiating outward from the selected focus area........................ 94 11 Autoexposure (AE) lock .................) reference circle for centerweighted metering .... 48............. 94 12 Shutter speed ............... 30 7 Normal-frame focus brackets (focus area) ................... 21..................................................................... 54 15 Flash compensation indicator...... 21................................ The viewfinder display will return to normal when a fully-charged battery is inserted.................. 54 17 Number of exposures remaining .............................. 81 6 Focus brackets (focus area) ...............................................15..................... 50 Exposure compensation ...

and AC adapters) certified by Nikon specifically for use with this Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within the operational and safety requirements of this electronic circuitry.Supplied Accessories The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12) The MH-18a is for use with the supplied EN-EL3e battery. Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 7 . Negative terminal 12. CHARGE lamp AC adapter plug Wall plug (shape varies with country of sale) AC inlet The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( The EN-EL3e is for use with the D80. rupturing. contact an authorized Nikon dealer. battery chargers. batteries. igniting. For more information about Nikon brand accessories. or leaking. 13) Signal contact Positive terminal Terminal cover The use of third-party rechargeable Li-ion batteries not bearing the Nikon holographic seal shown above could interfere with normal operation of the camera or result in the batteries overheating. Only Nikon brand electronic accessories (including lenses. Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Nikon cameras are designed to the highest standards and include complex electronic circuitry. Speedlights. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE THE CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY.

The Camera Strap Attach the camera strap as shown below. hold the camera firmly and pull the bottom of the cover gently until outwards as shown at right. 8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera . To attach the cover. To remove the cover. remove the viewfinder eyepiece cup by placing your fingers underneath the flanges at either side and sliding it off as shown at right. The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover A clear plastic cover is provided with the camera to keep the monitor clean and protect it when the camera is not in use. The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup Before attaching the DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap and other viewfinder accessories ( 122). insert the projection on the top of the cover into the matching indentation above the camera monitor ( ) and press the bottom of the cover until it clicks into place ( ).

To view the menus. and retouch menus (see below) If “?” icon is displayed. press the button. The multi selector and OK button are used to navigate the camera menus. and setup options can be accessed from the camera menus. Format memory cards and perform basic camera setup ( 101). Personalize camera settings ( 86). Create retouched copies of existing photographs ( 109). Move cursor up Increase number ▲ ▼ ▲ Return to previous menu Display sub-menu ▼ Move cursor down Decrease number Press OK to select highlighted option.Using Camera Menus Most shooting. Introduction: Using Camera Menus 9 . playback. shooting. Custom Settings. Choose from playback. setup. Adjust shooting settings ( 79). help for the current item can be viewed by pressing button Slider shows position in current menu Current setting for each option is shown by icon Current menu item is highlighted Menu Playback Shooting Custom Settings Setup Retouch Description Adjust playback settings and manage photos ( 74).

4 Position cursor in selected menu. The sub-command dial can not be used to make a selection. 28). 3 Select menu. the sub-command dial to move the cursor left and right. Menu items that are displayed in gray are not currently available. Press the shutter-release button halfway to exit the menus and return to shooting mode ( 19.To modify menu settings: 1 Display menus. 5 Highlight menu item. Using the Command Dials The main command dial can be used to move the cursor up and down. 6 Display options. 8 Make selection. 10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus . 7 Highlight option. 2 Highlight icon for current menu. The monitor will turn off.

Remove the camera body cap. replace the camera body cap and rear lens cover. To remove the lens. 2 Remove the rear cap from the lens. 1 Turn the camera off. press and hold the lens-release button while turning the lens clockwise. After removing the lens. camera’s bayonet mount and rotate the lens in the direction shown until it clicks into place. Aperture Ring If the lens is equipped with an aperture ring ( f/-number).First Steps Attaching a Lens Care should be taken to prevent dust from entering the camera when the lens is removed. lock aperture at the minimum setting (highest Introduction: First Steps 11 . If the lens is equipped with an A-M or M/A-M switch. See the lens manual for details. 45. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority). Detaching Lenses Be sure the camera is off when removing or exchanging lenses. 117). index lens aligned with the 3 Keeping the mounting cameraon theposition the lens in the mounting index on the body.

EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries The EN-EL3e shares information with compatible devices. Charge the battery using the supplied MH-18a battery charger as described below.Charging and Inserting the Battery The supplied EN-EL3e battery is not charged at shipment. The camera uses this information to display the battery charge state in six levels in the control panel and to show the battery charge state. and number of pictures taken since the battery was last charged in the setup menu Battery Info display ( 107).1 Remove the terminal cover from the battery. 1 Charge the battery. 1. remaining battery life.2 Connect the power cord to the charger and plug it in. About two and a quarter hours are required for an exhausted battery to fully charge. Remove the battery from the charger and unplug the charger.4 Charging is complete when the CHARGE lamp stops blinking. Liio n BA TT ER Y PA CK 1. 1. The CHARGE lamp will blink as the battery charges.3 Place the battery in the charger. 1. 12 Introduction: First Steps .

open the battery chamber cover. For best results. the temperature should be in the vicinity of 5–35 °C (41–95 °F). or D50 cameras. Close the battery chamber cover. the battery life indicator in the Battery Info display may show a temporary decrease. Do not use the battery at ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F). If the battery is charged at a temperature below 5 °C (41 °F). D70-series. together with any warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. replace the terminal cover when the battery is not in use. 2. charge the battery at temperatures above 20 °C (68 °F).1 After confirming that the camera is off. 2. The Battery and Charger Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual.2 Insert a fully charged battery as shown at right. The D80 is not compatible with the MS-D70 CR2 battery holder or with EN-EL3 or EN-EL3a batteries for D100. Use only EN-EL3e batteries. Introduction: First Steps 13 . Battery capacity may drop if the battery is used at a temperature below the temperature at which it was charged. To avoid shorting the battery. During charging. Removing the Battery Turn the camera off before removing the battery.2 Insert the battery.

Monitor will turn off automatically. 4 Select local time zone. select World time > Date format from the setup menu ( 103). and day are displayed. 14 Introduction: First Steps . the language selection dialog shown in Step 1 will be displayed in the monitor. 2 Select language.Basic Setup The first time the camera is turned on. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9–10) for information on normal menu operation. 9 Set clock and return to shooting mode. 5 Display daylight saving time options. To change the order in which the year. up or down to change. Follow the steps below to choose a language and set the time and date. Using Camera Menus The language menu is only displayed automatically the first time menus are displayed. 3 Display map of world time zones. 7 Display date menu. 6 Highlight On if daylight saving time is in effect. month. 8 Press multi selector left or right to select item. 1 Turn camera on.

Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to the card. the camera will display a message to warn that photos can not be recorded or deleted and the memory card can not be formatted. the card is ready for use. format the card as described in “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 133). 1.2 Slide the memory card in as shown at right until it clicks into place. The Access Lamp Do not remove the battery or disconnect the power source while the memory card access lamp is lit. 1. turn the camera off and open the card slot cover. Introduction: First Steps 15 . Close the memory card slot cover. 1 Insert a memory card. The Write Protect Switch SD cards are equipped with a write protect switch to prevent accidental loss of data. If the message shown at right is displayed in the monitor. The memory card access lamp will light for about a second. When this switch is in the “lock” position.1 Before inserting or removing memory cards.3 Turn the camera on. Front 1. If the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining.Inserting Memory Cards The camera stores pictures on Secure Digital (SD) memory cards (available separately).

Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all photographs and other data they may contain. 3. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. and the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining. If no and a icon memory card is inserted. The card can then be removed by hand ( ). Pressing both buttons together a second time will format the memory card.fiturntime they are used in the D80. Turn the camera off and open the memory card slot cover. the control panel will show will be displayed in the viewfinder. Removing Memory Cards 1. Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. Do not turn the camera off or remove the battery until formatting is complete. Performance may drop if they are formatted in a computer. 16 Introduction: First Steps . Confirm that the access lamp is off. the letters will appear in the frame-count display.be the rst 2 Memory cards must theformattedcard. Press the card in to eject ( ). To format memory the camera on and press the ( and ) buttons until control panel and viewfinder displays flash as shown at right. Be sure all data you wish to keep have been copied to another storage device before formatting the card. During formatting. 2. Formatting Memory Cards Format cards in the camera. the monitor has turned off.

be careful not to put your fingers or fingernails in your eye. 1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on. 122) allow diopters of –5 – +3 m -1. Focus brackets Introduction: First Steps 17 . the diopter adjustment control until the 2 Rotate in sharp focus. When operating the diopterfocus brackets are adjustment control with your eye to the viewfinder. Corrective lenses (available separately.Adjusting Viewfinder Focus Photographs are framed in the viewfinder. make sure that the display in the viewfinder is in clear focus. Before shooting. Viewfinder Focus Viewfinder focus (diopter) can be adjusted in the range –2 – +1 m-1.

for information on restoring default settings. 18 Tutorial . This section assumes that default camera settings are used. 99). see page 134. reducing the drain on the battery. Use a CPU Lens (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes are only available with CPU lenses. Press the shutter-release button halfway to reactivate the display. the shutter release will be disabled. the viewfinder display and the aperture and shutter-speed indicators in the control panel will turn off if no operations are performed for about six seconds (auto meter off ). 6s Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on The length of time before the exposure meters turn off automatically can be adjusted using Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter off.Tutorial Photography and Playback The Tutorial outlines the basics of taking and viewing photographs in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes. Auto Meter Off At default settings. If these modes are selected when a non-CPU lens is attached.

1. an automatic “pointand-shoot” mode in which the majority of settings are controlled by the camera in response to shooting conditions. If there is not enough memory to store additional photographs at current settings. Battery level not displayed when camera is powered by optional AC adapter. the display will flash as shown at right. The control panel and viewfinder displays will light. Change battery. Check the number of exposures remaining. Low battery. Control panel Viewfinder — — Description Battery fully charged. 65.1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on. No further pictures can be taken until the memory card has been replaced ( 15) or photographs have been deleted ( 26. 1. 1 Turn the camera on. 74). 1. The monitor remains off during shooting. Ready fully-charged spare battery. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 19 . (blinks) (blinks) Shutter release disabled.2 Check the battery level in the viewfinder or control panel.3 The exposure count displays in the control panel and viewfinder show the number of photographs that can be stored on the memory card.“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) This section describes how to take photographs in (auto) mode. Battery partially discharged.

2 Select mode and choose autofocus. The default settings for Option Flash sync mode Image quality Image size Shooting mode Autofocus mode AF-area mode mode are listed below. Default Auto JPEG Normal Large Single frame Auto select Auto-area AF 40 34 35 36 29 30 20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) .1 Rotate the mode dial to 2.2 Rotate the focus-mode selector to AF (autofocus). 3 Check settings in the control panel. 2. .

1 Hold the camera as shown. Holding the Camera Hold the handgrip in your right hand and cradle the camera body or lens with your left. shorter focal lengths to zoom out).4 Frame a photograph in the viewfinder.2 Frame a photo in the viewfinder with the main subject positioned in any of the eleven focus areas. Keep your elbows propped lightly against your torso for support and place one foot half a pace ahead of the other to keep you upper body stable. or zoom out to increase the area visible in the final photograph (select longer focal lengths on the lens focal length scale index to zoom in. Focus area Using a Zoom Lens Zoom in Use the zoom ring to zoom in on the subject so that it fills a larger area of the frame. Zoom out Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 21 . The monitor remains off during shooting. 4. 4.

a beep will sound. the selected focus areas will be briefly highlighted. The camera focuses when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. While the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. The camera will select the focus area automatically. Focus Take photograph 22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) . Shutter speed Aperture Selected focus area In-focus indicator Shutter speed Aperture Viewfinder In-focus indicator ● ● (blinks) Description Subject in focus. 5. the flash may pop up and the AF-assist illuminator may light. 5. The Shutter-Release Button The camera has a two-stage shutter-release button.5 Focus. press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down. Buffer capacity Control panel Camera unable to focus on subject in focus area using autofocus. To take the photograph. If the subject is dark. and the in-focus indicator (●) will appear in the viewfinder (the beep may not sound if the subject is moving).1 Press the shutter-release button halfway to focus.2 When the focus operation is complete. focus will lock and the number of exposures that can be stored in the memory buffer will be displayed in the viewfinder.

For more information on using the flash.6 Take the photograph. To save battery power when the flash is not in use. return it to its closed position by pressing it gently downward till the latch clicks into place. remove your finger briefly from the shutter-release button and try again. Flash range varies with aperture and ISO sensitivity ( 141). the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 23 . The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in mode. If the flash is raised. photographs can only be taken when the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed. Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. The access lamp next to the memory card slot cover will light. Smoothly press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to release the shutter and record the photograph. Do not eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete. see page 40. the built-in flash will pop up automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. If the flash-ready indicator is not displayed. 7 Turn the camera off when shooting is complete. remove lens hoods when using the flash.

the D80 offers a choice of six Digital Vari-Program modes. tracking the subject in the center focus area. For portraits taken under low light. Selecting a program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in . the camera selects the focus area as follows: • . 2 Frame a photograph. To take photographs in Digital Vari-Program modes: 1 Rotate the mode dial to select a Digital Vari-Program mode. . Other focus areas can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). .Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) In addition to . the camera will continue to focus based on information from the other focus areas. If the subject leaves the center focus area. The starting focus area can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). Mode Portrait Landscape Close up Sports Night landscape Night portrait Description For portraits. and shoot. making creative photography as easy as rotating the mode dial. For natural and man-made landscapes. insects. Focus Area At default settings. . or automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. mode. For moving subjects For low-light or night scenes. and modes: The camera selects the focus area automatically. For close up shots of flowers. the built-in flash will pop 24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . • mode: The camera focuses continuously while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. • mode: The camera focuses on the subject in the center focus area. and other small objects. focus.

Close Up Use for close-up shots of flowers. Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) 25 . The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically . Night Landscape Slow shutter speeds are used to produce stunning night landscapes. Sports High shutter speeds freeze motion for dynamic sports shots in which the main subject stands out clearly. Night Portrait Use for a natural balance between the main subject and the background in portraits taken under low light. The camera automatically focuses on the subject in the center focus area. and other small objects.Portrait Use for portraits with soft. background details will be softened to lend the composition a sense of depth. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur. Landscape Use for vivid landscape shots. natural-looking skin tones. insects. If the subject is far from the background or a telephoto lens is used. use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur.

Additional pictures can be displayed by rotating the main command dial or pressing the multi selector left or right. To exit without deleting the picture. A confirmation dialog will be displayed. press the shutterrelease button halfway. 26 Tutorial: Basic Playback . If no photograph is displayed in the monitor. press the button. Deleting Unwanted Photographs To delete the photograph currently displayed in the monitor.Basic Playback Photographs are automatically displayed for about four seconds after shooting. press button. the most recent picture can be viewed by pressing the button. Press the the button again to delete the image and return to playback. To end playback and return to shooting mode.

contrast. including customizing sharpening. S. 84). More on Photography (All Modes): Adjust image quality and size Take photographs in one at a time. 61 View photographs on the camera See the Menu Guide for other playback options ( Connecting to a TV. A.Reference This section builds on the Tutorial to cover more advanced shooting and playback options. and hue (“Optimize Image”. or Printer: View photographs on TV Copy photographs to a computer Print photographs 66 Viewing Photographs on TV: Connecting to a Computer: Printing Photographs: 66 67 69 Reference 27 . or using the self-timer or a remote control Use the built-in flash Raise ISO sensitivity when lighting is poor Restore default settings 28 Focus: Image Quality and Size: Choosing a Shooting Mode: Using the Built-in Flash: ISO Sensitivity: Two-Button Reset: 28 33 36 40 43 44 Shoot a moving subject or focus manually P. More on Playback: 61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 74). A. color saturation. and M modes. Computer. S. and M Modes: 45 Mode P (Programmed Auto): Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): Mode M (Manual): Exposure: White Balance: 47 48 49 50 52 58 Let the camera choose shutter speed and aperture Freeze or blur motion Choose whether to blur background objects Choose shutter speed and aperture manually Choose a metering method. adjust exposure and flash level Make colors look natural Take photos under unusual lighting See the Menu Guide for information on other operations that can only be performed in P. lock exposure. in bursts. 79) and creating multiple exposures (“Multiple Exposure”.

The AF-assist illuminator will not light in . If the lens does not support autofocus or the camera is unable to focus using autofocus. use a lens with a focal length of 24–200 mm and remove the lens hood. Autofocus Controls used: Focus mode selector When the focus mode selector is set to AF. The illuminator has a range of about 0. A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority If the lens is equipped with A-M selection or an M/A-M switch. In single-area AF. 10 in. The user can also select the focus area for automatic or manual focus ( 30) or use focus lock to focus to recompose photographs after focusing ( 31). 1 — Beep ( 86) This option can be used to turn the beep speaker on or off. the AF-assist illuminator will light automatically to assist the autofocus operation when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. The AF-Assist Illuminator If the subject is poorly lit. 28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus .–9 ft.” below) or manually ( 32). No beep will sound when AF-A is selected in (sports) mode or when continuous-servo autofocus is used (note that continuous-servo autofocus may be selected automatically when shooting moving subjects in AF-A autofocus mode). or modes or if Off has been selected for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist.More on Photography (All Modes) Focus Focus can be adjusted automatically (see “ Autofocus.). the camera focuses automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. a beep will sound when the camera focuses. when using the illuminator. use manual focus ( 32). 87). . 8 in. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority).0 m (1 ft.5–3.

Shutter can only be released when in-focus indicator is displayed. To choose the autofocus mode. For stationary subjects. The subject is dominated by regular geometric patterns The focus area contains areas of sharply contrasting brightness Example: Subject is half in the shade. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 29 . The subject many contains fine details Example: A row of windows in a skyscraper. The subject appears smaller than the focus area Example: Focus area contains both foreground Example: A field of flowers or other subjects that subject and distant buildings. There is little or no contrast The focus area contains obbetween the subject and the jects at different distances background from the camera Example: Subject is the same color as the back. For moving subjects. If the camera is unable to focus using autofocus. Focus locks when shutter-release button is pressed AF-S Single-servo AF halfway. Shutter can (default setting) only be released if camera is able to focus. press the setting is displayed. button until the desired AF-A AF-C AF-S Getting Good Results with Autofocus Autofocus does not perform well under the conditions listed below.Autofocus Mode Autofocus mode Controls used: button The following autofocus modes are available when the focus mode selector is set to AF: Description Camera automatically selects single-servo autofocus when subject is staAuto select AF-A tionary.Example: Subject is inside a cage. Camera focuses continuously while shutter-release Continuous-servo AF-C button is pressed halfway. use manual focus ( 32) or use focus lock ( 31) to focus on another subject at the same distance and then recompose the photograph. continuous-servo autofocus when subject is moving. Photographs can be taken even when in-focus AF indicator is not displayed. are small or lack variation in brightness. ground.

settings. 95) controls whether the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder. . select Single Area or Dynamic Area for Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode. Custom Setting 3 (Center AF Area. 94) determines allows the AE-L/AF-L button to be used to select the focus area. the camera chooses the focus area automatically or focuses on subject in the center focus area. At the default settings. 87). focus is selected automatically in 1 At . Custom Settings Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode. and To tion in these modes.Focus Area Selection Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off ) The D80 offers a choice of eleven focus areas that together cover a wide area of the frame. 30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . themodes. Custom Setting 20 (Focus Area.” Custom Setting 21 (AF Area Illumination. The focus area can also be selected manually to compose photographs with the main subject positioned almost anywhere in the frame. This allows the multi selector the focus area. The focus selector lock can be returned to the “L” (locked) position following selection to prevent the selected focus area from changing when the multi selector is pressed. selector lock to the 2 Slide the focusto be used to select “●” position. 94) controls whether focus area selection “wraps around. Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L. 87) controls how the camera selects the focus area. the multi selector in 3 Usecontrol panel whileto select the focus areaarethe viewfinder or the exposure meters active ( 18).area enable manual focus selec.default. 87) controls the size and number of focus areas available.

Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 31 . An AE-L icon will be displayed in the viewfinder. focus again at the new distance. Focus will remain locked while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. Focus will also remain locked between shots while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed.and press the shutter-release button 2 Check that the in-focus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. 3 Recompose the photograph and shoot.Focus Lock Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S) Focus lock can be used to change the composition after focusing. AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29) Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock both focus and exposure. Focus can also be locked by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button (see below). Focus will remain locked between shots as long as the shutter-release button is kept pressed halfway. and remain locked until you remove your finger from the shutter-release button. AF-S autofocus modes ( 29) Focus will lock automatically when the in-focus indicator appears. allowing several photographs in succession to be taken at the same focus setting. If the subject moves. Do not change the distance between the camera and the subject while focus lock is in effect. making it possible to focus on a subject that will not be in a focus area in the final composition. even if you later remove your finger from the shutter-release button. It can also be used when the autofocus system is unable to focus ( 29). the selected focus area 1 Position the subject in halfway to initiate focus. 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36) Use the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus in continuous shooting mode.

measure from the focal plane mark on the camera body. the viewfinder focus indicator can be used to confirm whether the portion of the subject in the selected focus area is in focus.5 mm (1.). The Electronic Range Finder If the lens has a maximum aperture of f/5. See the documentation provided with your lens for details. even when the image is not in focus. With lenses that support M/A (autofocus with manual priority). set the focus-mode selector to M and adjust the lens focusing ring until the image displayed on the clear matte field in the viewfinder is in focus.6 or faster. Focal Plane Position To determine the distance between your subject and the camera. focus can be adjusted manually with the lens set to M or M/A. The distance between the lens mounting flange ( 11) and the focal plane is 46. press the shutter-release button halfway and rotate the lens focusing ring until the in-focus indicator (●) is displayed. select M when focusing manually. To focus manually. 32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . After positioning the subject in the active focus area.83 in. When using a lens that offers A-M selection.Manual Focus Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring Manual focus is available for lenses that do not support autofocus (non-AF Nikkor lenses) or when autofocus does not produce the desired results ( 29). Photographs can be taken at any time.

Larger. High < Image quality > Low JPEG Normal JPEG Basic file all e Sm siz S M Small < Image size > Large L Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 33 . higher quality images can be printed at larger sizes but also require more memory. and File Size See the Appendix for information on the number of pictures that can be stored on a memory card ( 138). image quality and size determine how much space each photograph occupies on the memory card. Image Size.Image Quality and Size Together. Image Quality. Image Quality and Size le efi arg ize L s JPEG Fine Changes to image quality and size are reflected in the number of exposures remaining as displayed in the control panel and viewfinder ( 19). meaning that fewer such images can be stored on the memory card.

(default) JPEG Basic Smaller file size suited to e-mail or the Web.Image Quality Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) The camera supports the following image quality options (listed in descending order by image quality and file size): Description Compressed raw data from the image sensor are saved directly to memory card. JPEG Normal Best choice in most situations. Images are compressed less than JPEG Normal. NEF (RAW) Choose for images that will be processed on a computer. When photographs taken at these settings are deleted. When photographs taken at NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. 123) or the supplied PictureProject software are required to view NEF (RAW) images on a computer. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 8. producing higher-quality images. JPEG Fine Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 4. or NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic are viewed on the camera. NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG Capture NX (available separately. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81). NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one fine-quality JPEG image. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 16. only the JPEG image will be displayed. both NEF and JPEG images will be deleted. White balance bracketing ( 90) is not available when an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option is selected for image quality. Selecting an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option cancels white balance bracketing. 34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size . NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one basic-quality JPEG image. JPEG Fine NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one normal-quality JPEG imJPEG Normal age. JPEG Basic Option Image quality can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel.

68 × 6. Small copies created with the small picture option in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “SSC_” and ending with the extension “.6 × 16. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 35 .8 × 24.) * “dpi” stands for dots per inch.48 × 9. “SSC_0001. The NEF and JPEG files recorded at a setting of “NEF+JPEG” have the same file names but different extensions.872 × 2.896 × 1..9 cm (19..xxx. and xxx is one of the following three letter extensions: “NEF” for NEF images or “JPG” for JPEG images.g.JPG” (e.) 36. Images recorded at a Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode setting of II (AdobeRGB) ( 80) have names that begin with an underscore (e. images printed at lower resolutions larger.” where nnnn is a fourdigit number between 0001 and 9999 assigned automatically in ascending order by the camera.Image Size Image size Large (3872 × 2592/10.48 in.36 × 12. File Names Photographs are stored as image files with names of the form “DSC_nnnn.5 M) Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) Image size is measured in pixels. Image size can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Size (pixels) 3. Images printed at higher resolutions will be smaller. “CSC_0001. JPG”).JPG”).872 × 2.96 in.7 cm (14.g.JPG”). a measure of printer resolution.296 Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi* 49. “_DSC0001. while images recorded with the other options in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “CSC” (e.936 × 1.6 M) Small (1936 × 1296/2. Note that the option selected for image size does not affect the size of NEF (RAW) images. When viewed on a computer.) 24. NEF images are 3. The following options are available. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81).592 2..g.0 M) (default) Medium (2896 × 1944/5.2 × 32.72 in.5 cm (9.592 pixels in size.944 1.

Use for self-portraits or to reduce blurring caused by camera shake ( 37). Delayed remote Optional ML-L3 remote control required. the buffer is full and shooting will slow. Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access lamp has gone out. Description Camera takes one photograph each time shutter-release button is pressed. the power will not turn off until all images in the buffer have been recorded. If the camera is switched off while data remain in the buffer. 1. 36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . or with a remote control. See the Appendix for more information ( 138). Average frame rate with manual focus. Use to reduce blurring caused by remote camera shake ( 38). press the button until the desired setting is displayed. manual or shutter-priority auto exposure. Shooting can continue up to a maximum of 100 shots. If 0 is displayed. with a timed shutter-release delay. and memory remaining in memory buffer. in a continuous sequence. Access lamp will light while photo is recorded. This number is updated as photographs are transferred to the memory card and more memory becomes available in the buffer. 38). Buffer Size The number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer at current settings is shown in the exposure-count displays in the viewfinder and control panel while the shutter-release button is pressed.Choosing a Shooting Mode Mode Single frame Continuous Self-timer Controls used: button Shooting mode determines how the camera takes photographs: one at a time. the access lamp next to the memory card slot will light. Camera records photographs at up to three frames per second 1 while shutter-release button is pressed. next shot can be taken immediately if enough space remains in memory buffer. While photographs are being recorded to the memory card. To choose a shooting mode. Use for self-portraits ( Quick-response Optional ML-L3 remote control required. a shutter speed of / s or faster.

DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown. 2 Press the button until is displayed in the control panel.be displayed 45). Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 37 . The self-timer can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. 40). The timer will not start if the camera is unable to focus or in other situations in which the shutter can not be released. Two seconds before the photograph is taken. the self-timer lamp will stop blinking and the beeping will become more rapid. press the button to raise the ash and wait for to in the viewfinder ( started. A. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. a shutter speed of is equivalent to approximately / s. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beep that sounds during the self-timer count-down. 5 Press the button the rest ofbutton halfway to start theand then press the way down self-timer. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable. level surface. Turning the camera off cancels self-timer mode and restores single frame or continuous shooting mode. 5 s. the ash in P. 10 s (the default setting).Self-Timer Mode The self-timer can be used to reduce camera shake or for self-portraits. 29 — Self-timer ( 99) Self-timer delay can be set to 2 s. The timer will stop if the flash is raised after the timer has In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. the shutter-release to focus. or M modes 3 (Frame the photograph. the shutter will be released ten seconds after the timer starts. The self-timer lamp will start to blink and a beep will begin to sound. or 20 s. At default settings. Before taking aflphotograph withthe flindicatorS. Bulb In self-timer mode.

In quick-response remote mode. although only can be used to release the shutter. level surface. the self-timer lamp will light for about two seconds before the shutter is released. the camera will return to stand-by mode without releasing the shutter if unable to focus. the camera shutter-release button can 3 be used tophotograph. transmitter on the ML-L3 at the infrared 5 Aim the and press the shutter-release button onreceiver on the camera the ML-L3.Using a Remote Control Use the optional ML-L3 remote control for self-portraits ( remotely. Delayed remote The camera will enter stand-by mode. 123) or to operate the camera Before Using the Remote Control Before using the remote control for the first time. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable.DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown. Frame the is in effect. In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. If AF-A or AF-S is selected in autofocus mode ( 29). Remote control mode can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. If autofocus the shutter-release button on the remote control set focus. The camera will release the shutter without focusing in manual focus mode. or if the camera has already been focused using the camera shutter-release button (see step 3). remove the clear plastic battery insulator sheet. if AF-C is selected in autofocus mode. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. At default settings. 38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . single frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if no operations are performed for about a minute. Quick-response Shutter released when remote shutter-release remote button is pressed. Single-frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if the camera is turned off or no operations are about one minute. the self-timer lamp will flash after the shutter has been released. 2 Press the button to select one of the following modes: Mode Shutter released about 2 s after remote shutter-release button is pressed. In delayed remote mode.

Wait for the flash to charge and then press the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 to restart the timer. the camera will only respond to the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 once the flash has charged. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 39 . In flash-sync modes that support red-eye reduction. the self-timer lamp will blink for two seconds and then light for one second before the shutter is released. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beeps that sound when the remote control is used. . 30 — Remote on Duration ( 99) Choose length of time the camera will remain in stand-by before remote control mode is cancelled. and modes. the flash will begin charging when delayed remote or quick-response remote mode is selected.Using the Built-in Flash If the flash is required. . In . A. once the flash is charged. and M modes. In P. S. it will pop up automatically if required when the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 is pressed. In delayed remote mode. the red-eye reduction lamp will light for about one second before the shutter is released. raising the flash during the two-second count-down in delayed remote mode will cancel the two-second timer.

5 Take pictures.button and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( will up as required when 3 Take pictures. press it gently downward until the latch clicks into place.Using the Built-in Flash The camera supports a variety of flash modes for photographing poorly lit or backlit subjects. A. S. 40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash . the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. and fire a Using the Built-in Flash: P. The flash will fire whenever a picture is taken. . and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( 4 Select a metering method and set exposure. 2 Press the 41). . The flash whenpopphotograph is taken. and Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. and M Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. Lowering the Built-in Flash To save power when the flash is not in use. button 3 Press the 41). Using the Built-in Flash: . 2 Press the button to raise the flash.

flash pops up automatically when shutter-release button is pressed halfway and fires as required. Red-eye reduction lamp lights before flash fires. The flash modes available depend on the mode currently selected with the mode dial. reducing “red-eye. A Fill flash Red-eye reduction Rearcurtain+ slow sync * Red-eye reduction Slow sync Fill flash Slow sync+ red-eye reduction Rear-curtain sync * SLOW is displayed after main command dial is released. flash will fire immediately after shutter opens.Flash Mode The current flash mode is displayed in the control panel as shown below. Use to include background lighting in portraits. AUTO: Auto flash When lighting is poor or subject is back lit.” : Off Flash does not fire even when lighting is poor or subject is back-lit. REAR: Rear-curtain sync Flash fires just before shutter closes (see note on following page). flash will only pop up when button is pressed. : Red-eye reduction Use for portraits. If this icon is not displayed. M P. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash 41 . . Auto Auto+Slow sync Auto+ red-eye reduction Off Off Auto+ Slow sync+ red-eye reduction S. is displayed when the flash is off. If this icon is not displayed. . SLOW: Slow sync Shutter speed slows automatically to capture background lighting at night or under low light.

If the flash fires in continuous shooting mode ( shutter-release button is pressed. and range.) and can not be used in the macro range of macro zoom lenses. See “FV Lock” for information using FV lock ( 92). shutter sync speeds. In rear-curtain sync. creating the effect of a stream of light behind moving subjects. see “Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)” ( 119). Rear curtain sync 42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash . The flash can be used again after a short pause. Remove lens hoods to prevent shadows. Rear-Curtain Sync Normally the flash fires as the shutter opens (“front curtain sync”.The Built-in Flash Use with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–300 mm or non-CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–200 mm ( 118. See the Appendix for more about the built-in flash. note that auto flash level control is available with CPU lenses only). the flash fires just before the shutter closes. The flash has a minimum range of 60 cm (2 ft. see below at left). including flash control. For information on optional flash units (Speedlights). 36). 26 — Modeling Flash ( 98) Preview the effects of the flash. Lenses that block the subject’s view of the red-eye reduction lamp may interfere with red-eye reduction. Front-curtain sync 22 — Built-in Flash ( 95) Choose how the built-in flash fires. only one picture will be taken each time the The shutter release may be briefly disabled to protect the flash after it has been used for several consecutive shots.

3 (ISO 2000 equivalent). allowing higher shutter speeds or smaller apertures. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity 43 . the less light needed to make an exposure. The default setting for (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes is Auto.0 (ISO 3200 equivalent).0 are not available when ISO auto is on. ISO sensitivity can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 83).7. A. S. 7 — ISO Auto ( 88) This option can be used to enable automatic ISO sensitivity control in P. Values over 1600 are displayed as H 0. H (auto) and Digital Vari-Pro0. H 0.3. the default setting for P. Photos taken at ISO sensitivities over ISO 1600 will likely contain appreciable amounts of noise. ISO sensitivity can be selected by pressing the ISO button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. brightly-colored pixels. A. and M modes. and M modes 100.ISO Sensitivity Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) “ISO sensitivity” is the digital equivalent of film speed. Sensitivities of H 0. High ISO NR ( 83) The higher the ISO sensitivity. the more likely pictures are to be subject to “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. ISO sensitivity can be set between values roughly equivalent to ISO 100 and ISO 1600 in steps equivalent to / EV. The High ISO NR option in the shooting menu can be used to reduce noise at ISO sensitivities of 400 or more. S. and H 1. gram modes also offer an Auto setting that allows the camera to set ISO sensitivity automatically in response to lighting conditions. and H 1. The higher the ISO sensitivity.7 (ISO 2500 equivalent).

81) ISO sensitivity ( 43. Option Shooting mode ( 36–39) Image quality ( 34. The control panel turns off briefly while settings are reset. M Default Single frame JPEG Normal Large Auto 100 Option Flexible program ( 47) Exposure compensation ( 54) Bracketing ( 56–57) Flash exposure compensation ( 55) FV lock ( 92–93) Flash sync mode ( 40–42) . 82) * Autofocus mode ( 29) AF-A Center Focus area ( 30) † Matrix Metering ( 52) Off AE lock hold ( 53) * Fine-tuning reset to 0. reset to 5000 K. . S. Bracketing increment reset to 1 EV (exposure/flash bracketing) or 1 (white balance bracketing). Default Off ±0 ±0 ‡ ±0 Off Auto front-curtain sync Auto slow sync P. Choose color temp. Default Settings See the Appendix for a list of default settings ( 134–137). † Focus area not displayed if Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode). S.Two-Button Reset Controls used: button + button The camera settings listed below can be restored to default values by holding the and buttons down together for more than two seconds (these buttons are marked by a green dot). A. Custom Settings are not affected. White balance Auto ( 58–60. A. Digital Vari-Program P. 83) . 44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset . 81) Image size ( 35. M Front-curtain sync Multiple exposure Off ( 84–85) ‡ Number of shots reset to zero.

Non-CPU lenses can only be used in exposure mode M. Type G lenses are not equipped with an aperture ring. A. A. Each of these modes offers a different degree of control over shutter speed and aperture: Description Camera sets shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure. and image optimization. 91) determines the roles played by the main and sub-command dials in setting shutter speed and aperture. Mode Lens Aperture Ring When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 117). when aperture can be adjusted manually using the lens aperture ring (in other modes. S. and M modes. User chooses aperture. white balance. 89) determines the size of the increments used for exposure control. lock the aperture ring at the minimum aperture (highest f/-number). Aperture-priority auto A Use to blur background or bring both foreground and background into ( 49) focus. Set shutter speed to M Manual ( 50) “bulb” or “--” for long time-exposures. S. RecomProgrammed auto P mended for snapshots and in other situations in which there is little ( 47) time to adjust camera settings. S ( 48) Use to freeze or blur motion. 88) to enable auto ISO sensitivity control in P. The camera exposure meter. and M Modes P. Reference: P. S. User controls both shutter speed and aperture. A. Shutter-priority auto User chooses shutter speed. A. and M Modes 45 . camera selects aperture for best results. Custom Setting 15 (Command Dials.P. S. Custom Setting 10 (EV step. camera selects shutter speed for best results. and variety of other features can not be used ( 117). the shutter-release will be disabled). ISO Auto. and M modes offer control over a variety of advanced settings. Custom Settings Use Custom Setting 7 (ISO auto. including exposure ( 52).

The amount the tap is opened is the aperture. producing darker exposures.) 46 Reference: P. and the length of time the tap is opened the shutter speed. Two factors that determine exposure are shutter speed and aperture. Just as a cup can be filled in different times using different tap settings. the longer the image sensor is exposed to light and the brighter the exposure. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be used to produce the same exposure. Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s) Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3) (Remember. Shutter speed determines how long the shutter is open. the greater the amount of light that passes through the opening and the brighter the exposure. The larger the aperture. The slower the shutter speed. Open up the tap and the cup will fill in less time. and M Modes . Aperture refers to the size of the opening through which the light passes. the picture will be underexposed. while slow shutter speeds and small apertures blur moving objects and bring out background details. the picture will be overexposed.Exposure The exposure (brightness) of photographs is determined by the amount of light that falls on the image sensor (CCD) while the shutter is open. the amount of water needed to fill the cup is the amount of light needed for optimal exposure. the smaller the aperture. however. Smaller apertures mean less light and darker exposures. The camera displays show aperture in “f/-numbers”: the larger the f/-number. If the cup overflows. Faster shutter speeds mean that the image sensor is exposed to light for less time. In this analogy. tighten the tap and more time will be needed to fill the cup. will be very different: fast shutter speeds and larger apertures freeze moving objects and soften background details. S. A. The relationship between shutter speed and aperture can be likened to filling a cup from a tap. the smaller the aperture. The results. If the cup doesn’t fill. the larger the f/-number.

and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto) 47 . 2 Frame a photograph. a indicator appears in the control panel. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be selected by rotating the main command dial (“flexible program”).8 (Large aperture) 139). The exposure program for mode P is given in the Appendix ( Reference: P. focus.Mode P (Programmed Auto) In this mode. All combinations produce the same exposure. / s. choose another mode. f/2. the camera automatically adjusts shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure in most situations. A. and shoot. This mode is recommended for snapshots and other situations in which you want to leave the camera in charge of shutter speed and aperture. Rotate the main command dial to the left for small apertures (large f/-numbers) that increase depth of field or slow shutter speeds that blur motion. To take photographs in programmed auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to P. rotate the main command dial until the indicator is no longer displayed. To restore default shutter speed and aperture settings. f/8 / s. or turn the camera off. While flexible program is in effect. Rotate the main command dial to the right for large apertures (small f/-numbers) that blur background details or fast shutter speeds that “freeze” motion. Flexible Program In mode P. S.

2 Rotate the main command dial to choose the desired shutter speed. Flashing Shutter-Speed Display See “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 132) for information on what to do if flashing “ “ ” indicators appear in the shutter-speed displays. A.Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) In shutter-priority auto. you choose the shutter speed from values between 30 s and / s while the camera automatically selects the aperture that will produce the optimal exposure. and shoot. To take photographs in shutter-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to S. ” or 48 Reference: P. Use slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving subjects. focus. and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) . high shutter speeds to “freeze” motion. S. 3 Frame a photograph.

blurring objects behind and in front of the main subject. focus. you choose the aperture from values between the minimum and maximum for the lens while the camera automatically selects the shutter speed that will produce the optimal exposure. To preview depth of field. such as focal length and focus distance). Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. 3 Frame a photograph. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) soften background details. Reference: P. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) reduce depth of field. To take photographs in aperture-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to A. bringing out details in the background and foreground (note that depth of field is also influenced by other factors. S. press and hold the depth-of-field preview button. Depth of Field “Depth of field” is the distance to which objects behind and in front of the focus point appear to be in focus.Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) In aperture-priority auto. Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. allowing depth of field to be previewed in the viewfinder. and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) 49 . long field depths in landscape photographs to bring the foreground and background into focus. bringing both the main subject and background into focus. A. The lens will be stopped down to the current aperture value. and shoot. 2 Rotate the sub-command dial to choose the desired aperture. Short field depths are generally used in portraits to blur background details.

the displays will flash.Mode M (Manual) In manual exposure mode. A. If the limits of the exposure metering system are exceeded. and shoot.or over-exposure is shown in increments of / EV or ⁄ EV. / s.or over-exposed at current settings. Aperture can be set to values between the minimum and maximum values for the lens. and the sub-command dial 2 Rotate the main command dialintothe electronic analog exposure displays (see below). 89). the amount of under. you control both shutter speed and aperture. or the shutter can be held open for indefinitely for longer exposures ( ). and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) . S. To take photographs in manual exposure mode: 1 Rotate the mode dial to M. the electronic analog exIf a CPU lens is attached and a shutter speed other than posure displays in the control panel and viewfinder show whether the photograph would be under. to set aperture. f/4. Check exposure 3 Frame a photograph. focus. Depending on the option chosen for Custom Setting 10 (EV step. EV Step set to “1/3 step” Optimal exposure Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 2 EV Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 3 EV EV Step set to “1/2 step” 50 Reference: P. Shutter speed can be set to values between 30 s and / s.5 Electronic Analog Exposure Display is selected. choose a shutter speed.

Long Time-Exposures Shutter speeds of “bulb” and “--” can be used for long time-exposure photographs of moving lights. the stars. Shutter opens when the shutter-release button on the remote control is pressed and until the button is pressed a second time or remains open for thirty minutes. NR option in the shooting menu ( 83). use a fully charged battery or an optional AC adapter. f/25 To prevent loss of power before the exposure is complete. 35 s. and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) 51 . or fireworks. Shutter speed Description Shutter remains open while the shutter-release button is held down. choose On for the Long exp. use a tripod and an optional remote control ( 123) or remote cord ( 123). S. A. To prevent blurring caused by camera shake. Select mode M. Reference: P. choose a shutter speed of “bulb. night scenery. before shooting. Optional ML-L3 remote control required ( 123). Note that noise may be present in long exposures.” and then select delayed remote or quick-response remote mode ( 38).

The default is 8mm (0. distance. button and rotate the main command dial until 12—Center Weight ( 90) This option controls the size of the area assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. making it possible to meter off-center subjects (if non-CPU lens is used or if Auto-area AF is selected Spot for Custom Setting 2 ( 87). Use a type G or D lens for results that include range information (3D color matrix metering II.14 in. Camera meters entire frame but assigns greatest weight to center area.). With other CPU lenses.5 % of frame). A.31in. and M Modes / Exposure . Method To choose a metering method.5 mm (0. even when background is much brighter or darker. camera will meter center focus area). color. press the the desired mode is displayed. S. Ensures that subject will be correctly exposed. 3D range information is not included (color matrix metering II). 3D Color Matrix II Metering In matrix metering.) in diameter (approximately 2. The following options are available: Description Recommended in most situations. exposure is set using a 420-segment RGB sensor. Camera meters a wide area of the frame 3D Color Matrix II and sets exposure according to distribution of brightness.Exposure Metering Controls used: button + main command dial The metering method determines how the camera sets exposure. Center-weighted Classic meter for portraits. 117). 52 Reference: P. Camera meters circle 3. Circle is centered on current focus area. recommended when using filters with an exposure factor (filter factor) over 1 × ( 122). and composition for natural results.

Autoexposure Lock

Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button

Use auto exposure lock to recompose photographs after metering exposure: Select mode P, S, and 1 no effect in modeorM,Awhilechoose center-weighted or spot metering (exposure lock has and Digital Vari-Program modes are not recommended as center-weighted and spot metering are not available in these modes). If using centerweighted metering, select the center focus area with the multi selector ( 30).

the selected area and press the 2 Position the subject in halfway. Withfocusshutter-release butshutter-release button the ton pressed halfway and the subject positioned in the focus area, press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. While exposure lock is in effect, an AE-L indicator will appear in the viewfinder.

3 Keeping the AE-L/AF-L button pressed, recompose the photograph and shoot.

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture While exposure lock is in effect, the following settings can be adjusted without altering the metered value for exposure. Mode Programmed auto Shutter-priority auto Aperture-priority auto Setting Shutter speed and aperture (flexible program; Shutter speed Aperture 47)

The new values can be confirmed in the viewfinder and control panel. Note that the metering method can not be changed while exposure lock is in effect (changes to metering take effect when the lock is released). 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. 19 — AE Lock ( 94) This option controls whether the shutter-release button locks exposure.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

53

Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + main command dial

Exposure compensation is used to alter exposure from the value suggested by the camera, making pictures brighter or darker. It is most effective when used with center-weighted or spot metering ( 52). Exposure compensation is available in modes P, S, and A (in mode M, only the exposure information shown in the electronic analog exposure display is affected; shutter speed and aperture do not change). Press the button and rotate the main command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Exposure compensation can be set to values between – 5 EV (underexposure) and + 5 EV (overexposure) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the button. The current value for exposure compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.
+ 2.0 EV – 0.3 EV

–1 EV

No exposure compensation

+1 EV

Normal exposure can be restored by setting exposure compensation to ± 0. Exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure compensation to ½ EV. 11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89) If desired, exposure compensation can be set without pressing the button.

54

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

Flash Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + sub command dial

Flash exposure compensation is used to alter flash output from the level suggested by the camera, changing the brightness of the main subject relative to the background. Flash output can be increased to make the main subject appear brighter, or reduced to prevent unwanted highlights or reflections. Press the ( ) button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Flash compensation can be set to values between – 3 EV (darker) and + 1 EV (brighter) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the ( ) button. The current value for flash compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.

−0.3 EV +0.7 EV

Normal flash output can be restored by setting flash compensation to ± 0.0. Flash exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights Flash exposure compensation is also available with an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights. 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for flash compensation to ½ EV.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

55

dial to choose the bracketing increfrom Bracketing increment Understanding the Bracketing Display Number of shots Progress indicator Description 3 shots: unmodified. positive 2 shots: unmodified.Bracketing Controls used: button + command dials Bracketing automatically varies selected settings slightly with each shot. No. Below. and M Modes / Exposure . positive 2 shots: unmodified. 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure and flash bracketing to ½ EV. it is assumed that AE & flash is selected to vary exposure and flash level. 14 — Auto BKT Order ( 91) This option can be used to change the bracketing order.3 EV and 2. S. 56 Reference: P. “bracketing” the current value. negative. A.0 EV. Other options can be used to vary exposure or flash level separately or to bracket white balance. 90). The setting affected is chosen with Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set. of shots Progress indicator Press button and rotate the sub-command 2 ment the values between 0. negative Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of bracketing programs ( 140). 1 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence (two or three).

bracketing will resume when mode P. In exposure bracketing. When On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto. Exposure and Flash Bracketing In continuous mode. and camera will vary 3 Compose and flash levelfocus. “bracketing” the current values. bracketing will resume from the next shot in the sequence when the camera is turned on. the indicator when the shot with the negative increment is taken. Exposure and flash bracketing are cancelled when WB bracketing is selected for Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set. shooting can be resumed from the next shot in the sequence after the memory card has been replaced or shots have been deleted to make room on the memory card. S. Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing If the memory card fills before all shots in the sequence have been taken. While bracketing is in effect. aperture (shutter-priority auto). 90). A. or M is selected. press the button and rotate the main command dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. The default settings. 88). manual exposure mode). To cancel bracketing. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. shutter speed will only be changed after the camera has adjusted ISO sensitivity. A. If the camera is turned off before all shots in the sequence have been taken. The modified values can be higher or lower than the maximum and minimum values for exposure and flash compensation. The segment will disappear from the indicator when the unmodified shot is taken. and the indicator when the shot with the positive increment is taken. Selecting or Digital Vari-Program modes will cancel bracketing. shooting will pause after the number of shots specified in the bracketing program. At the first shot will be taken at the current values for exposure and flash compensation and the following shots at modified values. eachshoot. the bracketing increment will be subtracted from the current values in the second shot and added in the third shot. S.a photograph. The modified shutter speed and aperture are displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. If the bracketing sequence consists of three shots. a bracketing progress indicator will be displayed in the control panel. Exposure Bracketing The camera modifies exposure by varying shutter speed and aperture (programmed auto). exposure with shot. Reference: P. the camera will automatically vary ISO sensitivity for optimum exposure when the limits of the camera exposure system are exceeded. and M Modes / Exposure 57 . or shutter speed (aperture-priority auto.

Auto white balance is recommended for most light sources. The following options are available: Description Camera sets white balance automatically. S. press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Shade Use in daylight with subjects in the shade. other values can be selected according to the type of source.White Balance Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off ) White balance ensures that colors are unaffected by the color of the light source. Recommended for most situAuto ations. 58 Reference: P. Option To select a value for white balance. and M Modes / White Balance . Choose color temp. Fluorescent Use under fluorescent lighting. Press the WB button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. if necessary. White balance Use gray or white object or existing photograph as reference for white preset balance ( 59). Cloudy Use in daylight under overcast skies. white balance can be “fine tuned” by ± 3 in increments of one. Direct Sunlight Use with subjects lit by direct sunlight. White balance can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 82).) and PRE (White balance preset). During shooting. Incandescent Use under incandescent lighting. settings other than ±0 are displayed in the control panel as shown at right. higher values to lend images a bluish tinge. A. Choose color temperature from list of values ( 59). Flash Use with built-in flash or optional Nikon flash units. Choose lower values to make photographs appear slightly more yellow or red. Fine-Tuning White Balance Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At settings other than (Choose color temp.

Reference: P. Color Temperature The perceived color of a light source varies with the viewer and other conditions. Preset White Balance Preset white balance can be used when the desired results can not be achieved at other settings or to match white balance to the value used in an previous photograph. 13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90) This option to create a series of photographs “bracketing” the current white balance value. A. Two methods are available for setting preset white balance: Method Direct measurement Copy from existing photograph Description Neutral gray or white object is placed under lighting that will be used in final photograph and white balance is measured by camera ( 60). such as incandescent light bulbs. Take a test shot to determine if the selected color temperature is appropriate to the light source. The color temperatures for each of the white balance settings supported by the camera may be found in the Appendix ( 140). S.). light sources with a lower color temperature. Note that the desired results may not achieved with the flash or with fluorescent lighting.Choosing a Color Temperature Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At a setting of (Choose color temp. appear slightly yellow or red. defined with reference to the temperature to which an object would have to be heated to radiate light in the same wavelengths. Choose color temp. color temperature can be selected by pressing the WB button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Light sources with a higher color temperature appear tinged with blue. choose (Flash) or (Fluorescent) instead. Color temperature is an objective measure of the color of a light source. and M Modes / White Balance 59 . While light sources with a color temperature in the neighborhood of 5. White balance is copied from photo on memory card ( 82).000–5. Color temperature can also be selected in the shooting menu ( 82).500 K appear white.

2 Press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until control panel. not use exposure compensation. 60 Reference: P. If the displays flash as shown at right. A. is displayed in the Release the WB briefly the button ash as 3 shown at right. era will measure a value for white balance and use this value when preset white balance is selected. S. press the shutter-release button halfway). the reference object so it nder and 4 Framethe shutter-release buttonthat thefills the viewfiThe campress all way down. the 5 If the cameraflwas as shown at rightafor about six seconds before displays will ash the camera returns to shooting mode (to return to shooting mode before the display stops flashing. and M Modes / White Balance . press button. White balance will automatically be set to the measured value. able to measure value for white balance.Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance under lighting that fi 1 Place a neutral gray or white objectbe usedthe a reference inwill be used in theDonal photograph. the camera was unable to measure white balance. To exit without measuring a new value for white balance. press the WB button. A standard gray card can as studio settings. button withoutand then pressnew value foruntil displays start to flthe WB To exit measuring a white balance. No photograph will be recorded. Press the shutter-release button halfway to return to Step 4 and measure white balance again.

release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74). The most recent photograph will be displayed in the monitor.More on Playback Viewing Photographs on the Camera To play photographs back. press the button. Press multi selector left View additional or or rotate main command dial left to view photographs in rephotographs verse order. Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode. 6 — Image Review ( 88) Choose whether to display photographs as they are taken. Photographs taken in “tall” (portrait) orientation are displayed in tall orientation as shown at right. 27 — Monitor Off ( 98) Choose how long the monitor remains on before turning off automatically to save power. Protect photo Protect current photograph ( 65). Zoom in on current photograph ( 64). press shuttermode or button. View thumbnails View multiple photographs ( 63). View photo inforPress multi selector up or down or rotate sub-command dial to or mation view information about current photograph ( 62). Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 61 . To Use Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75) These options control whether photographs taken in “tall” orientation are rotated for display in the monitor during playback. The following operations can be performed in full-frame playback: Description Press multi selector to right or rotate main command dial right to view photographs in order recorded. Zoom in on photo Delete photo Delete current photograph ( 65). View menus Retouch photo Create retouched copy of current photograph ( 109).

... 109 9 Color mode/hue ..... 45 Exposure compensation ................................. 80 11 Image comment 3 ..... 40 Frame number/total number of images ³ µ ¸ Shooting Data............ ³ 62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera .............. 80 Image optimization 1. 35 ³ · Shooting Data.. Filter name is displayed if photo was taken with filter option selected for Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom............................ 49.... 65 2 Retouch indicator ..............Photo Information Photo information is superimposed on images displayed in full-frame playback..........14..........65 2 Retouch indicator ................ 109 3 Frame number/total number of images 4 Folder name ...............1 Flash mode ...................14............... Press the multi selector up or down or rotate the sub-command dial to cycle through the following information: Basic Information ↔ Shooting Data Page 1 ↔ Shooting Data Page 2 ↔ Retouch History (retouched copies only) ↔ Highlights ↔ RGB Histogram ↔ Basic Information................ 80 Retouch indicator ............................................... 2............. Page 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protect status ............... 109 Camera name Metering ...................................................... starting with most recent change.........................................109 4 Frame number/total number of images 1.......... 1 2 3 4 5 ³ ¸ µ ¹ Retouch History 1 1 Protect status ......... 52 Shutter speed ........... 34........... 75 5 6 7 8 9 Image quality............... Displayed in red if ISO sensitivity was modified from selected value by auto ISO.. 3....................109 3 Retouch history: Lists changes made to image using options in retouch menu ( 109)......... 79 ISO sensitivity 2 .............................. 103 File name . Basic Information 1 Protect status .................... Displayed if image was created using options in retouch menu.................................. 35 Image size .................. .... 65 8 Sharpening . 50 7 8 9 10 11 Mode ..... 65 Retouch indicator .... 34 Date of recording ...... Only first 13 letters are displayed.................. 103 Time of recording ..... 48................................. 35 1.............. 58 12 Frame number/total number of images 6 Image size/ image quality........................................... Page 2 7 Tone compensation ....................................................... 43 10 Saturation .... 54 Focal length .... 104 White balance/white balance fine-tuning ............................................ 80 Protect status ..... 50 Aperture ....

..... release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74).......109 3 Image highlights (areas of image that are “washed out”) are indicated by flashing border 4 Frame number/total number of images ³ RGB Histogram A histogram is a graph showing the distribution of tones in the image....... Decrease number of images displayed from nine to four or from four to one (full-frame playback)... 65 Retouch indicator ....... Use multi selector to highlight photographs......... Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode.... 109 Histogram (all channels) Red channel histogram 5 Green channel histogram 6 Blue channel histogram 7 Frame number/total number of images ³ Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback To display images in “contact sheets” of four or nine images....... Delete highlighted photograph ( 65)...... 1 Protect status .................... The following operations can be performed while thumbnails are displayed: To Display more images per page Display fewer images per page Highlight photographs View highlighted picture full frame Delete photo Protect photo Exit to shooting mode View menus Use Description Increase number of images displayed from one (full-frame playback) to four or from four to nine.. Protect highlighted photograph ( 65).. The vertical axis shows the number of pixels of each brightness in the image..............Highlights Highlights are the brightest portions of the image... Details may be lost (“washed out”) in areas of highlights that are overexposed.... The horizontal axis corresponds to pixel brightness................. Note that camera histograms may differ from those displayed in imaging applications......... press shutteror button.............. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 63 ..... sub-command dial to move cursor left or right.. press the button in full-frame playback................................... 1 2 3 4 Protect status .......................................... View picture highlighted in thumbnail list full frame.... or rotate main command dial to move cursor up or down.................... with dark pixels at the left and bright pixels at the right.......65 2 Retouch indicator ......

press shuttermode or release button halfway or press the button. Press Zoom in and out / to zoom out. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by image yellow border.Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom Press the button to zoom in on a photograph in full-frame playback. Protect photo Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode. Rotate main command dial to view same location in other imView other images ages at current zoom ratio. Navigation window is displayed when zoom View other areas of ratio is altered. View menus To Use 64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera . While photo is zoomed in. Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. Cancel zoom Return to full-frame playback. 19 × (medium images) or 13 × (small images). Delete photo Protect current photograph ( 65). down. The following operations can be performed: Description Press to zoom in to maximum of approximately 25 × (large images). View menus ( 74). press multi selector up. left. Delete current photograph ( 65).

Protecting Photographs from Deletion In full-frame. The photograph will be marked with a icon. zoom. Press any other button to exit without deleting the photograph. Note that protected files will be deleted when the memory card is formatted ( 102). the button can be used to protect photographs from accidental deletion. press the ton when the photograph is displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. press the and buttons together for about two seconds. To remove protection from all images in the folder or folders currently selected for Playback Folder. Delete ( 74) This option can be used to delete multiple photographs. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 65 . One of the following confirmation dialogs will be displayed. Deleting Individual Photographs Press the button to delete the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. press the button again to delete the photograph. and have DOS “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. butTo remove protection from the photograph so that it can be deleted. and thumbnail playback. Press the button to protect the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. Protected files can not be deleted using the button or the Delete option in the playback menu.

1 Choose the appropriate video mode ( 103). During be displayed 5 Turn the camera on. or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV . or Printer Viewing Photographs on TV The supplied EG-D2 audio/video (A/V) cable can be used to connect the camera to a television or VCR for playback or recording. the tor will remain off. Audio (white) Connect to video device Video (yellow) Connect to camera Video connector 4 Tune the television to the video channel. 66 Reference: Connecting to a TV. off before connecting A/V 3 Connect the A/V cable as shown. the camera monitor-off delay will be fixed at ten minutes and the exposure meters will remain on indefinitely. recordedplayback. camera off. Use an AC Adapter Use of an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) is recommended for extended playback. Always the camera 2 Turn the or disconnecting theturn cable. Computer. When the EH-5 is connected. images willcamera monion the television or to video tape.Connecting to a TV. Computer. Background music included with Pictmotion slide shows ( 75) will be played back over the television speakers.

Connecting to a Computer
The camera can be connected to a computer using the supplied UC-E4 USB cable. The supplied PictureProject software can then be used to copy photographs to the computer, where they can be organized, retouched, and printed.

Before Connecting the Camera
Install PictureProject or any other software you may need after first reading the manuals and reviewing the system requirements. To ensure that data transfer is not interrupted, be sure the camera battery is fully charged. If in doubt, charge the battery before connecting the camera or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately). Before connecting the camera, select the USB item in the camera setup menu and choose a USB option as described below.
Computer operating system Windows XP Home Edition Windows XP Professional Mac OS X Windows 2000 Professional USB Choose PTP or Mass Storage Choose Mass Storage *

* Do NOT select PTP. If PTP is selected when the camera is connected, the Windows hardware wizard will be displayed. Click Cancel to exit the wizard, and then disconnect the camera and select Mass Storage.

Connecting the USB Cable

1 Turn the computer on and wait for it to start up. 2 Turn the camera off.
UC-E4 USB cable as shown. Do not use force or attempt to 3 Connect the suppliedangle. Connect the camera directly to the computer; do notinsert the connectors at an connect the cable via a USB hub or keyboard.
USB connector

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

67

camera 4 Turn thepanel andon. If Mass Storage is selected for USB, the control viewfinder will display the indicators shown at right (when PTP is selected, the normal shooting indicators are displayed).

photographs 5 Transfer (on CD). to the computer as described in the PictureProject reference manual the USB 6 If PTP is selected forisUSB, the camera can be turned off andthe cameracable disconnected once transfer complete. If Mass Storage is selected, must first be removed from the system as described below. Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional Click the “Safely Remove Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device. Windows 2000 Professional Click the “Unplug or Eject Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Stop USB Mass Storage Device.
Mac OS X Drag the camera volume (“NIKON D80”) into the Trash.

During Transfer Do not turn the camera off or disconnect the USB cable while transfer is in progress. Camera Control Pro Camera Control Pro (available separately; 123) can be used to operate the camera from a computer. Before connecting the camera, set the camera USB option ( 104) to PTP. When Camera Control Pro is running, the camera will show in place of the number of exposures remaining.

68

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

Printing Photographs
Photographs can be printed by any of the following methods: • Connect the camera to a printer and print JPEG photographs directly from the camera (see below). • Insert the camera memory card in a printer equipped with a card slot (see the printer manual for details). If the printer supports DPOF ( 134), photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set ( 73). • Take the camera memory card to a developer or digital printer center. If the center supports DPOF, photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set. • Transfer pictures ( 67) and print them from a computer using PictureProject or Capture NX (available separately; 123). Note that this is the only method available for printing RAW (NEF) pictures.

Printing Via Direct USB Connection
JPEG photographs can be printed directly from a camera connected to a PictBridge printer ( 134). When taking photographs for printing via direct USB connection in P, S, A, and M modes, choose Ia (sRGB) or IIIa (sRGB) for the Custom > Color mode option in the Optimize image menu ( 80).
Take photographs Select photographs for printing using Print Set Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)

Print photographs one at a time ( 71)

Print multiple photographs ( 72)

Create index prints ( 72)

Disconnect USB cable

Printing Via Direct USB Connection If an error occurs during printing, the camera will display the dialog shown at right. After checking the printer, press the multi selector up or down to highlight Continue and press OK to resume printing. Select Cancel to exit without printing the remaining pages. RAW (NEF) photographs can not be printed by direct USB connection. They are displayed in the Print Select menu but can not be selected for printing.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

69

Connect the camera directly to the printer. 71) or “ Printing Multiple Pictures” ( ➜ Press the multi selector left or right to view additional photographs. Do not use force or to insert 4 Connect the suppliedangle. 1 Set the camera USB option to PTP ( 104). Use the multi selector to highlight photographs. Computer. If in doubt. press the button. 3 Turn the camera off. followed by the PictBridge playback Proceed to “ Printing Pictures One at a Time” ( 72).will be displayed. check that the camera battery is fully charged. USB connector screen 5 Turn the camera on. charge the battery or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately).attempt connect the connectors at an do not the cable via a USB hub or keyboard. 70 Reference: Connecting to a TV. To view six photographs at a time. or press to display the highlighted photograph full frame. 2 Turn the printer on. or Printer / Printing Photographs . A welcome display. or press the button to zoom in on the current photo ( 64).Connecting the Printer Before printing. UC-E4 USB cable as shown.

Press multi selector up or down to choose Printer Default (default for current Time stamp printer). press OK. Press multi selector up or down to choose page size from Printer Default Page Size (default page size for current printer). Print Time Stamp (print time and date of recording on photo). 8 x 10 in. or A4. PictBridge playback display is shown when printing is comPrinting plete. Only options supported by the current printer can be selected. To crop picture.Printing Pictures One at a Time To print the picture currently selected in the PictBridge playback display. Cropping If Crop is selected. 3. No. Letter. dialog shown at right will be displayed. then press OK to select and return to print menu. or No Border. The menu shown at right will be displayed. Option Menu shown at right will be displayed. press OK. 5 x 7 in. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Reference: Connecting to a TV. 4 x 6 in. A3. then press OK to select and return to print menu.. highlight No cropping and press OK. To exit without cropping picture. Press multi selector up or down to choose number of copies (maximum 99). of Copies then press OK to select and return to print menu. Press OK to return to print menu. and Time Stamp Choose printer default to print at current printer settings. then press OK to select and return to print menu. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to choose print style from Printer Default Border (default for current printer). highlight Crop and press multi selector right. Border.. Print with Border (print photo with white border). Page Size. Computer. Menu shown at right will be displayed...5 x 5 in. To cancel and return to PictBridge playback display before printStart ing is complete. 100 x 150 mm. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. or Printer / Printing Photographs 71 . or No Time Stamp. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Description Print current picture. Use and buttons to choose size of crop and use multi selector to choose position of crop.

Option Description Print Select Print selected pictures (see below). or Printer / Printing Photographs . Create index print of all JPEG photos. highlight Start Printing and press OK.Printing Multiple Pictures To print multiple pictures or create an index print listing all JPEG button in the photographs as small thumbnail images. press 2 Select current picture and set number of prints to 1. border. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. The menu shown at right will be displayed. Computer. Print (DPOF) Print current DPOF print order ( 73). To deselect picture. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select additional pictures. 72 Reference: Connecting to a TV. press the PictBridge playback display. to maximum of 256. highlight Start Printing and press OK. To start printing. Confirmation dialog shown at right will be displayed. Selected pictures marked by icon. 1 Scroll through pictures. Choose page size. press multi selector down when number of prints is 1. and time stamp options as described on page 71. Printing Selected Photographs Choosing Print Select displays the menu shown in Step 1. Specify number of prints (up to 99). and time stamp options as described on precedIndex Print ing page (warning will be displayed if selected page size is too small). press OK to display menu of print options. 3 4 Display print options. border. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. Choose page size. To start printing. To display current button. picture full screen. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete.

Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set The Print Set option in the playback menu is used to create digital “print orders” for PictBridge-compatible printers and devices that support DPOF. Selecting Print Set from the playback menu displays the menu shown in Step 1.

1
Highlight Select / Set.

2
Display selection dialog.

3 4

Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page. Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing. Display options. Highlight option and press multi selector right: • Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture on all pictures in print order. • Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pictures in print order. To complete print order and exit, highlight Done and press OK.

To print the current print order when the camera is connected to a PictBridge printer, select Print (DPOF) in the PictBridge menu and follow the steps in “ Printing Selected Photographs” to modify and print the current order ( 72). DPOF date and data imprint options are not supported when printing via direct USB connection; to print the date of recording on photographs in the current print order, use the PictBridge Time Stamp option.

Print Set The Print Set option can not be used if there is not enough space on the memory card to store the print order. Print orders may not print correctly if images are deleted using a computer after the print order is created.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

73

Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
The playback menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup menu option in the setup menu; 101). See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus.
Option Description Delete Delete all or selected photos. Playback folder Choose folder for playback. Rotate tall Slide show Hide image Print set Rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos during playback.

74 75 75

Play photos back in automatic slide shows, either with background music and 75 panning, zoom, and transition effects (Pictmotion) or without (standard) Hide selected photos. 78 Select photos for printing. 78

Delete
The delete menu contains the following options:
Option Selected All Description Delete selected photographs (see below). Delete all photographs.

Selecting Multiple Pictures To select multiple pictures for deletion, slide shows, or the Hide image option:

1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted picture full frame, press button.

2
Select highlighted picture. Selection shown by icon.

3

Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, highlight and press multi selector down.

4
Complete operation.

74

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

Playback Folder
Choose a folder for playback:
Option Description Only photos in the folder currently selected for Folders in the shooting menu are displayed during playback. This option is selected Current automatically when a photo is taken. If a memory card is inserted (default) and this option selected before photos have been taken, a message stating that the folder contains no images will be displayed during playback. Select All to begin playback. All Play back photos in all folders on the memory card.

Rotate Tall
Select On to rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos for display in the monitor. Photographs taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation ( 108) will be displayed in “wide” (landscape) orientation.

Slide Show
Play pictures back one after the other in an automated “slide show.” A Pictmotion option is available with transitions, panning and zoom effects and background music (background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television set; 66). The recommended steps involved in creating a slide show are shown below.

1 Select photos pictures and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the folHighlight Select
lowing options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•All pictures: Slide show will include all the photos in the current playback folder ( 75). •Select pictures: Select up to fifty photos for the slide show ( 74). Only photos in the current playback folder ( 75) are available for selection; hidden photos and images that can not be displayed by the camera can not be selected.

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

75

style 2 Choose a Change settings and press the multi selector right, then highlight Style and Highlight press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•Standard: Pictures are played back at a selected interval, without background music, transitions, or other effects. •Pictmotion: Select a pattern that includes background music with matching transitions and panning and zoom effects. Note that background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television ( 66).

3 Choose a frame interval or playback pattern selector right, then choose a frame Highlight Change settings and press the multi
interval or playback pattern as described below.
“Standard” selected in Step 2 To change the interval between slides from the default setting of two seconds, highlight Frame interval and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2 To change the background track from the default setting of Pachelbel’s Canon, highlight Background music and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

Panning and zoom effects and transitions are matched to the selected background track.

76

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

Pause the slide show.4 Start the show show. Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu 77 . right to skip to the next frame. End the slide show and return to full-frame ( 61) or thumbnail playback ( 63). Photos can be taken immediately. End the slide show and return to the playback menu. The following To start the slide operations can be performed during a slide show: To Go forward or back one frame View photo info Pause slide show Exit to playback menu Exit to playback mode Exit to shooting mode Shutter release Use / / Description Press multi selector or rotate main command dial left to return to the previous frame. Select Restart to restart the show or Exit to return to the playback menu. Change the photo info displayed. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. highlight Start and press OK. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. Press the shutter-release button halfway to turn the monitor off and return to shooting mode. The dialog shown at right is displayed when the show ends or when the button is pressed to pause playback.

and can only be deleted by formatting the memory card. this marking applies to both NEF (RAW) and JPEG images. Print Set Choose Select / set to select photographs for printing on a PictBridge printer or DPOF-compatible device ( 73).Hide Image Hide or reveal selected photographs. Choose Deselect all? to remove all photos from the current print order. Protected and Hidden Images Revealing an image that is both hidden and protected will simultaneously remove protection from the image. 78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu . Hidden images are visible only in the Hide Image menu. File Attributes for Hidden Images Hidden images have “hidden” and “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. In the case of “NEF + JPEG” images. Option Select/set Deselect all? Description Hide or reveal selected photographs ( Reveal all photographs. 74).

Option Description Optimize image * Optimize images according to scene. Maximizes saturation. 101). A. Customize image optimization settings ( 80).Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu The shooting menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. Take photos in black-and-white ( 81). Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 79 . Multiple exposure *. Enhances saturation. producing natural results suitable for portraits or retouching on a computer. N Normal (default) Recommended for most situations. Choose image quality. To use the Adobe RGB color space. Custom BW Black-and-white At Settings Other than “Custom” At settings other than Custom: • Photographs are optimized for current shooting conditions. High ISO NR Reduce noise at high ISO sensitivities. • Use a type G or D lens for best results. White balance *. greens. sharpening. Lowers contrast while lending natural texture and rounded feel to skin of portrait subjects. and M Modes) Optimize contrast. Raise sensitivity when lighting is poor. Results will vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. † Reset to defaults when a two-button reset is performed ( 44). contrast. Image quality † Image size † Choose image size. Option SO Softer VI Vivid VI More vivid PO Portrait Description Softens outlines. • The sRGB color space is used. S. † Record multiple exposures in a single frame. select Custom and choose II (Adobe RGB) for Color Mode. ISO sensitivity † Long exp. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. contrast. and blues. and sharpness to produce crisp images with sharp outlines. S. 79–81 81 81 82 83 83 83 84–85 Optimize Image (P. NR Reduce noise at slow shutter speeds. and other settings according to how photographs will be used or the type of scene. † Adjust colors according to the light source. A. and sharpness to produce vivid images with vibrant reds. * Available in P. and M modes only.

Choose Ia for portrait shots and IIIa for nature or landscape shots. tone compensation. Mode II is adapted to the Adobe RGB color space. Choose Custom to select a user-defined tone curve created using Camera Control Pro (available separately. • Hue adjustment: Hue can be adjusted between –9 ˚ to +9 ˚ in increments of 3 ˚ (the degrees refer to the “color wheel” often used to express hue). Color Mode Modes Ia and IIIa are recommended for photos that will be printed without modification or viewed in applications that do not support color management. See the Camera Control Pro manual for details. Capture NX (available separately. • Saturation: Control the vividness of colors. choose the Adobe RGB color space when opening photos taken in mode II. Positive values make reds more orange. Negative values make reds more purple. 123) and PictureProject display colors correctly even if the correct color space is not selected. greens more blue. and saturation vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. Enhanced for more vivid colors. Photos taken in modes Ia and IIIa are adapted to the sRGB color space and are suited for printing or use “as is. highlight Done and press . 123). Use a type G or D lens for best results. • Image sharpening: Choose how much outlines are sharpened during shooting. After adjusting settings. Default setting: Auto. and greens more yellow. Choose high settings for sharp outlines. 80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . which supports a wider gamut of colors than sRGB. Mode II is the preferred choice for photos that will be extensively processed or retouched. “Auto” Results for auto image sharpening. Default setting: Auto. low settings for softer outlines. • Color mode: Control color reproduction. Default setting: Auto. Default setting: Ia (sRBG). and blues more purple.Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom Select Custom to make separate adjustments to the following options. If the application supports color management. • Tone compensation: Control contrast. Default setting: ±0. Higher settings preserve detail in misty landscapes and other low-contrast subjects.” with no further modification. Lower settings prevent loss of detail in highlights under harsh lighting or in direct sunlight. blues more green. Choose Moderate for less saturated colors.

Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 81 . Image Size (All Modes) Image size can be selected from Large. and Small. Can be used to tone down the brightness of the sky in landscape photographs. Black-and-white indicators appear in the control panel and viewfinder when Black-andwhite is selected for Optimize image ( 5–7). Custom also supports the following color filter effects: Filter effect Off Yellow Orange Red Green Description No color filter effect. Softens skin tones. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). or Custom to adjust sharpening and tone compensation before shooting as described in on page 80. Orange produces more contrast than yellow.Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White Selecting Black-and-white for Optimize image displays the menu shown at right. red more contrast than orange. Medium. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). Enhances contrast. Choose Normal to take standard black-and-white pictures. Can be used for portraits. Image Quality (All Modes) Seven options are available for image quality.

5 Highlight folder. S. white balance will be set to the measured value even if Use photo is currently selected in the preset white balance menu. 1 Highlight Use photo. 6 Display images in selected folder. Copying White Balance from a Photograph A white balance value copied from an existing photograph can be used for preset white balance. A. See “Reference: White Balance” ( 58). 7 Highlight photograph. The menu shown in Step 1 will be displayed. Select White balance > White balance preset in the shooting menu. ‡ Images displayed may include those created with other cameras. but only photographs created with D80 can be used as source for preset white balance. highlight This image and press multi selector right. and M Modes) Nine options are available for white balance. 82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . highlight Measure and press multi selector right. † 4 Display folder list. * * To use last measured value ( 2 Display current source photo. † To use the previous source photo. Note that if a new value is measured for white balance. 60). 3 Highlight Select image. ‡ 8 Set preset white balance to value for highlighted photograph and return to shooting menu.White Balance (P.

Noise reduction turns off unless sensitivity exceeds ISO 800. Long Exp. the image displayed in the monitor may not show the effects of noise reduction. Minimal noise reduction is performed at sensitivities over ISO 800. Choose from the following options: Option Normal (default) Low High Off Description Noise reduction takes effect at sensitivities over ISO 400. High for more noise reduction. the displays shown at right appear in the control panel and viewfinder. NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at shutter speeds of 8 s or slower can be processed to reduce “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. Photographs taken at shutter speeds of about 8 s or slower are processed to reduce noise. Noise reduction will not be performed if the camera is turned off during processing. Choose Low for less noise reduction. High ISO NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at high sensitivities can be processed to reduce “noise”.ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) Adjust ISO sensitivity. brightly-colored pixels. Note that if photos are played back during processing. No further photos can be taken until processing is complete. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 83 . During processing. See “Reference: ISO Sensitivity” ( 43). Choose from the following options: Option Off (default) On Description Noise reduction off. slowing burst shooting and reducing the number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer.

/ for three exposures). focal length. For an interval between exposures of more than 30 s. mode. A. 3 Highlight Auto gain and press the multi selector to the right. and M Modes) Follow the steps below to record a series of two or three exposures in a single photograph.Multiple Exposure (P. Gain not adjusted to correct exposure. Recommended if background is dark. 99) or use an optional EH-5 AC adapter. metering. camera orientation. choose 30 min for Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter-off. Option Description On (default) Off Gain adjusted to correct exposure according to the number of exposures recorded (gain for each exposure is set to / for two exposures. and other information listed in the playback photo information display is for the first shot in the multiple exposure. exposure. Highlight Number of shots and press the multi selector right. Photo Info The date of recording. S. Note that at default settings. multi choose 2 Press thethat willselector up or down to a single the number of exposures be combined to form photograph. 84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . 4 Highlight one of the following options and press OK. Selecting Multiple exposure in the shooting menu displays the 1 menu shown at right. shooting will end automatically if no operations are performed for 30 s. Press OK to return to the multiple exposure menu. Exchanging Memory Cards Do not remove or replace the memory card while recording a multiple exposure.

select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu. a multiple exposure will be created from the exposures that have been recorded to that point. is complete. memory cards can not be formatted and no shooting menu options can be changed. S. highlight Cancel. 6 Frame a photograph. To exit without recording a multiple exposure. gain will be adjusted to reflect the number of exposures actually recorded. Bracketing and Other Settings Bracketing is cancelled when multiple exposure is selected and can not be restored until shooting has ended. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 85 . remaining The icon 7 Take thepanel whenexposures. While multiple exposure mode is in effect. The blink. focus. highlight Reset. select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu.5 Highlight Done and press OK. with the exceptions of Multiple exposure and White balance. icon will start to Cancelling a Multiple Exposure To end shooting before the multiple exposure is complete. and shoot. and press OK. A icon will be displayed in the control panel. and press OK. Shooting will also end if: • The exposure meters turn off during shooting ( 18) • The user performs a two-button reset • The camera is turned off • The battery is exhausted • The multiple exposure is deleted • A mode other than P.will disappear from7the control shooting Repeat steps 1 – to take additional multiple exposures. A. or M is selected If shooting ends before the specified number of exposures have been taken. If Auto gain is on.

See the Appendix ( 134) for a complete list of default settings. 38). or when a photograph is taken in quick-response remote mode ( 38). Center-weighted Auto BKT set Auto BKT order Command dials FUNC button Illumination AE-L/AF-L AE lock Focus area AF area illumination 89 90 90–91 91 91 92–93 93 94 94 94 95 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Option Built-in flash Flash warning Flash shutter speed Auto FP Modeling flash Monitor-off Auto meter-off Self-timer Remote on duration Exp.Custom Settings Custom Settings are used to customize camera settings to suit individual preferences. a beep will sound when the camera focuses in single-servo AF (AF-S or when shooting stationary subjects in AF-A autofocus mode). The beep will not sound when Off is selected. The current setting is shown in the control panel: is displayed when the beep is on. delay mode MB-D80 batteries 95–97 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 99 100 R: Reset Select Reset to restore all Custom Settings to their default values. 1: Beep (All Modes) At the default setting of On. select Full for CSM/Setup menu: 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Option Exposure comp. including settings not affected by a two-button reset ( 44). The following options are available when Simple (the default option) is selected for CSM/Setup menu in the setup menu ( 101): Option Reset Beep AF-area mode Center AF area AF-assist No memory card? Option Image review ISO auto Grid display Viewfinder warning EV step R 1 2 3 4 5 86 86 87 87 87 88 6 7 8 9 10 88 88 89 89 89 To display the following options. 86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . when it is off ( 5). while the release timer is counting down in selftimer and delayed remote modes ( 37.

and modes. Use with erratically moving subjects. S. and ) If On (the default setting) is selected and the subject is poorly lit. the camera may not be able to focus on poorly-lit subjects using autofocus. but if subject leaves selected focus area even briefDynamic area ly. Description Viewfinder display Focus on a specific subject in a small area Normal zone without other nearby objects interfering with (default) focus. Default setting for mode. Note that when the illuminator is off. Option See “Focus” for more information on focus settings ( 28). Choose Off to disable the AF-assist illuminator. camera will focus based on information from other focus areas. and modes. Not available when Wide zone Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode). . User selects focus area manually. Default setting for P.2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) This option determines how the focus area is selected in autofocus mode ( 28). . M. . Default for . camera focuses on subject in selected Single area focus area only. Option The current setting is shown by an icon in the control panel ( 5). 4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except . Auto-area AF Camera selects focus area automatically. 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) This option determines the size of the center focus area. Use with stationary subjects. Focus on moving subjects and other objects that are difficult to track. Choose from: Description User selects focus area using multi selector. the AF-assist illuminator will light to assist the focus operation in single-servo AF (AF-S or single-servo AF selected in AF-A autofocus mode) when Single area or Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode) or when Custom Setting 2 is set to Dynamic area and the center focus area is selected. . A. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 87 .

Use the High ISO NR option in the shooting menu to reduce noise ( 83). photographs will automatically be displayed in the monitor for about for seconds after shooting. photographs can be displayed in the monitor by pressing the button. sensitivity will only be adjusted if underexposure would result at the shutter speed selected for Min. the shutter-release is disabled when no memory card is inserted. Noise is more likely at higher sensitivities.5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) If Release locked (the default setting) is selected. ISO Auto Auto ISO control is not available when a value over ISO 1600 is selected for ISO sensitivity. sensitivity option. If On is selected. Choose Enable release to enable the shutter-release button when no memory card is inserted. or against a bright background. ISO sensitivity will automatically be adjusted if optimal exposure can not be achieved at the selected value (flash level is adjusted appropriately). If Off is selected. Photographs will be displayed in the monitor but will not be saved. 6: Image Review (All Modes) If On (the default setting) is selected. in daylight. 7: ISO Auto (P. Foreground subjects may be underexposed in photos taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture. When sensitivity is altered from the value selected by the user. ISO sensitivity will remain fixed at the value selected with the ISO button ( 43) or using the ISO sensitivity option in the shooting menu ( 83). 88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . ISO sensitivity can not be set to values over 1600 when On is selected for ISO auto. In modes P and A. S. shutter speed. these indicators blink and the altered value is shown in the viewfinder (the indicators do not blink if a flash is used. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default setting) is selected. A. The maximum value for auto ISO sensitivity can be selected using the Max. When On is selected. the control panel and viewfinder show ISO-AUTO.

Select On to set exposure compensation using only a command dial. Displayed when the battery is low. 91): P S A M Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Off Sub-command dial Sub-command dial Main command dial Exposure compensation set by pressing Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On Sub-command dial Main command dial Sub-command dial button and rotating main command dial If On is selected. Displayed when no memory card is inserted. aperture. The default option is Off.8: Grid Display (All Modes) Select On to display grid lines in the viewfinder to assist in framing photographs ( 6). A. (P. This option is not available in mode M. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default option) is selected. the 0 at the center of the exposure display will blink even when exposure compensation is set to ±0. 11: Exposure Comp. The dial used depends on the option selected for Custom Setting 15 (Command dials. Mode Menu Guide / Custom Settings 89 . and bracketing are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 step. 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes) Select On (the default option) to display the following warnings in the viewfinder ( 6): Warning B/W Description Displayed when Black-and-white is selected for Optimize image in the shooting menu ( 81). No warnings are displayed when Off is selected. 10: EV Step (All Modes) Choose whether adjustments to shutter speed. exposure compensation is set by pressing the button and rotating the main command dial ( 54). S. the default option) or / EV (1/2 step).

To take photographs using white balance bracketing: 1 Highlight WB bracketing and press the multi selector right. 119. For information on recording photographs at settings of AE & flash. Each time the shutter is released. A. NEF+JPEG Normal. 120). A. 2 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of images in the bracketing sequence. with the opFlash only tional SB-800 Speedlight. The default option is Φ 8 mm.12: Center-Weighted (P. the white balance adjustment. NEF+JPEG Fine. Not available at a whitebalance of (Choose color temp. Only one shot is required to complete the bracketing sequence. S. Camera varies flash level with each shot (i-TTL and. S. and Flash only. auto aperture modes only. button and rotate the sub-command to choose 3 Press the Each increment is roughly equivalent todialmired. 10 90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . White balance bracketing is recommended when shooting under mixed lightWB bracketing ing or experimenting with different white balance settings. and M Modes Only) This option controls the size of the area in the center of the viewfinder assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. or NEF+JPEG Basic. the camera creates multiple images “bracketing” the current white balance setting. and M Modes Only) The following options are available: Option AE & flash (default) AE only Description Camera varies flash level and exposure with each shot. see “Bracketing” ( 56). 13: Auto BKT Set (P. AE only.) or at image qualities of NEF (RAW). Camera varies exposure with each shot.

If the number of images in the bracketing program exceeds the number of exposures remaining. although in this case the bracketing program will not be restored the next time bracketing is activated. Bracketing can also be cancelled by performing a two-button reset ( 44). or NEF+JPEG Basic for image quality ( 34) or (Choose color temp. Option Default (default) Reversed Description The main command dial controls shutter speed. A. and each copy will have a different white balance. Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of white balance bracketing programs. press the mand dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. 56.a photograph. 15: Command Dials (P. and M Modes Only) Choose the order in which bracketing is performed. NEF+JPEG Normal. ( ) will be displayed and the number of exposures remaining will blink. shot 4 Compose create the number of and shoot. Option Description Default order Unmodified > negative > positive ( (default) Under > MTR > over Negative > unmodified > positive ( 56).) for white balance ( 58) cancels white balance bracketing. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. S. NEF+JPEG Fine. The main command dial controls aperture. the subcommand dial aperture. Modifications to white balance are added to the white balance adjustment made with white balance fine-tuning. 14: Auto BKT Order (P. 140). White Balance Bracketing Selecting NEF (RAW). Each in thewill be processed to copies specified bracketing program. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 91 . S. focus. and M Modes Only) Choose the command dials used to set shutter speed and aperture. A. button and rotate the main comTo cancel bracketing. Shooting can begin if a new memory card is inserted. the sub-command dial shutter speed.

button is pressed. S. Press the FUNC. button is described below. Flash output is adjusted automatically for any changes in ISO sensitivity or aperture. Center-weighted metering is activated while the FUNC. button and rotate the main command dial to select AF area mode ( 87). A. 94). preventing the flash level from changing between shots or while recomposing photographs. FV Lock Both the FUNC. Option ISO display (default) Framing grid AF-area mode Center AF area FV lock Flash off Matrix metering Center-weighted Spot metering Description The modified value for ISO sensitivity is displayed while the FUNC. and M modes. FV lock using the FUNC. 1 Select FV lock for Custom Setting 16 (FUNC button). and the AE-L/AF-L button can be used for FV lock. button and rotate the main command dial to choose between normal and wide center AF areas ( 87). Press the FUNC. choose FV lock for Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L. the fl up au2 Raise the flash. button is pressed (P. SB-600. press the flash. Spot metering is activated while the FUNC. Built-in flash and optional Speedlights turn off while the FUNC. and M modes only). button and rotate the main command dial to turn the grid display in the viewfinder on and off ( 89). A. S. FV Lock This feature is used to lock flash output.16: FUNC Button (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the FUNC. If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. and M modes only). A. . Press the FUNC. In .required when the shutter-releaseash will poppressed tomatically as button is halfway. button. . flash value locks when the FUNC. and M modes only). button is pressed (P. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. button is pressed ( 93). Press again to cancel FV lock. Matrix metering is activated while the FUNC. button to raise the 92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . and modes. S. In P. S. to use the AE-L/AF-L button. button is pressed. button is pressed (P. A.

Set the Speedlight to TTL mode (the SB-800 can also be used in AA and A modes. 95). the backlight will remain on while the exposure meters are active (note that this will increase the drain on the battery). see the Speedlight manual for details). button to release FV lock and confirm that the icon no longer displayed in viewfinder. and SB-R200 Speedlights (available separately). The flash will emit ash to 4 Press the FUNC. flash output will automatically be adjusted for changes in Speedlight zoom head position. Flash a monitor prefllocked determine the output will be at this level and a flash-value lock icon will appear in the viewfinder. SB-600. the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator) will turn on only when the power switch is rotated to . FV lock can be used with remote SB-800. 5 Recompose the photograph. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 93 . 7 Pressisthe FUNC. 6 Press the shutter-release button thebe taken without releasing FV If desired. 96).appropriate flash level. button. or (b) a flash group is composed entirely of SB-800 Speedlights in TTL or AA mode. If On is selected. 17: Illumination (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected. or SB-R200 flash units if (a) any of the built-in flash. Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash When the built-in flash is used alone. When Commander mode is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash. Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights FV lock is also available with SB-800. or flash group B is in TTL mode. rest of the way down to shoot. additional pictures can lock.subject in the 3 Position thebutton halfway center of the frame and press the shutter-release to focus. SB-600. While FV lock is in effect. Check that the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed in the viewfinder. flash group A. FV lock is only available if TTL (the default setting) is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash.

If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. right to left. Select Wrap to allow focus-area selection to “wrap around” from top to bottom. Focus is unaffected. 20: Focus Area (All Modes) At the default setting of No wrap. and left to right. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus and exposure. press and rotate the sub-command AF-ON/AF area dial to select the focus area. If On is selected. Focus area Press the AE-L/AF-L button and rotate the sub-command dial to select the focus area selection ( 30). pressing the multi selector up when the focus area is selected has no effect. press and rotate the sub-command dial to AF-L/AF area select the focus area. Option AE/AF lock (default) AE lock only AF lock Description Both focus and exposure lock while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. press and rotate the sub-comAE-L/AF-L/AF area mand dial to select the focus area. the focus-area display is bounded by the outer focus areas so that. Exposure locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to initiate autofocus. Exposure is unaffected. The AE-L/AF-L button initiates autofocus. 19: AE Lock (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected.18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the AE-L/AF-L button. pressing the shutter-release button halfway does not lock exposure. bottom to top. 94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . exposure will lock when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. for example. Focus locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. The shutter-release button can not be used AF-ON to focus. press and rotate the sub-command dial AE-L/AF area to select the focus area. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus. flash FV lock value locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed ( 92). SB-600. Press again to cancel FV lock. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. Exposure locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed and remains locked until the AE lock hold button is pressed again or the exposure meters turn off.

20 ˚C/68 ˚F). 22: Built-in Flash (P. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13/42 (m/ft. “Times” The number of times the flash can fire in succession is determined by flash output. S. the actual number of flashes emitted may be less than selected. 20. No monitor preflash is emitted. the focus area will always be highlighted. Choose the number of times the flash fires at the selected output. A. 15. At full power. 20. Description Choose flash output (expressed as a fraction of full power). Repeating flash: The flash fires repeatedly while the shutter is open.. Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right. The options available depend on the option selected for Output. the focus area is not highlighted. 15.21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) At the default setting of Auto. The number of times the flash fires per second. 15 2–10. Manual: The flash fires at the level selected in the menu shown at right. 25. If On is selected. 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 1/64 1/128 Options available for “Times” 2 2–5 2–10 2–10. If Off is selected. 30. the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder as need to establish contrast with the background. TTL (default): Flash output is adjusted automatically in response to shooting conditions. and M Modes Only) Choose a flash control mode for the built-in flash. ISO 100. although it may be difficult to see against the background. up or down to change. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight the following options.. producing a strobe-light effect. Note that depending on shutter speed and the option selected for Freq. Option Output Times Freq. 25 2–10. 35 Output Menu Guide / Custom Settings 95 .

96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . but AF-assist illuminator lights. Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right. Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power).) value between +3. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight the following options. Note that the built-in flash must be raised to emit monitor preflashes.0 and –3. • Channel: Choose from channels 1–4. At settings other than ±0.0 EV in steps of will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder.0 EV in steps of / EV. or SB-R200 flash units in up to two groups (A and B) using advanced wireless lighting. • Group A/Group B: Choose a flash control mode for all flash units in Group A or B. does not appear in control panel Built-in flash does not fire.0 and –3. Choose a flash compensation (Comp. up or down to change. -flash mode display. 2 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group A. flashes M in the control panel and viewfinder. 4 Select the channel. not be adjusted when . SB-600 and SB-R200 flash units will not fire when this option is selected.is selected for flash control mode. • Built-in flash: Choose a flash control mode for the built in flash.. Auto aperture. value between +3.0 and –3. TTL i-TTL mode. SB-600. M Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power).Commander mode: Use the built-in flash as a master flash controlling one or more remote optional SB-800. Choose a flash compensation (Comp. TTL i-TTL mode. .) value between +3.0 EV in steps AA of / EV. 3 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group B. / EV.The flash units in the selected group do not fire. All flash units in both groups must be set to the same channel. Choose a Comp. To take photographs in commander mode: the flash control mode 1 ChooseNote that output level canand output level for the -built-in flash.

5 Press OK. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 97 . Note that the maximum distance at which the remote be placed may vary with shooting conditions. Although there is no limit on the number of remote flash units that may be used.is for Built-in flash > raised so that monitor preflashes will be emitted. Flash compensation ( 55) is added to the flash output for all flash units. After positioning the remote flash units. the light emitted by the remote flash units will interfere with performance. take a test shot and view the results in the camera monitor. which produces brighter timing flashes. all the remote flash units on and 7 TurnSpeedlight instruction manuals forset them to the channel selected in Step 4. With more than this number. after 9 Focusfland shootare lit. the practical maximum is three. the built-in flash must be . An SG-3IR is required for best results with rear-curtain sync. the built-in flash. or less 30° or less Camera (built-in flash) 30° or less 5 m/16 ft. To prevent timing flashes emitted by the built-in flash from appearing in photographs taken at short range.confirming that the flash-ready lights on the camera and all remote ash units Commander Mode Position the sensor windows on the remote flash units to pick up the monitor preflashes from the builtin flash (particular care is required when not using a tripod). 60°–30° 10 m/33 ft. See the details. flash units as 6 Compose the shot and arrange the flash units canshown below. or less 60°–30° 5 m/16 ft. Note that even if 8 Pressselectedbutton to raise the Mode. as this may interfere with exposure. or less Wireless remote sensors on flash units should face camera. choose low ISO sensitivities and small apertures (large f/-numbers) or use an optional SG-3IR infrared panel for the built-in flash. Be sure that direct light or strong reflections from the remote flash units do not enter the camera lens (in TTL mode) or the photocells on the remote flash units (AA mode).. including the built-in flash.

The default setting is Off. Auto FP may not always be activated at a shutter speed of / s). Regardless of the setting chosen. A. S. SB-600. A. Choose a shorter monitor-off delay for longer battery life. 98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . the monitor remains on for four seconds during image review ( 88) and for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. A. Regardless of the setting chosen. the built-in flash and optional SB-800. S. 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P. or SB-R200 flash units at shutter speeds faster than / s (because the actual shutter speed may be slightly slower than displayed in P and A modes. A. and M Modes Only) If On is selected. Auto FP High-Speed Sync is not available when using the built-in flash. S. 25: Auto FP (P. and M Modes Only) If On (the default setting) is selected and lighting is poor. The default setting is Off. the flash will fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync ( 41).23: Flash Warning (P. and SBR200 flash units will emit a modeling flash when the camera depth-offield preview button is pressed ( 49). and M Modes Only) Select On to activate Auto FP High-Speed Sync when using the optional SB-800. 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the monitor remains on when no operations are performed (the default setting is 20 s). SB-600. and M Modes Only) Choose the slowest shutter speed at which the flash will be used in modes P and A (the default setting is 1/60 s). the flashready light ( ) will flicker in the viewfinder when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway to warn that the built-in flash is required. No warning will be displayed if Off is selected. Choose to enable fill flash when taking portraits under bright light or when taking photographs at Large apertures. S. 26: Modeling Flash (P.

30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) Choose how long the camera will wait for a signal from the remote before cancelling delayed or quick-response remote modes ( 38). 31: Exp. reducing camera shake in situations in which the least camera movement could result in blurred photographs (for example. The default setting is 10 s. microscope photography). Menu Guide / Custom Settings 99 .28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the camera continues to meter exposure when no operations are performed (the default setting is 6 s). Choose shorter times for longer battery life. 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) Choose the length of the shutter-release delay in self-timer mode ( 37). Delay Mode (All Modes) Select On to delay shutter release until about 0. the exposure meters remain on for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter.4 s after the shutterrelease button is pressed. Choose a shorter meter-off delay for longer battery life. The default option is Off. Regardless of the setting chosen. The default setting is one minute.

in some cases. There is no need to adjust this option when using EN-EL3e batteries. Select when using FR6 lithium AA batteries.32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) To ensure that the camera functions as expected when AA batteries are used in the optional MB-D80 battery pack. (blinks) (blinks) 100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Some AA batteries can not be used. due to their performance characteristics and limited capacity. Fewer pictures can be taken with AA batteries than with EN-EL3e batteries. Select when using HR6 NiMH AA batteries. Using AA Batteries EN-EL3e batteries are recommended for best performance. match the option selected in this menu to the type of batteries inserted in the battery pack. batteries may cease to function before their expiry date. Select when using ZR6 nickel-manganese AA batteries. The camera shows the level of AA batteries as follows: Control panel Viewfinder – Description Batteries fully charged. Ready fresh batteries. Option LR6 (AA alkaline) (default) HR6 (AA Ni-MH) FR6 (AA lithium) ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) Description Select when using LR6 alkaline AA batteries. Low battery. Shutter release disabled. The capacity of AA batteries drops sharply at temperatures below 20 ˚C (68 ˚F) and varies with make and storage conditions. Insert fresh batteries. alkaline and nickel-manganese batteries should only be used when no other alternative is available.

the multi selector right. CSM / Setup Menu Choose the options displayed in the menus. Display only selected options in the playback. Display all options in all menus. shooting. Option Simple (default) Full My menu Description Display only basic options in the Custom Settings ( 86) and setup menus (see above). menu names A list of menu The items in the selected 2 Highlight abe listedname and press OK. To choose menu items for display with My menu: menu and press 1 Highlight Mywill be displayed. and retouch menus. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 101 . sequence 106 106 Mirror lock-up * Dust off ref photo 106–107 Battery info 107 Firmware version 108 Auto image rotation 108 * Not available at battery levels of or below or when camera is powered by optional MBD80 battery pack with AA batteries. Other menus list all options. The CSM / Setup menu item in the setup menu can not be selected. (the illustration shows the menu will as shown at right items listed when the playback menu is selected). setup. The following options are available when To display the following options. select Full Simple (the default option) is selected for for CSM/Setup menu: CSM/Setup menu: Option Option CSM/Setup menu Format memory card World time LCD brightness Video mode Language USB 101–102 102 103 103 103 103 104 Image comment 104 Folders 105 File no.Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu The setup menu contains the options listed below (options displayed may differ if My Menu is selected for CSM/Setup menu). See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. Custom Settings.

Formatting Memory Cards Do not turn the camera off or remove the memory card while formatting is in progress. Be sure that any valued files have been copied to a computer before formatting. Highlight Done the list of 4 shown in Step 1. 102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . Note that this permanently deletes all photographs and any other data the card may contain. Two-Button Format Memory cards can also be formatted with the ( and ) buttons ( 44). Selected items are indicated by a check mark. 5 Highlight Done in the list of menu names and press OK to return setup menu. Format Memory Card Select Yes to format the memory card.multi selector up 3 Press thethe right to select or down to highlight items and then press to or deselect. and press OK to return to additional menu names Repeat steps 2–3 to edit menus.

Date Choose the order in which the month. Option LCD Brightness Adjust monitor brightness between –2 (darkest) and +2 (brightest). Set the clock to the correct date and time. which is charged as necessary when the main battery is installed or the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. Language Choose the language for camera menus and messages from: De En Es Fi Fr It Nl Pl Deutsch English Español Suomi Français Italiano Nederlands Polski German English Spanish Finnish French Italian Dutch Polish Pt Português Ru Русский Sv Svenska Portuguese Russian Swedish Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Japanese Korean The Clock Battery The camera clock is powered by an independent.01. Choose PAL when connecting the camera to a PAL video device. If flashes in the control panel. The camera clock will automatically be Time zone reset to the time in the selected zone. day. Set the camera clock ( 14). Daylight Turn daylight saving time on or off. The camera clock is autosaving time matically advanced or set back one hour. Video Mode Choose NTSC when connecting the camera to an NTSC television or VCR. the clock battery is exhausted and the clock has been reset to a time starting at 2006.01.00:00:00. Description Choose the time zone. rechargeable power source.World Time Set the camera clock to the current date and time. and year are disformat played. Two days of charging will power the clock for about one month. Reset the clock regularly for acDate curate time keeping. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 103 .

Name area: Comment appears here. or press to exit without changing the comment. See “Connecting to a Computer” for information on selecting a USB option for use with PictureProject ( 67). 123) or PictureProject. Image Comment Add a comment to photographs as they are taken. Highlight this option and press the multi selector to the right to toggle the check mark on or off. press button and use multi selector. press . • Input comment: The following dialog will be displayed. Comments can be viewed in Capture NX (available separately. 104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . • Attach comment: A comment is added to all photographs taken while this option is checked. Image Comment Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. To move cursor. Choose PTP when connecting to a PictBridge printer or using Camera Control Pro (available separately). To delete the character at the current cursor position.USB Choose a USB option for connection to a computer or PictBridge printer. Input a comment as described below. press to select. Any additional characters will be deleted. Comments can be up to thirty-six characters long. • Done: Save changes and return to the setup menu. Press OK to save changes and return to the image comment menu.

) will be visible when Current is selected for Playback folder ( 75). Any additional characters will be deleted. To move cursor. NCD80 (default folder) Current folder Other folders (in alphabetical order) • New: Create a new folder and name it as described in “Naming Folders.” below. The camera treats folders with the same name but different folder numbers as the same folder. press to select. 102NIKON. 100NCD80). • Select folder: Choose the folder in which subsequent photographs will be stored. Folder names can be up to five characters long. press . 101NCD80).g. 101NIKON. During shooting.g. rename.. Press OK to save changes and return to the setup menu. Each folder can contain up to 999 photographs. the camera will create a new folder by adding one to the current folder number (e. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 105 .. etc.Folders Create. or delete folders or choose the folder in which new photographs will be stored.” below. If a photograph is taken when the current folder if full or contains a photograph numbered 9999. press button and use multi selector. • Rename: Select a folder from a list and rename it as described in “Naming Folders. Folder Names On the memory card. Naming Folders Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. For example. Name area: Folder name appears here. pictures are stored in the highest-numbered folder with the selected name. • Delete: Delete all empty folders on the memory card. if the folder NIKON is selected for Select folder. photographs in all folders named NIKON (100NIKON. Renaming changes all folders with the same name but leaves the folder numbers intact. To delete the character at the current cursor position. folder names are preceded by a three-digit folder number assigned automatically by the camera (e. or press to exit without creating a new folder or changing the folder name.

If File no. If a photograph is taken when the current folder contains a photograph numbered 9999. 106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . • Reset: As for On. the memory card is formatted. see the Capture NX manual). the shutter release will be disabled. turn it off and format the memory card or insert another memory card in the camera. andselector right. except that file numbering is reset to 0001 with the next photograph taken (if the current folder already contains photographs. the memory card is formatted. a new folder will be created and file numbering will begin again from 0001. sequence is on. Dust Off Ref Photo Acquire reference data for the Image Dust Off option in Capture NX (available separately. • On: File numbering continues from the last number used after a new folder is created. • Off (default): File numbering is reset to 0001 when a new folder is created. File Numbering If the current folder is numbered 999 and contains 999 photographs or a photograph numbered 9999. a new folder will be created). Mirror Lock-Up Lock the mirror in the up position when inspecting or cleaning the lowpass filter that protects the camera image sensor ( 125). or a new memory card is inserted. for more information. On press the multi The message 1 Highlight rightand be displayed.displayed in the shown at will “rEF” will be control panel and viewfinder. Sequence Choose how the camera names files.File No. or a new memory card is inserted.

2 With the lens ten centimetersthe viewfinder and thenwell-lit. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 107 . If using a zoom lens. The number of times the shutter has been released since the battery was last charged.the shutter-release button frame the object so that it fills press halfway. A grid pattern is displayed when reference images are viewed on the camera. meter Note that the camera may sometimes release the shutter without recording a photograph (e. The same reference image can be used for photographs taken with different lenses or at different apertures. A lens with a focal length of at least 50 mm is recommended. the display will return to normal if the battery is charged again at room temperature. Off data. information for each battery will be listed separately. when measuring a value for preset white balance).. A five-level display showing battery age. The monitor turns off when button If the reference object is too bright or too dark. the camera may be unable to acquire Image Dust Off reference data and the message shown at right will be displayed. meter The current battery level as a percentage of full charge. Press the the way down to Image Dust 3 reference shutter-release button the rest of the shutter-releaseacquire is pressed. Reference images can not be viewed using computer imaging software. from 0 (new) to 4 (displayed when the battery has reached the end of its charging life and requires replacement). zoom all the way in. Note that charging Charge life life may be temporarily reduced if the battery has been charged at low temperatures. set focus to infinity manually. Pic. Battery info can not be displayed when MB-D80 is used with AA batteries). in manual focus mode.g.(four inches) from a featureless white object. Battery Info View information on the EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery currently inserted in the camera. Image Dust Off Dust off ref photo is available with CPU lenses only. Option Description Bat. (If the camera is powered by an optional MBD80 battery pack containing EN-EL3e batteries. In autofocus mode. focus will automatically be set to infinity. Choose another reference object and repeat the process from Step 1.

even if camera orientation is changed during shooting. * The following orientations are recorded: Landscape (wide) orientation Camera rotated 90 ° clockwise Camera rotated 90 ° counter-clockwise * In continuous mode ( 36). allowing them to be rotated automatically during playback ( 61) or when viewed in Capture NX (available separately.Firmware Version View the current camera firmware version. 108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . orientation recorded for first shot applies to all images in same burst. Auto Image Rotation Photographs taken while On (the default option) is selected contain information on camera orientation. Camera orientation is not recorded when Off is selected. 123) or PictureProject. Choose this option when taking photographs with the lens pointing up or down.

3 Highlight menu item. Small picture Create small copies of existing photographs. Trim Create cropped copies of existing photographs. Image Quality Small picture creates JPEG Fine copies (1 : 4 compression ratio). * 4 Display retouch options. save where otherwise noted. 101). 110 111 Red-eye correction * Correct “red-eye” caused by the flash. the photographs to be copied can be selected in fullframe playback or from the retouch menu. sepia. Retouching Copies With the exception of images created using Small picture. although this may result in loss of quality. Image overlay creates copies at the current image quality setting. Each retouch option can however only be applied once. Other options copy RAW photos as JPEG Fine quality images. press button. 112–113 Image overlay Combine two RAW photographs into a single image. To exit to full-frame playback without creating modified copy. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 109 . 2 Display retouch menu. resized. 112 112 Filter effects * Create copies with color filter effects. 111 Monochrome * Copy pictures in black-and-white.872 × 2.592 pixels in size. † * Image overlay is not available during full-frame playback. repeat Steps 2–3 to select options from sub-menu. † If sub-menu is displayed. 114–115 * Not available with photographs taken with Black-and-white selected for Optimize image. The following options are available (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. or cyanotype.Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu The options in the retouch menu are used to create trimmed. Except in the case of Image overlay. Option Description D-lighting * Brighten dark or back-lit subjects. the options in the retouch menu can be applied to existing copies. or retouched copies of the photographs on the memory card. copies created from RAW photos are 3. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. To copy photos during full-frame playback: 1 Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61).

To copy photos from the retouch menu: 1 Highlight menu item. † To exit to playback mode without creating modified copy. making it ideal for dark or back-lit photographs. press D-Lighting D-lighting brightens shadows. button. 3 Highlight photo. 2 Display selection screen. * 4 Display retouch options. † * Photos can also be highlighted using command dials: main command dial moves cursor horizontally. 110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . Press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. press and hold button. The effect can be previewed in the edit display. To view selected picture full frame. sub-command dial moves cursor vertically. Before After Press the multi selector up or down to choose the amount of correction performed.

Red-eye correction is available only with photographs taken using the flash. a copy will be created that has been processed to reduce its effects. press multi selector up. and NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic) have an image quality of JPEG Fine. View other areas of image Create copy Trim Choosing this option displays the selected image full frame as shown below.280 × 960.920. 1. Note that red-eye correction may not always produce the expected results and may in very rare circumstances be applied to portions of the image that are not affected by red eye. press multi selector up. down. Save the area currently visible in the monitor as a separate file and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. cropped copies created from JPEG photos (JPEG Fine. JPEG Normal. 1. While photo is zoomed in. left. left. or 640 × 480 pixels in size. to zoom out. to zoom out. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. down. No copy will be created if the camera is unable to detect red eye. To create a cropped copy of the selected image: To Zoom in and out View other areas of image Create copy Use / Description Press to zoom in. Depending on the size of the crop. To Zoom in and out Use / Description Press to zoom in. Navigation window is displayed while / button or multi selector is pressed.920 × 1. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 111 . NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. If the camera detects red eye in the selected photograph. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine.440. check the preview thoroughly before proceeding. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by yellow border.560 × 1. Trim: Image Quality and Size Copies created from NEF (RAW) or NEF (RAW)+JPEG photos (NEF (RAW). Confirm the effects of redeye correction and create a corrected copy as described in the following table. 960 × 720. the copy may be 2. and JPEG Basic) have the same image quality as the original. Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame.Red-Eye Correction Selecting this option displays a preview image as shown below. While photo is zoomed in.

press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. differs from that described at the beginning of this section: instead of selecting a single photograph and then choosing a picture size. however. Color balance Small Picture Create a small copy of the selected picture. The procedure for selecting pictures after choosing Small picture from the retouch menu. The following sizes are available: Option 640 × 480 320 × 240 160 × 120 Description Suited to television playback. The small picture option can be used during full-frame playback as described on page 109. Selecting Sepia or Cyanotype displays a preview of the selected image. The effect can be previewed in the monitor. Suited to display on Web pages. Creates a copy with warm tone filter effects. Option Sky light Warm filter Description Creates the effect of a sky light filter. Press the multi selector up to increase the amount of green. Sepia. giving the copy “warm” red cast. and Cyanotype (blue and white monochrome). green. Press OK to create a monochrome copy and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. press the multi selector up to increase color saturation. down to decrease.Monochrome Choose from Black-and-white. Filter Effects Choose from the following options. The effect is displayed in the monitor together with red. and blue histograms giving the distribution of tones in the copy ( 63). the user selects a picture size first and then selects one or more photographs to copy at the selected size as described on the following page. left to increase the amount of blue. The effect can be previewed in the monitor as shown at right. right to increase the amount of red. After adjusting filter effects as described below. Suitable for e-mail. 112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . or down to increase the amount of magenta. making the picture less blue.

* 10 Copy photos and return to retouch menu. * To return to Step 7 without creating copies. Playback zoom is not available when small pictures are displayed. 1 Highlight Choose size. Viewing Small Pictures Small pictures are indicated by a gray border during full-frame playback. 4 Make selection and return to previous menu. highlight No and press OK. Follow the steps below to create small copies of multiple pictures. 7 Select pictures ( 74). Press MENU to exit to retouch menu without creating copies. Selected pictures are icon. marked with 8 Confirmation dialog displayed. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 113 . 5 Highlight Select picture. 6 Display selection screen. 2 Display options.Selecting Small picture from the retouch menu displays the menu shown in Step 1. 3 Highlight desired picture size. 9 Highlight Yes.

2 Press OK.0 doubles gain. press and hold the button. Repeat Steps 2–5 to select the photo gain.0.1 and 2.to the preview display. To create a RAW image. set image quality and size ( 33. The default value is 1. choose an image quality of NEF (RAW). Image overlay the retouch the multi 1 Highlightright. before creating an overlay. The new picture is saved at current image quality and size settings. multi selector left or to highlight the first photo3 Press the the overlay. while selecting 2. The effects of gain are visible in the Preview column. A picture selection dialog will be displayed. all options are available).0. to select the image and return 4 Press OK The selected highlightedappear as Image 1. 114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . To viewright highlighted photograph full graph in the frame. left or highlight 6 Press the multi selectorsecondright toand adjustImage 2. selecting 0. The previewindialog shownmenu and pressdisplayed selector at right will be with Image 1 highlighted.5 cuts gain in half.Image Overlay Image overlay combines two existing RAW photographs to create a single picture that is saved separately from the originals. image will the overlay by pressing 5 Optimize exposure forthe gain for image 1 fromthe multi selector up or down to select between 0.

metering.right 7 Press the multi selector left or up or to highlight the Preview column. focal length. Other images are not displayed on the selection screen. aperture. the camera will enter full-frame playback ( 61) with the new picture displayed in the monitor. press . To return to Step 6 and select new photos or adjust gain. + Image Overlay Only RAW photographs created with the D80 can be selected for image overlay. • Save: Save the overlay without viewing a preview. • Overlay: Preview the overlay as shown at right. exposure compensation. After an overlay is created. Press the multi selector down to highlight one of the following options and press OK. Hidden images are also not displayed on the selection screen and can not be selected. exposure mode. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 115 . The overlay has the same photo info (including date of recording. and image orientation) and values for white balance and optimize image as the photograph selected for Image 1. Press OK to save the new image. shutter speed.

Picture size (35-mm format) (36 mm × 24 mm) Lens Picture diagonal Picture size (D80) (23. meaning that the picture angle of a 35-mm camera is approximately 1. Battery packs Flash units (Speedlights) Viewfinder accessories Lenses Batteries ML-L3 remote control AC adapters 10-pin remote terminal accessories Filters Software Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Only Nikon brand accessories certified by Nikon specifically for use with your Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within its operational and safety requirements. in contrast. The size of the area exposed by the D80.8. is 23.Technical Notes Optional Accessories One advantage of digital SLR cameras is the wide variety of accessories they support.6 × 15.8 mm) Picture angle (35-mm format) Picture angle (D80) Lens f/-number The f/-number given in lens names is the maximum aperture of the lens. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE YOUR CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY.5. The approximate focal length of lenses for the D80 in 35-mm format can be calculated by multiplying the focal length of the lens by about 1.5 times that of the D80. Picture Angle and Focal Length The size of the area exposed by a 35-mm camera is 36 × 24 mm. See our web sites or product catalogs for up-to-date information on accessories for the D80. 116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories .6 mm × 15.

600mm 2.8D IF.8D IF.8G IF.5–4. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses. 12.6 or faster.6 or faster. S.5–4. .8S. 400mm f/2. but only when the camera is in mode M. can be used in horizontal orien• Reflex Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be tation once attached) * • Auto extension rings (PK 11A. 6. 500mm f/4D IF*. type G and D lenses by a letter on the lens barrel. 4. lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum. when in-focus indicator is displayed. new-model 28–85 mm 5. P. 500mm f/4D II IF*. Compatible with the following lenses: f/3. Camera exposure metering and flash control may not function when * Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter.8D IF. 500mm f/4D IF*. • AF-I ED: 300mm f/2. A ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ Metering M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ . • AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2. 300mm f/4D IF*. Selecting another mode disables the shutter release. 300mm f/2.8S. AF-S. 400mm f/2. and TTL flash control can not be used. Spot metering meters selected focus area. 300mm f/2. Electronic range finder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens.8G IF. PN-11) * used) * Electronic range finder can be used if maximum ef• PC Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be fective aperture is f/5. metering. the electronic range finder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5.or 28–85 mm f/3. AI-.8D 3 AF-S/AF-I Teleconverter 5 Other AF Nikkor (except lenses for F3AF) AI-P Nikkor AF ✔ — ✔6 ✔7 — Type G lens Focus M (with electronic range finder) ✔ ✔4 ✔6 ✔7 ✔8 Type D lens Mode Digital Vari Program.8D II IF. 7.8D II IF. With maximum effective aperture of f/5.6 or faster. 600mm f/4D IF* Non-CPU Lenses The non-CPU lenses listed below may be used. Type G lenses are not equipped with a lens aperture ring.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2.8G IF (autofocus not supported) mum range. f/4D IF* 3. image on matter screen in viewfinder may not be in focus • AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2. 13. used when shifting or tilting lens) Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 117 . If AF 80–200 mm f/2. 200mm f/2G IF. CPU lenses can be identified by the presence of CPU contacts. or Series E Nikkor • AI-type teleconverter * • Medical Nikkor 120 mm f/4 (can only be used at • PB-6 Bellows focusing attachment (attach in vershutter speeds slower than 1/180 s) tical orientation. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — 1 The following CPU lenses can be used with the D80. AF-I Nikkor PC-Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2. Focus manually using image in 200–400mm f/4G IF viewfinder as guide. 400mm f/2.8D IF. 300mm f/2. With maximum aperture of f/5. M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1. 8. 35–70 mm f/2. Aperture ring CPU lens Camera setting Lens/accessory Type G or D AF Nikkor 2.8D IF. electronic analog exposure display.5S. Except where otherwise noted. • AI-modified. 600mm f/4D II IF*.6 or faster. Aperture must be adjusted manually via the lens aperture ring and the camera autofocus system. IX Nikkor CPU lenses can not be used.Lenses CPU lenses (particularly type G and D lenses) are recommended for use with the D80. AI-S.

3 in.6G • AF-S IF ED 24–85 mm f/3. Ai-modified 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above 118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . 11 in.5G AF-S DX ED 18–135 mm f/3. Ai-modified. 11 in.5–4.5 m / 4 ft.6G Lenses that block the subject’s view of the AF-assist illuminator can interfere with red-eye reduction. 11 in. Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position. 3 in.5. 3 in.6) • Old-model 21 mm f/4 • K2 rings • ED 180–600 mm f/8 (serial numbers 174041–174180) • ED 360–1200 mm f/11 (serial numbers 174031–174127) • 200–600 mm f/9. 3.5D AF 20–35 mm f/2.Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories The following non-CPU lenses and accessories can NOT be used: • TC-16A AF Teleconverter • Non-AI lenses • Lenses that require the AU-1 focusing unit (400 mm f/4. 1.5 m / 4 ft.0 m / 3 ft.8G • AF-S DX IF ED 17–35 mm f/2. Restrictions apply with the following lenses: • Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4. 3 in.5 m / 8 ft.0 m / 3 ft. 3 in.8D AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2. 2 in.6G AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3. 3 in. 1.).8. 1. 1.0 m / 3 ft. 1.3 Reflex • 1000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 142361–143000) • 2000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 200111–200310) AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction AF-assist illumination is not available with the following lenses: • AF-S VR IF 300 mm f/2G • AF ED 80–200 mm f/2.5–4.5. 2.8–4D • AF 24–120 mm f/3. 1200 mm f/11) • Fisheye (6 mm f/5. TC-16 Teleconverter) • PC 28 mm f/4 (serial number 180900 or earlier) • PC 35 mm f/2. 2.8D • AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4D • AF ED 18–35 mm f/3. 600 mm f/5.0 m / 3 ft. 7 in. the following lenses may block the AF-assist illuminator and interfere with autofocus when lighting is poor: • AF-S VR Micro IF 105 mm f/2. 1. use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft.8 (serial numbers 851001–906200) • Old-model PC 35 mm f/3.8D AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3.6.5G • AF 24–85 mm f/2.0 m / 3 ft.8D • AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G At ranges under 1 m (3 ft.5G • AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2. Ai ED and Ai-S ED 200 mm f/2 lenses can not be used.5 • Old-model 1000 mm f/6.8G AF ED 18–35 mm f/3. 10 in. 1.5–5.0 m / 3 ft. 3 in.0 m / 6 ft. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft.5–5.5–4.5 (serial numbers 280001–300490) • Lenses for the F3AF (80 mm f/2.8D AF-S DX ED 18–70 mm f/3.8D • AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. 7 in. 8 mm f/8. The Built-in Flash The built-in flash can be used with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18 – 300 mm. 35 mm 28 mm 35 mm 24 mm 20 mm 24 mm 18 mm 18 mm 24 mm. 1. and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4. 800 mm f/8. 1. 3 in. The built-in flash can also be used with compatible non-CPU lenses with a focal length of 18–200 mm.6G AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2.5–5.0 m / 3 ft. 11 in. range 2.5–5.5–5.8G • AF-S VR DX 18–200 mm f/3.6.0 m / 3 ft.) or more • Ai. OP 10 mm f/5.5–5.5D • AF 20–35 mm f/2. 200 mm f/3. Ai 25–50 mm f/4. 1.5–5. 35 mm 35 mm 50 mm 24 mm 200 mm 250 mm.5–5. 3 in. 3 in.6D • AF Micro 200 mm f/4D • AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2.6G AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G Zoom position 20 mm 24 mm 24 mm 28 mm.5.5 m / 4 ft.6G • AF IF ED 28–200 mm f/3.5–4. 1.0 m / 6 ft.5 m / 4 ft.6D • AF-S 80–200 mm f/2. 1.8D • AF-S DX 18–70 mm f/3.0 m / 9 ft. 300 mm Min.6D • AF Micro ED 70–180 mm f/4.5–4. 1.8G • AF VR ED 80–400 mm f/4. The flash may be unable to light the entire subject with the following lenses at ranges less than those given below: Lens AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4G AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2.5–5.8D • AF-S VR ED 70–200 mm f/2.

42 ÷ 5. divide the Guide Number by the aperture. and Auto FP High-Speed Sync (synchronizes the flash and shutter at high shutter speeds). including the SB-800.6 is 13 ÷ 5. See the Speedlight manual for details. The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter When the AS-15 accessory shoe adapter (available separately) is mounted on the camera accessory shoe. Before attaching an optional flash unit. For example. 20 °C/68 °F). and 90 ° right for bounce-flash or close-up photography. its range at an aperture of f/5. and SB-R200 flash units. 23. the SB-800 and SB-600 respectively have ranges of about 6. With the built-in flash in commander mode. 35-mm zoom head position. Auto power zoom (24–105 mm and 24–85 mm. such as the SB800 and SB-600. but damage the sync circuitry of the camera or flash.6 = about 7. respectively) ensures that the illuminating angle is adjusted in accord with lens focal length. It is equipped with a safety lock for Speedlights with a locking pin.5 feet) at f/5. contact a Nikon-authorized service representative for more information. The flash head can be rotated through 90 ° above the horizontal. 92).6 (35-mm zoom head position). When used with compatible flash units such as the optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights or SB-R200 wireless remote Speedlight. Negative voltages or voltages over 250 V applied to the accessory shoe could not only prevent normal operation. flash accessories can be connected via a sync cable. The built-in flash will not fire when an optional Speedlight is attached. remove the accessory shoe cover. Before using a Nikon Speedlight not listed in this section.8 and 5. ISO 100. An illuminator is included to assist in adjusting settings in the dark. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13 m or 42 ft. 28.Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) The accessory shoe allows SB-series Speedlights . 22S. the D80 supports the advanced Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS). (ISO 100. 600. the D80 can be used to control remote SB-800.3 meters (or in feet. 27. FV lock (locks flash level. Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 119 . SB-600. 28DX. 20 °C/68 °F).6 or about 2. SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights These high-performance Speedlights have Guide Numbers of 38/125 and 30/98 respectively (m/ft. 180 ° left. including i-TTL flash control ( 141). The built-in wide panel can be used for an angle of 14 mm (the SB-800 also supports 17 mm). With Guide Numbers of 38 and 30. 80DX. The SB-800 can be rotated 7 ° below the horizontal.3 and 17. and 29S to be mounted directly on the camera without a sync cable.5 ft). Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories Use only Nikon Speedlights.4 meters (22. Guide Number To calculate the range of the flash at an ISO sensitivity of 100.

CPU lens required. Flash mode SB-26. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. SLR is used. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other 4. Speedlight SB-80DX. the camera shutter-release button will lock and no photographs can be taken. SB-20. or 2. The following Speedlights can be used in non-TTL auto and manual modes. 2. The SB-R200 can be hand-held. flash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut70–180 mm). placed on an AS-20 Speedlight stand. If they are set to TTL.SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight This high-performance wireless remote Speedlight has a Guide Number of 10/32 (m/ft. lected with Speedlight. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached. or mounted on the camera lens using the SX-1 attachment for remote control and close-up i-TTL photography. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital 6. 5. SB-15 ✔ ✔ — ✔ 1.auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached. SB-23. ISO 100. Non-TTL 3. It can also be controlled using an optional SB-800 Speedlight or SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander. ter release is disabled. the SBR200 servers as a remote flash when the built-in flash is in commander mode. SB-27 2. 3 AA Auto aperture 2 A Non-TTL auto GN Range-priority manual M Manual RPT Repeating flash REAR Rear-curtain sync Red-eye reduction Flash Color Information Communication Auto FP High-Speed Sync 6 FV Lock AF-assist for multi-area AF 2 Auto zoom Auto ISO SB-800 ✔ ✔4 ✔4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ SB-600 ✔ — — — ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Advanced Wireless Lighting Commander Remote SB-800 SU-800 1 SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — ✔6 ✔5 ✔5 — — — ✔5 ✔5 — — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — — 1. SB-29s 1 — ✔ — ✔ SB-30. SB-28. SB-25. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode. SB-22S. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm. Although it can not be mounted directly on the accessory shoe. 120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . SB-16B. SB-29 1 SB-21B1. SB-22. Non-TTL auto is selected flash units. SB-28DX. When mounted on D80. automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached. 105 mm. 20 °C/68 °F). The following features are available with CLS-compatible flash units: Speedlight Flash mode/feature i-TTL2. SB-24 A Non-TTL auto ✔ M Manual ✔ RPT Repeating flash ✔ REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ SB-50DX.

If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about three seconds after a photograph is taken.Notes on Optional Speedlights Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions.3 6. .7 7. In i-TTL mode. the camera AF assist illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Lighting System. .6 8 8. Auto with red-eye reduction becomes red-eye reduction. i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. In the following modes. the flash will fire whenever a photograph is taken. S. or M mode. ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached.1 7. 5. The following flash modes are available: • P. . the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens. . in daylight. The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide active AF assist illumination for the following focus areas: • 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. . Fill flash is automatically selected if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached. . Auto power zoom is available only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights. mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard i-TTL flash control. When an SC-series 17. aperture is stopped down by half an f/stop. from 200 to 400).6 8 P. A.3 5.. This may result in foreground subjects being underexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography.5 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.7 7. .3 6. and off becomes slow sync. the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may be underexposed. . Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 121 . Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor. 28. Do not use other panels such as diffusion panels. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture. The D80 is not included in the “digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX. correct exposure may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight. If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode.6 6 6. refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43): Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600 4 4. as this may produce incorrect exposure. With other Speedlights.8 5 5. and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s or slower. Higher values may not produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures. . SB-28DX.5 4. . If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto) in P. and SB-50DX manuals.6 6 6.1 7.g. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow • sync with red-eye reduction.5 9 9.2 4. or against a bright background.

and other tasks that require added precision.Other Accessories • Diopter adjustment viewfinder lenses: Lenses are available with diopters of –5. 1 GB . 512 MB. R60. • Eyepiece adapter: Attach the DG-2 magnifier to the D80. 0.0 to +1. • DK-21M magnifying eyepiece: Increases viewfinder magnification to approximately 1. Use Nikon filters. 256 MB. • The D80 can not be used with linear polarizing filters. other filters may interfere with autofocus or electronic range finding. water. • DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment: The DR-6 attaches at a right angle to the viewfinder eyepiece. B8.4 lens at infinity. +2.† SDHC compliant. • Nikon filters can be divided into three types: screw-in. Use the C-PL circular polarizing filter instead. 122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . Eyepiece adapter required (available separately). –4. 256 MB. A2. or subject to strong physical shocks. or copied to a computer. 1 GB. • Do not apply force to the card casing. ND8S. 2 GB * Toshiba 64 MB. Memory Cards • Format memory cards in the camera before first use. 128 MB. Test diopter adjustment lenses before purchase to ensure that the desired focus can be achieved. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card. Approved Memory Cards The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D80. 512 MB. All cards of the designated make and capacity can be used. If card will be used with card reader ports 2 GB cards. Operation is not guaranteed with other makes of card. –2. –3. 512 MB. and rear-interchange. +0. Contact the manufacturer for details on the above cards. 4 GB *† Panasonic 64 MB. Do not remove memory cards from the camera. Failure to observe these precautions could result in loss of data or in damage to the camera or card. Filters • Moiré may occur if a filter is used when the subject is framed against a bright light or when a bright light source is in the frame. turn the camera off. O56. SanDisk 64 MB. ND2S. slip-in. telephoto lenses. 128 MB. • The NC and L37C filters are recommended for protecting the lens. or other device. copying. Y48. allowing the image in the viewfinder to be viewed from above when the camera is in portrait orientation. • Do not expose to heat.0 m–1). X1. B12). ND8. +1. ND4. • Center-weighted metering is recommended with filters with exposure factors (filter factors) over 1 × (Y44. –1. high levels of humidity. or direct sunlight. C-PL. • Turn the power off before inserting or removing memory cards. check that device sup. • Do not touch the card terminals with your fingers or metal objects. Y52. ND400. 2 GB *. B2. X0. eyepiece • DG-2 magnifier: Magnify the scene displayed in the center of the viewfinder for close-up accessories photography. deleted. Use diopter adjustment lenses only if the desired focus can not be achieved with the built in diopter adjustment control (–2. 256 MB.5. • Do not bend. regardless of speed. 2 GB * * If card will be used with card reader or other device. drop. 128 MB. or remove or disconnect the power source during formatting or while data are being recorded.0 m–1).10 × Viewfinder (50 mm f/1. 1 GB. check that device supports SDHC. and +3 m–1. ND4S. A12.

keep the remote cord connector cover Remote closed when not in use. • MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack: The MB-D80 takes one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six AA alkaline.Accessories for the D80 At the time of writing. Body cap Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 123 . the following accessories were available for the D80. Use the latest version. viewfinder screen. When attaching the MB-D80. • BF-1A Body Cap: The BF-1A keeps the mirror. Up to date information is available at Nikon websites or from our latest product catalogs. and an AE-L/AF-L button for ease of use when taking photographs in tall (portrait) orientation. main and sub-command dials. lithium. • EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery: Additional EN-EL3e batteries are available from local retailers and Nikon service representatives. Use the latest version. EN-EL3a and EN-EL3 batteries can not be used. controls • ML-L3 wireless remote control: Use as a remote shutter release for self-portraits or to prevent and cords blur caused by camera shake. remove the camera battery cover as shown at right. To prevent water from entering the camera. Software • Camera Control Pro: Control the camera remotely from a computer and save photographs directly to the computer hard disk. When connecting the MC-DC1. • Capture NX: A complete photo editing package with support for RAW images. The ML-L3 uses a 3 V CR2025 battery. or nickel-manganese batteries. 35° • EH-5 AC adapter: Use to power the camera for extended periods. and low-pass filter free of dust when a lens is not in place. It is equipped with a shutter-release button. Ni-MH. Power sources • MC-DC1 remote cord: Prevents blur caused by camera shake and features a shutter-release button lock for long time-exposures. open the remote cord connector cover and insert the cord as shown.

apply a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and clean with care. keep the can vertical to prevent the discharge of and viewfinder liquid. replace the monitor cover. as this could result in damage or malfunction. Remove dust and lint with Lens. Do not apply pressure. Monitor wipe the surface lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. Remove dust and lint with a blower. Important: Dust or other foreign matter inside the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty. a blower. The Control Panel In rare cases. store the camera in a dry. turn the camera off. wipe off sand or salt with a cloth lightly dampCamera body ened in distilled water and dry thoroughly. To prevent mold or mildew. and the display will soon return to normal. Do not store the camera with naphtha or camphor moth balls or in locations that: • are poorly ventilated or subject to humidities of over 60% • are next to equipment that produces strong electromagnetic fields. To remove fingerprints and other stains. dry cloth. such as televisions or radios • are exposed to temperatures above 50 ˚C/122 ˚F (for example. When removing fingerprints and other stains. near a space heater or in a closed vehicle in a hot day) or below –10 ˚C (14 ˚F) Cleaning Use a blower to remove dust and lint. The Monitor Should the monitor break. This does not indicate a malfunction. After using the camera at the beach or seaside. remove the battery. dry area with the terminal cover in place. well-ventilated area.Caring for the Camera Storage When the camera will not be used for an extended period. If using an aerosol blower. care should be taken to avoid injury caused by broken glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor from entering your eyes or mouth. and store the battery in a cool. static electricity may cause the control panel to brighten or darken. 124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . then wipe gently with a soft. mirror. These elements are made of glass and are easily damaged.

Press thelock-up button display menus and select Mirror from the setup menu (note that this option is not available at battery levels of or below. The menu shown at right will be displayed. The mirror 4 Pressbe raised and the shutter curtain will open. Dirt that can not be removed with a blower can only be removed by Nikon-authorized service personnel.and amessage shown atappear in be displayed monitor row of dashes will the control panel and viewfinder. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 125 . you can clean the filter as described below. If you suspect that dirt or dust on the filter is appearing in photographs. turn the camera off and insert a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery or connect an optional EH-5 AC adapter. so light falls on the low-pass filter. 5 Holding the ficamera dustthatlint. Nikon recommends that the filter be cleaned only by Nikon-authorized service personnel. the shutter-release button all the way down. however.The Low-Pass Filter The image sensor that acts as the camera’s picture element is fitted with a low-pass filter to prevent moiré. If the battery level is or below or the camera is powered by an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries. the fi a blower. proceed to Step 7. revealing the will low-pass filter. as the could filter. A reliable power source is required when inspecting or cleaning the low-pass filter. Note. If no foreign objects are presexamine the lter for or ent. The display in the viewfinder will turn off and the row of dashes in the control panel will blink. and The right will 3 Highlight Onin thepress OK. 1 and turn MENU 2 Removetothe lens the camerathe camera on. that the filter is extremely delicate and easily damaged. Under no circumstances should you touch or wipe the filter. 6 Remove aany dust and lint frombristleslter withdamage the Do not use blower-brush. turn the camera off. or when using an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries). To restore normal operation without inspecting the low-pass filter. while recording a multiple exposure.

123) or the clean image options available in some third-party imaging applications. a beep will sound and the AF-assist illuminator will blink to warn that the shutter curtain will close and the mirror will be lowered after about two minutes. should be included when the camera is inspected or serviced. or have the filter cleaned by authorized Nikon service personnel. being careful to first remove all dust and other foreign matter that may be adhering to the body cap. End cleaning or inspection immediately. If the camera powers off while the mirror is raised. the curtain will close automatically. Photographs affected by the presence of foreign matter on the filter can be retouched using Capture NX (available separately. Should foreign matter find its way onto the low-pass filter. and foreign matter may enter the camera when lenses are removed or exchanged. is designed to be used with interchangeable lenses. Servicing the Camera and Accessories The D80 is a precision device and requires regular servicing. and that it be serviced once every three to five years (note that fees apply to these services). this foreign matter may adhere to the low-pass filter. Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter Nikon takes every possible precaution to prevent foreign matter from coming into contact with the low-pass filter during production and shipping. where it may appear in photographs taken under certain conditions. such as lenses or optional Speedlights. Once inside the camera. 126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . Frequent inspection and servicing are particularly recommended if the camera is used professionally. Replace the lens or cap. Any accessories regularly used with the camera. • If the battery runs low while the mirror is raised. Nikon recommends that the camera be inspected by the original retailer or Nikon service representative once every one to two years. To prevent damage to the curtain. be sure to replace the body cap provided with the camera. 7 Turn the camera bodyThe mirror will be lowered and the shutter curtain will close. To protect the camera when no lens is in place. Use a Reliable Power Source The shutter curtain is delicate and easily damaged. however. observe the following precautions: • Do not turn the camera off or remove or disconnect the power source while the mirror is raised. The D80. clean the filter as described above.off.

After using the camera at the beach or seaside. cloth. or subject it to powerful air currents from a blower. such as occur when entering or leaving a heated The lens and mirror are easily damaged. as this could cause are especially susceptible to damage. dark. remove the battery to prevent leakage and store the camera in a plastic bag containing a desiccant. Do Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun: Do not leave the lens not. take the camera out of storage of the sun or other strong light sources. This does not indicate a malfunction. Images in the monitor may be difficult to see in a bright Handle all moving parts with care: Do not apply force to the bat. ing case or plastic bag before exposing it to sudden changes To remove fingerprints and other stains from the lens. and may malfuncoff any sand or salt using a cloth lightly dampened in pure tion if immersed in water or exposed to high levels of huwater and then dry the camera thoroughly. either by choosing a slow shutter speed and small aperture or by us. dry strong shocks or vibration. Images recorded with the product are unaffected.Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions Do not drop: The product may malfunction if subjected to Cleaning: When cleaning the camera body. Turn the camera on and release the known as “blooming. care should be taken to avoid injury from broken or deleted. use a blower to gently remove dust and lint. Dust or lint on the monitor can be Turn the product off before removing or disconnecting the power removed with a blower. or affect the well-ventilated area. extended period. or connector covers. place the device in a carryblower. however. or internal circuitry. amount of light that falls on the image sensor. as this pointed at the sun or other strong light source for an exmay cause the material to deteriorate. tor. This phenomenon. These actions could scratch.Storage: To prevent mold or mildew. Should the moniwhile the product is on or while images are being recorded tor break. card-slot. Note that desiccant tended period. or tear the curtain. Rusting of the internal mechanism can cause irrepastatic electricity may cause the LCD displays to light up or go rable damage. store the camera case in a plastic bag. To prevent condensation. Dust and lint should building on a cold day. Stains can be removed by wiping source: Do not unplug the product or remove the battery lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. wipe Keep dry: This product is not waterproof. another while the AC adapter is connected. charges or the magnetic fields produced by equipment such as radio transmitters could interfere with the moni. avoid carrying the product from one location to leaving it unattended. at least once a month. Do not touch the shutter curtain: The shutter curtain is extremely thin and easily damaged. perature. poke it with cleaning tools. damage or malfunction. then wipe gently with a soft. To prevent an accidental interruption Replace the monitor cover when transporting the camera or of power. be replaced at regular intervals.” can be prevented by reducing the shutter a few times before putting it away.Store the battery in a cool. a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and wipe the Keep away from strong magnetic fields: Do not use or store this lens carefully. Forcibly cutting power in these circumstances glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor touchcould result in loss of data or in damage to product memory ing the skin or entering the eyes and mouth. Notes on the monitor: The monitor may contain a few pixels that are always lit or that do not light. This is common to all TFT LCD monitors and does not indicate a malfunction. Intense light may cause the image sensor to gradually loses its capacity to absorb moisture and should deteriorate or produce a white blur effect in photographs. When using an aerosol device. and the display Avoid sudden changes in temperature: Sudden changes in tem. If the product will not be used for an product’s internal circuitry. device in the vicinity of equipment that generates strong See “ The Low-Pass Filter” ( 125) for information on cleanelectromagnetic radiation or magnetic fields. can cause condensation inside the be gently removed with a blower. Blooming: Vertical white streaks may appear in photographs To prevent mold or mildew. Under no circumstances should you exert pressure on the curtain. These parts Do not apply pressure to the monitor.light. apply in temperature.will soon return to normal. store the camera in a dry. In rare instances. cover before putting the battery away. Strong static ing the low-pass filter. Lens contacts: Keep the lens contacts clean. dry place. damage data stored on the memory card. midity. Replace the terminal ing an ND filter. deform. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 127 . tery-chamber. keep the can vertical to prevent discharge of liquid.

Keep a spare battery in a warm place and exObserve due caution when handling the battery. it may be difficult to before use. purchase replacement batteries on short notice. change the two as necessary.Batteries: Dirt on the battery terminals can prevent the camera Charge the battery before use. a cold battery may • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. Used batteries are a valuable resource. Please recycle used batteries in accord with local regulations. the terminal cover. in cold weather. Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. ready a spare EN-EL3e battery and keep it fully charged. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries: On cold days. dry cloth important occasions. Continuing to charge the battery after it is fully charged can im• After removing the battery from the camera. When taking photographs on from functioning and should be removed with a soft. Be sure • Turn the product off before replacing the battery. recover some of its charge. the battery is fully charged before taking photographs outside • The battery may become hot when used for extended periods. Depending on your location. Once warmed. be sure to replace pair battery performance. 128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . • Do not expose the battery to flame or excessive heat. the capacity of batteries tends to decrease.

Image quality set to NEF (RAW). check the list of common problems below before consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. 98. Refer to the page numbers in the rightmost column for more information.Troubleshooting If the camera fails to function as expected. • (Choose color temp. focus area is highlighted. or A. Turn the camera off. Displays in control panel or view. Exposure compensation not availChoose mode P. Subject is too dark or too bright. Insert a fully-charged battery. Problem Camera takes time to turn on. 59. 99 off) or 28 (Auto meter off). Unusual characters displayed in con. 74. Solution 65. Viewfinder is out of focus. card. Select Full for CSM / setup menu. unusual characters may appear in the control panel and the camera may stop functioning.” be— trol panel. turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right. remove and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter. In the event of continued malfunction. for preset white balance. 34.The response times and brightness of these displays — finder are unresponsive and dim. varies with temperature. In most cases. 12 Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor Displays turn off without warning. Delete files or folders. 84 • Multiple exposure in progress. Image size can not be changed. Viewfinder is dark. Reset switch Connector cover Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 129 . If the problem persists. low. 24. 60 Image can not be selected as source 82 Image was not created with D80.See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras.quality. note that this resets the clock). 122 ment lenses. 94 lock in effect. Can not measure white balance. 34 Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure Metering can not be changed. and turn the camera on again. • NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image White balance bracketing unavail. Menu item is not displayed. 45 able. Note that Battery info option is only available 107 when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery. 101 Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory Menu item can not be selected. A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras In extremely rare instances. this phenomenon is caused by a strong external static charge. S. Fine lines are visible around active These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind— focus area or display turns red when er and do not indicate a malfunction. contact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative. 105 Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust17. able.) selected for white balance.

• Time selected for Custom Setting 30 (Remote) has passed: reselect remote control mode. wait for lamp to cool down. or mode. and M. • Non-CPU lens is attached: rotate camera mode dial to M. 117 50 48 123 38 23 99 — 23 40 83 103 Only one shot taken each time shutter-release button is pressed in continuous shooting mode. and M modes: lower flash. 94 31. • Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode) set to Auto-area AF or Dynamic area: select center focus area. • Illuminator has turned off automatically. • AF-assist lamp does not light for continuous-servo autofocus. A. • Camera is not in focus. • Press shutter-release button halfway to turn monitor off or activate exposure meters. No photo taken when remote control shutter-release button is pressed. Camera is slow to record photos. : select another • Mode dial rotated to . • Unlock focus area selector. • P. S. Solution Flash in use. Set autofocus mode to AF-S. • Flash is charging. • Bright light is interfering with remote. Shutter release is disabled. If On is selected for Custom Setting 25 (Auto FP) modes P. S. • Digital Vari-Program modes: turn flash off. and SB-R200 Speedlights can be used at all shutter speeds. • Flash is charging. • CPU lens with aperture ring attached without locking aperture at highest f/-number. 130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting . • Camera unable to focus using autofocus: use manual focus or focus lock. • Memory card is full. • Auto-area AF selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode): choose another mode. . Image in viewfinder is not in focus. or not inserted. A. Set camera clock. AF-assist illuminator does not light. Illuminator may become hot with continued use. Use AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus when AF-C autofocus mode is selected or when photographing moving subjects in AF-A mode. • Mode dial rotated to S after shutter speed of bulb selected in mode M: choose new shutter speed. optional SB-800. • Choose remote control mode. • Choose On for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist). Turn long exposure noise reduction off. • Rotate focus mode selector to AF. Date of recording is not correct. • Replace battery in remote control.Problem Full range of shutter speeds not available. 98. Can not select focus area. SB600. Focus does not lock when shutterrelease button is pressed halfway. locked. 32 24 29 87 87 — 15 23 22 11. 119 30 87 18 29.

A graph appears during playback RAW image is not played back. Transfer to computer and Can not select photo for printing. Turn long exposure noise reduction On when shooting at shutter speeds of “bulb” or “--”. 123 67. noise reduction. Reddish areas may appear in long time-exposures. 83 83 83 124 125 45. 19 67. Choose correct video mode. or M and adjust Optimize image settings. • Lower ISO sensitivity or use high ISO noise reduction. print using supplied software or Capture NX. Reddish areas appear in photos. Photo is in RAW (NEF) format. approximately 95 %. Can not change print order. • Camera was pointed up or down when photo was taken. Photo is not displayed on TV. “Tall” (portrait) orientation photos • Camera orientation was changed while shutter-reare displayed in “wide” (landscape) lease button was pressed in continuous shooting orientation. S. connection. or M and adjust white balance to match light source. A. • Clean lens. • Photo was taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation. Set USB to PTP. Flashing areas appear in images Press multi selector up or down or rotate sub-comShooting data appear on images mand dial to choose photo information displayed. Photo is protected: remove protection. A. • Some photos are not displayed during playback Select All for Playback folder. Note that Current will • Message displayed stating that no automatically be selected when next photo is taken. Photo was taken at image quality of NEF + JPEG. Can not use Camera Control Pro. Can not delete photo. mode. 58 45. 104 67. — 43. 104 103 67. 79 62 34 75 75 108 108 108 65 15. 104 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 131 .Problem Solution Final photo is larger than area shown Viewfinder horizontal and vertical frame coverage is in viewfinder. Can not print pictures via direct USB Set USB to PTP. • Select mode P. images are available for playback. Randomly-spaced bright pixels • Shutter speed is slower than 8 s: use long exposure (“noise”) appears in photographs. • Clean low-pass filter. Choose correct USB option. • Select On for Rotate tall. Can not copy photos to computer. S. Memory card is full or locked. Colors are unnatural • Select mode P. Photos are blotched or smeared.

(blinks) mode. if underexposed. Recompose photo or focus manually. 120. No memory for further photos at current settings. Low battery. photo will be • Decrease shutter speed. flash has fired at full power. (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. If error persists. 50 122 43 48. • Delete photographs. • Increase shutter speed. control panel. • No lens attached. Camera unable to focus using ● (blinks) autofocus. photo will be • Choose smaller aperture (larger overexposed. 32 43 48. Change shutter speed or select “--” selected in mode M and mode M. Subject too dark. • Reduce image quality or size. 117 (blinks) • Select mode M.12. (blinks) • Insert new memory card. • Non-CPU lens attached. • Choose larger aperture (smaller f/-number). 103 15 33 65. 74 15 22. • Flash required for correct expo• Raise built-in flash. No memory card. 123 • Recharge or replace with fully. 12. • Choose higher ISO sensitivity. or camera has (blinks) run out of file or folder numbers. Press shutter-release button again. • Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter.• Battery can not be used in cam13 able. and monitor. • Battery is exhausted. 50 49. Optional Speedlight that does Change flash control mode for opnot support i-TTL set to TTL tional Speedlight. 50 49. sure. Indicator Control panel Viewfinder Solution Lock ring at minimum aperture 11 (blinks) (highest f/-number). underexposed. Camera malfunction. 50 23 26. Set camera clock. 50 Ready fully-charged spare battery. 50 — 132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting . 7. era. f/-number). • View photo. 123 charged spare battery. (blinks) (blinks) • Battery information not avail.Camera Error Messages and Displays This section lists the warning indicators and error messages that appear in the viewfinder. 141 48. (blinks) • blinks for 3 s after flash fires: adjust settings and try again. Subject too bright. (blinks) / Camera clock not set. 61 Problem Lens aperture ring not locked at minimum aperture. Insert memory card. • Attach lens (IX Nikkor excluded). consult with Nikon(blinks) authorized service representative. • Choose lower ISO sensitivity. (blinks) “bulb” selected in mode M and (blinks) mode dial rotated to S.

102 corrupt. Replace ink. • Insert another card.Monitor NO CARD PRESENT CARD IS LOCKED Indicator Control panel Viewfinder / / (blinks) Problem No memory card. • Error accessing memory card. photos. 15 THIS CARD CAN NOT BE USED (blinks) Slide card write-protect 15 switch to “write” position. make of camera.16. folder. • Use Nikon-approved card. Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 133 . 65. If error occurs Printer is out of ink or ink is with ink remaining in printer. 77 are hidden. — Contact retailer or Nikonauthorized service representative. sert new memory card. • Unable to create new • Delete unwanted files or in. 74 Memory card has not been Highlight Format and press formatted for use in D80. — running low. 15 75 Set Playback folder to All All photos in current folder or use Hide image to reveal 75. 74. 122 • Card may be damaged. CARD IS NOT FORMATTED (blinks) Format No FOLDER CONTAINS NO IMAGES ALL IMAGES HIDDEN FILE DOES NOT CONTAIN IMAGE DATA CHECK PRINTER Continue Cancel — • Memory card is empty. OK to format memory card. • Set Playback folder to All. Solution Insert memory card. Memory card is locked (write protected).15. File created or modified using computer or other Delete file or reformat mem. or file is ory card. 65. • Current folder is empty. check printer status.

............................ • Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash ....................................................................................... 3 ✔ 2 ✔ ✔ 3...................................................................................... S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 134 Technical Notes / Appendix Shooting menu Other settings ✔ ✔2 .... • DPOF: Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-wide standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored on the memory card....... Available with optional Speedlight only.............. • Flash Control ................................................ 3 ✔ 2..0: The Design Rule for Camera File Systems (DCF) is a standard widely used in the digital camera industry to ensure compatibility among different makes of camera........................ Sensitivity..................................................................21: The D80 supports Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) version 2......................................................... • White Balance and Color Temperature .......... • Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size ........................ • Bracketing Programs................................ NR ✔ High ISO NR ✔ Multiple exposure 1 Shooting mode 1 ✔ Autofocus mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 Flexible program 1 Autoexposure lock 1 ✔ Exposure compensation 1 Bracketing 1 Flash mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 1...................................... Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting.................................................... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 P ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 2........... • Available Settings and Defaults ........................... 3 ✔ 2 ✔ 2... Available Settings and Defaults The following table lists the settings that can be adjusted in each mode...................... 134 134 138 139 140 140 141 141 141 Supported Standards • DCF Version 2........................................................................................ • Exposure Program (Mode P)........................................ a standard in which information stored with photographs is used for optimal color reproduction when the images are output on Exif-compliant printers........................................................... • Exif version 2............. Reset with two-button reset ( 44).......................................................... 2................................. 4......................Appendix The Appendix covers the following topics: • Supported Standards ........................................21......... • PictBridge: A standard developed through cooperation with the digital camera and printer industries.............. Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset)......................................................... Optimize image Image quality 1 ✔ Image size 1 ✔ White balance 1 ISO sensitivity 1 ✔ Long exp................ and Flash Range.............................................................. • Aperture..... allowing photographs to be output directly to a printer without first transferring them to a computer.....

P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp. 12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order Custom Settings 4 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80batteries ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Technical Notes / Appendix 135 .

The following defaults are restored when a two-button reset is performed: P Image quality Image size White balance Fine tuning Choose color temp.000 K 100 Off Center Shooting menu Other settings S A M — — — Auto — — Auto — — — Slow 1 Matrix — Off (0. Auto slow sync. JPEG Normal L (3872 × 2592) — — — AUTO — — Center Single frame — Off Off AF-A Off Auto 0 5.0) Off (0 frames) Fill flash Off (0. ISO sensitivity Multiple exposure Shooting mode Focus area Focus lock AE lock hold Autofocus mode Metering Flexible program Exposure compensation Bracketing Flash mode Flash compensation FV lock 1.0) Off 136 Technical Notes / Appendix .

The following defaults are restored with Custom Setting R (Reset): P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode Auto-area AF 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator On — 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp. Min. Max. 12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80 batteries 1. Custom Settings On Single Dynamic Auto-area AF Normal frame On — Release locked On — Off On 1/3 step — — — — — ISO display Off AE/AF lock Off No wrap Auto — — — — — 20 s 6s 10 s 1 min. sensitivity set to 800. Off LR6 (AA-size alkaline) S A M Single area On Off 1 Off ø8 mm AE & flash MTR > Under > over Off TTL On 1/60 Off Off Technical Notes / Appendix 137 . shutter speed set to 1/30.

Maximum number of frames that can be taken before shooting stops at ISO 100. 138 Technical Notes / Appendix .2 0. 3. Capacity of memory buffer drops if noise reduction is on.8 2. Image quality NEF + JPEG Fine 3 Image size L M S L M S L M S — L M S L M S L M S File size (MB) 1 17.2 2.3 Number of images 1 54 63 72 65 71 76 72 76 78 82 133 233 503 260 446 918 503 876 1500 Buffer capacity 1.8 13.7 1.7 0. File size varies with scene recorded and make of memory card.Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 1 GB Panasonic Pro HIGH SPEED card at different image quality and size settings.4 1.7 12. Image size applies to JPEG images only.0 12.3 0. 2.6 14.8 13.4 4. 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 23 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 NEF + JPEG Normal 3 NEF + JPEG Basic 3 NEF (RAW) JPEG Fine JPEG Normal JPEG Basic 1.2 15. File size is the total for compressed NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.6 1. All figures are approximate. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed.0 13.6 13.1 13.

Exposure Program (Mode P) The exposure program for mode P is shown in the following graph. F (lens focal length) ≤ 55 mm 135 mm ≥ F > 55 mm F > 135 mm The maximum and minimum values for EV vary with ISO sensitivity. values over 16 / EV are reduced to 16 / EV. the above graph assumes an ISO sensitivity of ISO 200 equivalent. Aperture Shutter speed Technical Notes / Appendix 139 . When matrix metering is used.

800 K 5. 140 Technical Notes / Appendix . 2.500 K 7.400 K Shade 8.600 K 5.800 K Flash 5.000 K 3.900 K 4.000 K Fine tuning added to value selected by camera Incandescent 3.600 K 6. unmodified.200 K 5.200 K 7.000 K 2.000 K 5. unmodified (two frames). Number of frames Progress indicator Bracketing Increment Autoexposure and flash bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV Display Increment Display Increment / EV / EV / EV 1 EV 1 EV 1 / EV 1 / EV 2 EV 1 / EV 2 EV White balance bracketing Display Increment 1 2 3 White Balance and Color Temperature Approximate color temperatures for each white balance setting are given below (values may differ from color temperatures given by photo color meters): Fine tuning White balance None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3 Auto 3.000 K 3. positive * Order when Under > MTR > over is selected for Custom Setting 14 (Auto BKT order) is negative.600 K 5.400 K 6.Bracketing Programs The number of shots and bracketing increment are shown in the control panel as follows: Number of frames Bracketing increment Bracketing progress indicator The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames Description 3 frames: unmodified.200 K 5.600 K 5.200 K 5.700 K Fluorescent* 4.100 K 6.200 K 8.400 K 5. positive * 2 frames: unmodified.100 K 2.200 K 6.900 K Not available White balance preset — * Color temperature range reflects wide variation among fluorescent light sources.000 K 9. sunlight 5. ranging from lowtemperature stadium lighting to high-temperature mercury-vapor lamps.700 K 3.700 K Dir.400 K 6.000 K 4.800 K 5.500 K 5.000 K 6. positive (three frames) or negative.000 K 4.800 K 2.800 K 8. negative * 2 frames: unmodified.300 K 5.700 K Choose color temp.500 K – 8. negative.200 K 3.900 K 2.400 K 7.500 K – 9.300 K 3.800 K Cloudy 6.

1 7.2 0. • i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for a natural balance between the main subject and the background. Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash The following shutter speeds are available when the built-in flash is used.6–2.3 7. .7 Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of 250 320 400 500 640 800 5 5.6–3.8 4 5.6–0.5 4 3. from 200 to 400).5 2.6 0.6 8 8. 2 ft. and Flash Range Flash range varies with sensitivity (ISO equivalency) and aperture.8 6.3 7. M /–/ s * Slowest shutter speed at which flash will be used can be selected using Custom Setting 24 (Flash shutter speed).5 6. 4in.5 3. 6in. 3 in. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) is limited according to ISO sensitivity when the built-in flash is used: Mode P.1 10 14 20 200 2 2.2 2.8 3. 100 4 5.5 5 5. Recommended for shots in which the main subject is emphasized at the expense of background details.6 7 11 16 125 1.3 0. .g.6 6 6. P *.–2 ft.1 7.5 6. 120) The following types of flash control are supported when a CPU lens is sued in combination with the built-in flash or optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights. Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed /–/ s /–1 s /–/ s S.Flash Control ( 42.–10 ft.6 0. 2 ft.6–4. In the following modes. Technical Notes / Appendix 141 . Flash will still fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync.1 8 9 10 11 9 10 11 13 14 16 13 14 16 18 20 22 18 20 22 25 29 32 25 29 32 — — — Range 1000 4.3 9 13 18 160 1. .5 4 4.8 2.5 6. 2 ft.–30 ft.2 3.–5 ft.3 5.–21 ft.6–1.5 0.6 4.1 8 6. • Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for the main subject. 2 ft.6 6.6 8 11 16 22 32 — — m 1. 7in.0–9.8 ft. 2 ft.5 5 5.5 1000 1250 1600 7.2 0.2 3. Sensitivity.6 8 11 16 22 Aperture at ISO equivalent of 250 320 400 500 640 800 2. Mode .4 2 2.6 2. 2 ft.8 4 5.1 10 14 20 29 — — 1600 5. 2in. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used in all other cases.1 0. aperture is stopped down by half an f/-stop. 7in. 4 in. 1in. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above.–3 ft.6 125 4. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens.7 7.3 200 4.–7 ft. or when exposure compensation is used.3 6. the brightness of the background is not taken into account. 7in. 3in.2 3.2 4.5 9 9.5 5 7..7–6. A * Aperture.6–1.6 8 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.–15 ft. 3 ft.3 9 13 18 25 — — 1200 5 7. 100 1. Standard i-TTL flash control is used with spot metering or when selected with the optional Speedlight. 2 ft.2 6 160 4.

5 times lens focal length.Specifications Type Effective pixels CCD Image size (pixels) Lens mount Compatible lenses * Type G or D Nikkor Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.944 (Medium) Nikon F mount with AF coupling and AF contacts All functions supported All functions supported except autofocus and some exposure modes All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II and autofocus Can be used in mode M. 95% of lens (vertical and horizontal) Approx. predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status • Manual focus (M) SD (Secure Digital) memory cards.5 mm (–1. 0.8 mm. dynamic-area AF. auto-area AF Focus can be locked by pressing the shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button 100 to 1600 with additional settings of up to 1 EV over 1600 in steps of / EV • 1. † Excluding lenses for F3AF Equivalent in 35 mm (135) format is approx.0 to +19 EV (ISO 100 at 20 °C/68 °F) Single-area AF.936 × 1.94 × (50 mm lens at infinity.2 million 23.0 m -1 19.0 to +1. auto AFS/AF-C selection (AF-A). –1. but exposure meter does not function. camera supports SDHC Compliant with Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF) 2.75 million • 3.0 m -1) Type-B BriteView Clear Matte Screen Mark II with superimposed focus brackets and OnDemand grid lines Approx. 1.296 (Small) * IX-Nikkor lenses can not be used Picture angle Viewfinder Diopter Eyepoint Focusing screen Frame coverage Magnification Reflex mirror Lens aperture Depth-of-field preview Self-timer Focus-area selection Lens servo Storage Media File system Compression Autofocus Detection range AF-area mode Focus lock ISO sensitivity (Recommended Exposure Index) 142 Technical Notes / Specifications . 5. total pixels: 10. continuous-servo AF (AF-C).0 m -1 Quick return Instant return with depth-of-field preview When CPU lens is attached. Optical fixed eye-level pentaprism –2.896 × 1.8D Other AF Nikkor † AI-P Nikkor Non-CPU Single-lens reflex digital camera 10.592 (Large) • 2.6 × 15. 10 or 20 s duration Focus area can be selected from 11 focus areas • Autofocus (AF): Instant single-servo AF (AF-S). depth-of-field preview button stops aperture down to value selected by user (A and M modes) or by camera (other modes) Electronically controlled timer with 2.872 × 2.6 or faster.0 and Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) • NEF (RAW): compressed 12-bit • JPEG: JPEG baseline-complaint TTL phase detection by Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module –1. electronic range finder can be used if maximum aperture is f/5.

slow sync with red-eye reduction.5% of frame) centered on active focus area Range (ISO 100 equivalent. : Auto. rear-curtain with slow sync. slow sync and slow sync with red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • . and FV Lock. 230. auto with red-eye reduction. blinks for about 3 s after flash is fired at full output Standard ISO hot-shoe contact with safety lock With SB-800. fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • : Auto. red-eye reduction Lights when built-in flash or SB-series Speedlight such as 800. 28. low-temperature polysilicon TFT LCD with brightness adjustment Can be selected from NTSC and PAL USB 2. . S. color temperature setting.000-dot. rear-curtain sync. slow sync. landscape. 20 °C/68 °F) 2 to 20 EV (spot metering) Exposure meter coupling CPU coupling Mode Digital Vari-Program ( auto. manual (M) Exposure compensation –5 to +5 EV in increments of / or ⁄ EV Bracketing Exposure and / or flash bracketing (2–3 exposures in increments of ⁄ or ⁄ EV) Exposure lock Exposure locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal plane shutter 30 to ⁄ s in steps of ⁄ or ⁄ EV. preset white balance 2 to 3 exposures in increments of 1 • . 80DX. Available with SB-800 and CPU lens Available with such Speedlights as SB-800. modeling Flash.0 Hi-speed ⁄ in. (ISO) Shutter Speed White balance Bracketing Built-in flash Guide number (m/ft) Flash Sync contact Flash control TTL Auto aperture Non-TTL auto Range-priority manual Flash mode Flash-ready indicator Accessory shoe Nikon Creative Lighting System Monitor Video output External interface Tripod socket Technical Notes / Specifications 143 . 80DX. night landscape. 28DX. macro close-up. shutterpriority auto (S). or 22s is fully charged. metering performed by 420-segment RGB sensor Center-weighted Weight of 75% given to 6. : Fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • P. M: Manual pop-up with button release Approx. : Auto flash with auto pop-up • P. 600. color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses). 50DX.5 mm circle (about 2. . . and SB600. Flash Color Information Communication. 2. 8. red-eye reduction • S. 0 to 20 EV (3D color matrix or center-weighted metering) f/1. six manual modes with fine tuning. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction.4 lens. 28DX. A. 13/42 at ISO 100 and 20 °C (68 °F) X-contact only.5 in. bulb Auto (TTL white balance with 420-segment RGB sensor). SB-800. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR and standard i-TTL fill-flash for digital SLR available with built-in flash. 27. A: Fill flash.Exposure Metering Matrix Three-mode through-the-lens (TTL) exposure metering 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses). portrait. auto slow sync. and R200. 28. 27. 600. aperture-priority auto (A). Auto FP High-Speed Sync.. sports. flash synchronization at shutter speeds of up to ⁄ s TTL flash control by 420-segment RGB sensor. programmed auto (P) with flexible program. supports Advanced Wireless Lighting (SB-600 and R200 only support AWL when used as remote flash). or 10 mm circle in center of frame Spot Meters 3. nigh portrait). M: Fill flash. and 22s Available with SB-800 • . .

all figures are for a camera with a fully-charged battery operating at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (68 °F). Portuguese.8 oz. 135 minutes 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Approx. excluding power cable EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery Type Rated capacity Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Rechargeable lithium-ion battery 7.5 × 1.8 oz.800 mm (5 ft. German. Italian. Polish.) Approx. 5 oz.2 × 4. HR6 Ni-MH. 90 × 35 × 58 mm (3. Russian.3 in. Spanish.4 V / 900 mA EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion batteries Approx. or ZR6 nickel manganese AA batteries • EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) Approx.8 in.6 × 2. memory card. 1.5 × 56 × 21 mm (1. English. 585 g (1 lb.). charging voltage (MH-18a quick charger): 7. Swedish • One rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion battery. Finnish.) Approx.1 × 3.2 × 0. 80 g (2.4 × 2.4 V / 1500 mAh Approx. 11 in. 132 × 103 × 77 mm (5. excluding power cable Specifications Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in this manual at any time and without prior notice. Japanese. Dutch.0 in. FR6 lithium. 39.4 V DC • MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack (available separately) with one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six LR6 alkaline. 50/60 Hz DC 8.).Firmware upgrades Supported languages Power source Firmware can be upgraded by user Chinese (Simplified and Traditional).) Approx. MH-18a Quick Charger Rated input Rated output Supported batteries Charging time Operating temperature Dimensions (W × D × H) Length of cord Weight AC 100 to 240 V. body cap.) Approx. or LCD monitor cover 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Less than 85% (no condensation) Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Operating environment Temperature Humidity Unless otherwise stated. Korean.) without battery. 144 Technical Notes / Specifications . Nikon will not be held liable for damages that may result from any mistakes that this manual may contain. 80 g (2. French.

70. manual focus supported when A-M switch set to A or M.) HB-32 (available separately.6 – 38 (at 135 mm) Maximum aperture 67 mm (P=0.6 oz. Do not use focusing ring while camera is focusing. BR-4 auto rings. Approx.5 mm diameter × 86.5–5.6 15 elements in 13 groups (including 1 ED glass element and 2 aspherical elements) 18.4 in.75 mm) Approx. 50.18–135 mm f/3. K rings (all types).45 m (1. manual focus. See the accessory manual for details.9 × 3. 105. 0. PK auto extension rings (all types).6G ED-IF AF-S DX: teleconverters (all types). Other accessories may also be incompatible.5 mm/2. f/5. bellows attachments (all types). 24.5–5. aperture Construction Focal length scale Distance information Zoom Focus G-type AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor lens with built-in CPU and Nikon mount Nikon DX format digital cameras 18 – 135 mm 1 : 3. 35.5 – 22 (at 18 mm).6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately) Type Supported cameras Focal length Max. 73. and SX-1 attachment rings. attaches as shown below) Closest focus distance Aperture Aperture range Metering Filter diameter Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Lens hood The following accessories can not be used with the 18–135 mm f/3.5 ft. 385 g (13. Focus can be adjusted by rotating lens focusing ring after locking focus in single-servo autofocus.5 – 5. 135 Supplied to camera body Zoom adjusted by rotating zoom ring Autofocus with Silent Wave Motor.) at all zoom positions Seven blade diaphragm with auto aperture f/3. Technical Notes / Specifications 145 .

Soiled contacts can reduce battery performance.5–5. Example 1: 2. shutter-release button pressed halfway for five seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range once.6G lens. 146 Technical Notes / Specifications . monitor turned on for five seconds and then turned off . • Check battery status regularly using the Battery info option in the setup menu ( 107). The battery level displayed by the camera may vary with changes in temperature. image size set to M. image quality set to JPEG Basic. Batteries will lose their charge if left unused. monitor turned on for four seconds after each shot.5–5. shutter-release button pressed halfway for three seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range three times. continuous-servo autofocus.6G lens. The following can reduce battery life: • Using the monitor • Keeping the shutter-release button pressed halfway • Repeated autofocus operations • Taking RAW (NEF) photographs • Slow shutter speeds To ensure maximum battery performance: • Keep the battery contacts clean. temperature. Example 2: 600 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. and how the camera is used. continuous shooting mode. image quality set to JPEG Normal. shutter speed ⁄ s.Battery Life The number of shots that can be taken with a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery (1500 mAh) varies with the condition of the battery. after six shots. continuous-servo autofocus. next shot taken after exposure meters have turned off. • Use EN-EL3e batteries immediately after charging.700 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. single-frame shooting mode. The following measurements were performed at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F). cycle repeated once exposure meters have turned off. image size set to L. shutter speed 1⁄250 s. built-in Speedlight fired at full power with every other shot.

49 Audio/video (AV) cable. Filter effects. 95 Bulb. 77. See Focus. 7. 122. 91 Computer. 12–13 life. World time Daylight saving time. autofocus. 111. 121 Crop. 28. optional. 146 storage. LCD brightness. 55. Neutral Density (ND) Filter effects (retouch menu). 71. bracketing. Filter effects. White balance. See Lens. See Black and white C Camera Control Pro. 59. continuous B/W. 56–57. 26. control panel. 33. 106. 119. 24–25 (remote control indicator). MB-D80 EN-EL3e. autofocus. Lens. See also Aperture. See also Reset. 93 BASIC. 132 Close up. 106 Filter. See also Optimize image. 103. 26. Shooting mode. 134 Exposure. Protecting photographs all images. Saturation. 95 AF-area mode (Custom Settings menu).Index Symbols 3D color matrix metering II. 127 Battery info (setup menu). Aperture-priority auto. 120 AE-L/AF-L (Custom Settings menu). Self timer. 123 inserting. 134 Digital Vari-Program. 50. 37 (sports mode). 90 Autoexposure lock. See Metering 420-segment RGB sensor. Flash. 7 Adobe RGB. See also Battery. 18. 132 battery. 49. White balance Color mode. 50. 68. 35. Monitor. mode AF area illumination (Custom Settings menu). 69. See Exposure. 35. 24–25 A A. 87 Built-in flash (Custom Settings menu). Flash. 55 (flash-ready indicator). sequence (setup menu). mode Contrast. See Focus. 49. 49 preview. 49–50. 116. 19–23 B Backlight. 91 Auto BKT set (Custom Settings menu). level. optional optional. 110 DPOF See Digital Print Order Format Dust off ref photo (setup menu). See also AE lock Autofocus. Shutterpriority auto. 134 Digital Print Order Format. ii. 74 selected images. See Focus Auto (Flash mode). 12–13. 67–68. 80 Color profile. 123 Capture NX. 18. 81 Blur. See Small picture CPU lens. 110 D-lighting (retouch menu). 94 AE lock (Custom Settings menu). brightness of Buffer size. 38 Delete (playback menu). 58. Clock. 36. 87 Center-weighted. formatting. 53. mode AF-S. See also World time DCF. 123 Center AF area (Custom Settings menu). See Color mode Advanced Wireless Lighting. 19. 86 (bracketing indicator). 56–57 Black and white. See also Exposure delay mode. See Image quality Battery. 74. 19–23 (close-up mode). 89 Exif version 2. 107 Beep (Custom Settings menu). 87 AF-C. bracketing. quick-response remote Bracketing. 36 Continuous-servo AF. Programmed auto. 121 minimum. See also Accessories. 9 Default settings. 51. Tone compensation Copies. 86–100 D Date. Trim CSM/Setup menu (setup menu). See Focus. 74 single-frame playback. 99 program. 24–25 CLS. Shutter speed. 24–25 Diopter. 94 AF-A. See also Battery info. 3. See Firmware version Technical Notes / Index 147 . 56–57. 89 electronic analog exposure display. See AF-area mode Auto BKT order (Custom Settings menu). 45. 65 Delayed remote. 24–25 (portrait mode). 3. 134 File no. Autoexposure lock. bracketing Brightness. 89. See Long time-exposures Burst. 103. 99 Eyepiece cap.21. See Creative Lighting System Color. (Custom Settings menu). 103. 54. 92–93 (landscape mode). 103 (“clock not set” indicator). 23 (FV lock). See Focus. reducing. 50 meters. See Center-weighted. 106. 17. 69 Continuous. battery. 36 Built-in AF-assist illuminator (Custom Settings menu). See AFarea mode E Electronic range finder. 24–25 (night landscape mode). See also White balance Command dials (Custom Settings menu). See Shooting mode. Hue. delayed remote. See Color mode Color temperature. 7. autofocus. See also Modeling flash Design Rule for Camera File System. 140. CPU Creative Lighting System (CLS). Two-button reset Delete. 36 (exposure compensation). 66 Auto-area AF. mode Aperture. 3. 139 Exposure comp. 24–25 (continuous shooting indicator). 116–123 supplied. Metering Center-weighted (Custom Settings menu). Shooting mode. 8. See also Printing. autofocus. 74 Depth of field. 99 Auto meter off (Custom Settings menu). 134–137. 38–39 (self timer indicator). 141 maximum. See also Exposure. See Color mode. See Aperture-priority auto Accessories. 90 Clock. 112 Firmware. 87 AF-assist illuminator. 140. See Color mode Color space. 101–102 Custom Settings. 24–25 (night portrait mode). 40. 54 (flash compensation). See also Memory card. 14. Flash. 73. 77. 89 Exposure delay mode (Custom Settings menu). 49. White balance (auto mode). See also Clock. 140 compensation. 41 Auto FP (Custom Settings menu). 98 Auto image rotation (setup menu). 37 F File. 132 Aperture-priority auto. See Design Rule for Camera File System DC-IN. 138 format. Manual mode bracketing. See Metering. manual EV step (Custom Settings menu). 12–13. 108 Auto meter off. 52–57. 65. 79–80. 106–107 Dynamic area AF. 99 Auto mode. See also Viewfinder D-lighting. 36. 127. See Focus. 123. 103.

NEF (RAW) Rear-curtain sync. 84–85 Multiple exposure (shooting menu). 34. 94 Folder. See USB. 23. Long exp. 46. optional P P. 75. 134 Pictmotion. See Image quality NTSC. 69–73. 51. 69. See Flash. 41 Remote. 93 Illuminator. 75 recording. 112 Moving subjects. 33. See Hide image High ISO NR (shooting menu). 96. 6. 138 approved. autofocus. 26. 80 I Illumination (Custom Settings menu). 75–77 PictureProject. 75 148 Technical Notes / Index . See Accessories. Auto mode. See Filter. (night portrait mode) Noise. 34. 34 NEF (RAW). 26. PTP Q Quality. 114–115 Image quality. 87 autofocus. Focus. See (landscape mode). 78. 119–121. 75 Portraits. 124. 69. See White balance. 104 Image overlay (retouch menu). 74–78 full frame. 35. Neutral Density (ND) Night photography. 105 Format (setup menu). See also AFarea mode area. See Lens. 11. 119–121 range. 42 FUNC button (Custom Settings menu). Programmed auto. 36. See Accessories. 16. 106. 98 Monitor. 103 Language (setup menu). NEF (RAW) Neutral Density. mode). 23. 64 Playback folder (playback menu). 79–81 Options. 103 Lens. 88 Non-CPU lens. preset Printing. 51. 90. 95–97 optional. 141 ready indicator. 15 Menus. 88 ISO sensitivity. 106 Mode. 108 FINE. 103 LCD brightness (setup menu). See Metering Memory buffer. 81 Image review (Custom Settings menu). 117 type G. 123 Remote (Custom Settings menu). 32 tracking. 71–73. See (sports mode). 103 cover. See also Black and white Monochrome (retouch menu). 16. 29–30 manual. 41 Red eye correction (retouch menu). 83 Long time-exposures. PTP (flexible program indicator). See Default settings. 30. See also PictBridge. Reset. Shutter-priority auto Modeling flash (Custom Settings menu). 84–85 N ND. See Video mode Number of exposures remaining. 40–42 Flash shutter speed (Custom Settings menu). See Image quality. 65 PTP. 92–93 G Grid display (Custom Settings menu). 100. Shooting mode. 36. 38 R RAW. 15–16. 23. 92–93 FV lock. 86 Retouch menu. Manual mode. See Manual mode Manual mode. 69. 83 Highlights. 42 Flash mode. 42. 105 Folders (setup menu). 102 Framing grid. See Image quality. 35 Image size (shooting menu). non-CPU NORMAL. NR No memory card? (Custom Settings menu). 114–115 Image quality (shooting menu). 117 type D. 63 zoom. 102 lock. Mass storage Matrix. 45. 98 brightness of. See also High ISO NR. 45–51. 21. quick-response remote Remote cord. 91 O Off (Flash mode). 87 center. Optimize image PRE. 95 compensation. Two-button reset Reset (Custom Settings menu). 119. 74–78 thumbnail. 63 Histogram. 9. 88 ISO sensitivity (shooting menu). 122 capacity. 138 Memory card. 5. 93. 112. 100 Mass storage. 50–51 MB-D80. 9–10 Metering. 43 auto. mode Multiple exposure. 61 menu. 78 Hiding images. 69. 81 ISO auto (Custom Settings menu). 125–126 Mirror lock-up (setup menu). 63 Hue. control panel. 24 Focus area (Custom Settings menu). 28–31 lock. See (portrait (night portrait mode). 88 Image sensor. 78 Programmed auto. 102 playback. See Image size M. (night landscape mode) Language. 123 MB-D80 batteries (Custom Settings menu). 28–32. AF-assist illuminator Image comment (setup menu). 119 sync speed. 47 Protecting photographs. White balance Long exp. 14. 16. 43. See USB.Firmware version (setup menu). 56–57 built in. 138 formatting. optional. 40–42. 31 mode. 83. 61–73. Neutral Density (ND) NEF (RAW). 124 auto off. 8. 92 monitor preflash. 55 level. 125 dimensions of. 83. 104 Picture Transfer Protocol. 106. 138 K K. 35. Shooting mode. 111 Red-eye reduction. Digital Vari-Program. 123 Low-pass filter. 93. See Image size Landscapes. 30. 52 Mirror. See Color temperature. 116–117 CPU. See Image quality Flash bracketing. 32. See USB. Print set Print set (playback menu). See also Grid display Front-curtain sync. 83 i-TTL flash control. 118 Lighting. delayed remote. 19. See (night landscape mode). 88. 61. 47 Playback. 74–114. 98 Monochrome. See also CSM/Setup menu using. 67. 141 J JPEG. 89 H Hide image (playback menu). Number of exposures remaining L L. 121 remote. See Programmed auto PictBridge. See Backlight. 125–126 M M. 8 Monitor off (Custom Settings menu). 109–115 Rotate tall (playback menu). 99 Reset. See Programmed auto Focus. 98 Flexible program. 142 Image size. 41 Optimize image (shooting menu). 98 Flash warning (Custom Settings menu). NR (shooting menu). See also Aperture-priority auto. 107. 43. See Filter. See Image quality Quick-response remote. 117 non-CPU. 122. 125–126 cleaning.

80 Shooting menu. 104 cable. See Memory card Self timer. 67–68. 67–68. 70. 22. 90 preset.Rotating photographs. 70. 82. 89 Viewing photographs. 67–68. 103. 99 Self-portraits. See Self timer Sensitivity. See Long time exposures Thumbnail. See also Exposure Shutter-priority auto. See also Clock. 6. autofocus. 44 U USB. See Metering sRGB. 122. 104 V Video device. 36 delayed remote. 80 SD. 67. 59–60. 17 indicators. 122 focus. 82 World time (setup menu). 108 S S. 48 speed. See Focus. 50–51. 41 Small picture (retouch menu). 103 VIDEO OUT. See also Color temperature bracketing. 48 Single area AF. 36–39 continuous. 37 single frame. 104 PTP. mode Size. 22. 66 Video mode (setup menu). 6 Viewfinder warning (Custom Settings menu). 79–85 Shooting mode. 36 Saturation. 66 Time. 99 Self timer (Custom Settings menu). See Memory card Secure Digital. 58–60 White balance. 38 self timer. See Monochrome Setup menu. thumbnail TTL. 104 USB (setup menu). See ISO sensitivity Sepia. See Image size S. 80 Trim (retouch menu). 103 Technical Notes / Index 149 . See Image size Slide show. See Color mode T Television. 75–77 Slow sync. 58–60. 112–113 Speedlight. See Playback W (white balance indicator). 8. 70 Mass storage. 75. 101–108 Sharpening. 36. See Slide show Slide show (playback menu). See Shutter-priority auto (single-frame shooting indicator). 36 Shutter. 70. 82 White balance (shooting menu). 17. See Playback. See Flash Spot. 89. 38 quick-response remote. 36 Single-servo autofocus. See also Viewfinder warning accessories. World time Time exposure. 66 Viewfinder. 111 Two-button reset. 14. See AF-area mode Single frame. See Built-in flash Tone compensation. 48.